Full text of "Report on the marine isopoda of New England and adjacent waters"

See other formats

Sue i, —
ie cea ene Sec erat ne pe

Sue VU Wy
| WM
vo
v Av Wd Ne
J jw ol ‘é Ne Ned Nd
Wid, NUVI

WWW Wy
pints: ae WM wv MVS swe) J

BRN ac NWN Sv yuve vi"

TninatteN acc tada Sanaagegggue oe” ow Avie gh
SFU V Oge oes yueey JU YY uy Ld \, | : | cc Mdw Will
seo anyday hi ve i net cnet seal vat
wena M Se cont sveyseestte Nery vou! Sere santa ea iN

Wye V UEC ON) WL d\du\
peivigees anes paety jee MeN i? tise usaeunanseialies we ee
oe vw win win Wich pease CAMO NaC UM eM
sendin raitiyys onal aT iwi i Lieven
| SRE Reena Wy vey Juteydee Sg :
ATCT vant dAdhigaigs ace MN iieaiteeee it
ude oueees Crea yy Wievever nae Neved") NY WWW “cht ee ttu ae ee
ANAM) We Aste ue Wig Waiuse aN wae Wn
jose At mM" nvrancte yy Wi wwe * ewe Sie dieneaieey wis
VJ vie ee oe se Wey ASS we we: View) iv We V Us hh ue
Wiis vy Aarne’ dd dye WOON aa nase es WSO wy
eNOS N Busy ase SY vay yey Aid
Wee error veCvN aes Ay de on iw" uy
wi! “nn Maid Even Uva Wiad My w coy pe
have 5 ed Y Y WV YOY, UU iy SoU UY Bey Ud vyeyey ewives es YUwUy Wi Wey
Ph vv Www si Vv Work a As; ee Uyyy yey
ITY wyyry" - USMS US Jy eh Jwyyuyed Core ae
Fees, eA. Vic ches hea Giga IN) ONS Shee
Piha as ‘coli cl | eh aad 4 tila
Be, util 4 Jytgvon oY SUNY”
Waitin eee JUy WW vas Weegee
Wi raat Csi d swivel : a
WM ves aa acu: | Nai :
SONU | i Gu
MAL Ma
WS AW

%,
in ©
ie

——

ermine

eee errata ney ner

REPORT ON THE MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW
ENGLAND AND ADJACENT WATERS.

By OSCAR HARGER.

{FROM THE REPORT OF THE UNITED STATES COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES,
ParT VI, FOR 1878.]

ois
p

rr?
a
AS

heen

9 ale A >

Od it ae igh # Rte

XIV. REPORT ON THE MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND AND
ADJACENT WATERS.

By Oscar HARGER.

The following paper includes the species of Isopoda at present known
to inhabit the coast of New England and the adjacent regions, as far as
Nova Scotia on the north and New Jersey on the south. These limits
have been chosen from the fact that nearly all the marine collections of
this order made by the Fish Commission have been from the New Eng-
land coast, except those from the Nova Scotia coast in 1877, while the
commission had its headquarters at Halifax. Previous to the work of
the Fish Commission extensive collections had also been made, mostly by
Professors A. E. Verrill and 8. I. Smith, of Yale College, in the Bay of
Fundy and at other places along the coast as far south as Great Egg Har-
bor, in the southern part of New Jersey. The collections thus obtained,
and others in the museum of Yale College, have, through the kindness of
Professor Verrill, been used in the preparation of this article. As there
has not yet, been sufficient opportunity for the study of the Bopyrida,
only a list of the known species of that family is included, and for this I
am indebted to Professor 8. I. Smith. The species of the remaining fam-
ilies are described at length, and nearly all figured in more or less detail
in the plates accompanying the article. Throughout the article especial
reference will be had to the Isopoda of our own coast, and many pecu-
liarities of structure, not found in our genera, will be more or less com-
pletely disregarded. As the Oniscide area terrestrial family, only a few
species, found usually, or only, along the shore are here included.

ISOPODA.

This group is an order of Crustacea, so named from two Greek words,
?oos, equal, and zots, a foot, from the general similarity of the legs
throughout, all being thoracic. The order belongs to the Tetradecapoda,
“fourteen-footed,” called also Edriophthalma, or “‘ sessile-eyed” Crustacea.
All of these terms, however, require modification when applied to the
animals included in this order, since in the genus Astacilla the anterior
pairs of legs are quite unlike the posterior, in Gnathia there are never
more than twelve feet, or legs, in six pairs, and lastly in Tanais and its
allies the eyes, when present, are not sessile, but articulated with the head,

or stalked, as in the higher Crustacea. It may, however, be stated that
297

298 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the relations of the Tanaide with the rest of the order are remote, and it
is perhaps doubtful whether they should be retained among the Jsopoda,
especially as this family differs from the rest of the order in its mode of
respiration, as will be explained hereafter.

Although this order is not a large one its representatives are perhaps
more widely distributed than in any other order of Crustacea. Every
one is familiar with ‘‘sow-bugs” or “pill-bugs,” which are found even in
damp houses and in cellars, as well as under leaves in woods or under
almost any pile of rubbish among decaying vegetable matter. These
terrestrial species do, indeed, become rare in the colder parts of the world,
but are found as far north as Greenland. Other species less familiar, but
perhaps hardly less abundant, inhabit ponds and streams of fresh water,
and others are found along the shores of all oceans; yet others abound
among the marine vegetation of the shallow waters, or fix themselves
upon the bodies, or within the mouths of fishes and other marine ani-
mals. Species are found swimming free in the open ocean, and others
are brought up from the greatest depths to which the dredge has yet
penetrated.

It will be convenient to give here a brief general account of the struc-
ture of the animals composing this order, and an explanation of the
terms used in their description. Most of our marine species have a
greater or less number of the segments at the posterior end of the body
coalescent, but in the genus Cirolana they are distinct; the animals
are, moreover, of large size and very abundant in some localities; ref-
erence will therefore be constantly made to the figures of Cirolana
concharum, on plates LX and X, in illustration of the parts of the animal
and of the terms used. A few specimens of this animal will help mate-
rially in gaining a knowledge of the structure of the group ; or, if speci-
mens of Cirolana cannot be obtained, a common “sow-bug” (Oniscus
or Porcellio) may be substituted. é

The body appears to consist of fourteen segments, of which the first
is the head; the next seven form the thorax, or pereion of Spence Bate,
and the last six the pleon, sometimes called the abdomen. Returning
to the head we find, looking from above, a pair of eyes—each consisting
of a group of ocelli—and two pairs of antennary organs. Of these the
upper pair, or antennule (pl. X, fig. 60), consist on each side of three
comparatively large basal segments, which, together, are called the
peduncle, or peduncular segments, and support a more slender and taper-
ing flagellum or lash, composed of a considerable number of short seg-
ments, decreasing in diameter toward the tip, and each, usually, bearing
a fascicle of seta, which are called by Fritz Miiller olfactory seta, from
their supposed function. The antennule are very small and rudimentary
in “sow-bugs” and their allies. Below the antennul are the antennz
properly so called (pl. X, fig. 61 a), which are also composed of a peduncle
and flagellum. The five basal segments constitute the peduncle, and the
following, usually much shorter and smaller segments, are flagellar.

COT

se ee

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 299

Underneath, the mouth is seen to be protected by a pair of organs
called maxillipeds (pl. X, fig. 62 a), with which, for convenience of dissec-
tion, we shall commence the description of the parts of the mouth. The
five terminal segments of the maxillipeds in Cirolana (numbered 1 to 5 in
the figure) constitute the palpus, but this number varies in the different
genera. They are articulated to the external surface of the large basal
segment (m), usually proportionally much larger than in Cirolana, as in
Idotea phosphorea (pl. V, fig. 28b,m), or in the “sow-bug” where the
palpus is greatly reduced. The basal segment of the maxilliped is, in gen-
eral, produced internally beyond the origin of the palpus, and furnished
with strongly plumose or pectinated sete at the tip. Frequently along
its inner margin one or more short styliform organs are attached, as in
Jera albifrons (pl. I, fig. 5), while along its basal margin is a more or
less distinct suture, indicating the epimeral segment of this organ, which
will be further explained. The basal segments of the opposite max-
illipeds meet along the median line, where their margins are nearly
straight, and to the base of the outer margin is attached a more or less
triangular external lamella (pl. X, fig. 62 a,1). The name ‘ maxilliped”
is frequently used for the basal segment only, which is often, as in the
“sow-bugs,” much larger than the rest of the organ and serves to cover
and protect the other organs of the mouth.

When the maxillipeds are removed we find two pairs of maxille, the
outer and inner; of these the outer, or second pair (pl. X, fig. 61), are
in general of a delicate texture, and three-lobed at the tip, the two
outer lobes being articulated to the basal piece, and all three lobes cili-
ated on their inner margins. The inner, or first pair of maxille are of
a less delicate texture than the outer, and are hardly of the ordinary
form in Cirolana (pl. X, fig. 61 ce); reference may, therefore, be made to
Synidotea nodulosa (pl. VI, fig. 35 ¢), where the two unequal lobes are
shown, the inner comparatively small, and supported on a slender pe-
duncle, curved inward, truncated at the tip, and bearing stout, curved,
pectinated sets; the outer much more robust and larger, similar in
general outline to the inner, but armed with stout, curved, denticulated
spines at the tip.

The mandibles (pl. X, fig. 61 d) are usually toothed at the apex, the
teeth being supported on a dentigerous lamella, which may be double
on one mandible, usually the left, and receive the lamella of the oppo-
site mandible between the two; below this lamella is often a comb of
pectinate sete, and, generally, a molar process, as in Janira alta (pl. III,
fig. 12 b, m). In many genera a three-jointed palpus (pl. X, fig. 61 d, p)
is articulated to the external surface of the mandible, and, usually, the
terminal segment of the palpus is more or less semicircular, or curved,
and bears on its inner margin a very regular comb of sete (pl. ILI, fig.
12 b), apparently of service in cleansing the organs of the mouth. This
comb may be continued or repeated on the second segment, as in Ciro-
lana (pl. X, fig. 61 d, p). In the “sow-bug” and many other genera the

300 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

mandibles are destitute of palpi. The oral opening between the mandi-
bles is defended by an upper and lower lip, or labrum and labium, which
are, however, median, and not paired organs, like the other parts of the
mouth.

The seven thoracic segments are of firm texture above, but softer
underneath. The dorsal surface is in general more or less rounded, and
in Cirolana is continued well down at the sides, where, except in the first
segment, it is crossed by a suture cutting off a quadrate, or somewhat
triangular piece, called an epimeron, or, in the plural, the epimera. The
epimera are well shown in the side view of Cirolana concharum (pl. IX,
fig. 58). They belong to the legs, and form a portion of the large prox-
imal segment called the coxa. Usually, however, the legs are figured
as in pl. X, fig. 62 b, without this segment, which adheres strongly to
the body; often, as in the first segment of Cirolana, the suture sep-
arating it disappears. The remaining six segments of the legs are more
slender, and are called respectively, beginning with the segment follow-
ing the coxa, the basis, ischium, merus, carpus, propodus, and dactylus,
the last being usually slender and curved, often bearing a curved spine
or claw at the tip, and, especially in the first pair, capable of flexion on
the propodus, so as to form a prehensile hand. In the Tanaide, as in
many of the higher Crustacea, the propodus may be prolonged into a
digital process, against which the dactylus closes, forming a chela (pl.
XIII, fig. 85), or chelate hand, as in the lobster. In the dgid@ and the
OCymothoide a greater or less number of the dactyli are strongly curved
or hooked, for the purpose of retaining firm hold of the host, on which
these parasitic species live. Legs thus constructed are called ancoral, as
in Livoneca ovalis (pl. XI, fig. 67 d and e).

Of the seven pairs of legs attached to the thorax or pereion, the first
three have in general a resemblance to each other, and are often more
or less prehensile, while, as in Chiridotea (pl. IV, figs. 16 and 20), the
last four are more strictly locomotive organs; but to. this condition
of things there are many exceptions, especially in the development of
the first pair of legs, which are quite variable throughout the order, be-
ing not even pediform in the males of the Gnathiide, but two-jointed, in
our species, and lamelliform (pl. XI, fig. 76 d). Except in this family,
however, no confusion arises from speaking of the thoracic appendages
as the first to the seventh pair of legs, or thoracic legs, and in general
these terms will be used except where it may be necessary to use the
technical terms, gnathopods or gnathopoda and pereiopods or pereiopoda,
for these organs, as proposed by Spence Bate, according to whose system
the first and second pairs are called the first and second pairs of
enathopoda* or gnathopods, and the remaining five pairs the first to
the fifth pair of pereiopoda or pereiopods. When necessary these
terms will be added as explanatory, having the merit of scientific
accuracy as well as applicability to other groups of Crustacea, where a

* See also Edwards, Ann. Sci. nat., IIS, tome xvi, p. 221-291.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 301

marked distinction of structure and function frequently occurs between
the organs homologous with the second and third pairs of legs in the
Isopoda.

In the adult females of this order there is commonly formed, on more
or less of the under surface of the thorax, an incubatory pouch for the
reception and development of the eggs. The outer surface of the pouch
is usually formed by four pairs of lamellae attached just within the
origins of the second, third, and fourth, together with the first or fifth
_ pairs of legs, and in the females of many genera, Sphwroma and Asellus
for instance, these lamellae may be observed in a rudimentary condition
on the under surface of the thorax when not actually in use carrying
eggs or young. In Asellus, and in some other genera, they are found
upon the first to the fourth segments, instead of the second to the
fifth. In Anthwra the incubatory pouch extends over only three seg-
ments, the third, fourth, and fifth; and in Astacilla it is confined to a
single segment, being composed of a single pair of elongated plates
attached to the fourth segment. ‘tn TYanais a further remarkable va-
riation occurs, and the eggs and young are carried in sacs attached
to the under surface of the fifth thoracic segment, while in the closely
allied genus Leptochelia the form of the ineubatory pouchis normal. Jn
the Gnathiide and Anthuride, according to Spence Bate and Dohrn, the
incubatory pouch is formed by the splitting of the integument of the
inferior surface of the thoracic segments in the females, and for the dis-
charge of the young the outer lamella thus formed further divides into
scales, one pair for each segment of the pouch. In Jera, Hpelys, and.
probably other genera, a similar mode of development seems to occur.

The six segments of the pleon are smaller than those of the thorax,
often much smaller, and frequently more or less united, sometimes
consolidated into a single piece with scarcely any trace of division
above, but the number of pairs of appendages is generally six, show-
ing the composite nature of the apparently simple organ. Of these
six pairs of appendages or pleopods, the first five are more or less con-
cealed beneath the pleon, and consist on each side of a basal segment
bearing two lamellz (pl. IV, fig. 19 c), of which the outer is the anterior
when they overlap. These lamellie, at least the anterior pairs, are
usually ciliated along more or less of their distal margins with long
slender plumose setze. In the males of most of the genera, the inner
jamella of the second pair bears, articulated near the base of its inner
margin, a slender stylet (pl. IV, fig.19 b,s). This stylet seems to afford,
in many cases, specific and even generic characters.

The last segment, sometimes called the telson, has its pair of append-
ages specially modified, and called the uropods (pl. X, fig. 63). They
consist in general like the pleopods of a basal segment bearing two
lamellz, or rami, not being always lamelliform, and in the Tanaide they
are more or less segmented (pl. XIII, fig. 86). One of these rami may
disappear, as in Sphwroma and in some of the Idoteide (pl. V, fig. 25 ¢),
where a further modification takes place, and the uropods are so articu-

302 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

lated to the inferior surface of the pleon as to fold together like a pair
of cupboard doors, forming an operculum for the protection of the more
delicate pleopods. Except in the Tanaidea, respiration is carried on by
means of the pleopods.

In the Asellide, Idoteide, and some other families two or more of the
segments of the pleon are united, so that, seen from above, the pleon,
like the head, may appear to consist of a single segment, as in Jera albi-
Jrons (pl. I, fig. 4), but the number of pairs of its appendages, usually
Six, remains as evidence of this consolidation. In like manner the -
head is to be regarded as composed of several segments united, and the
number of such segments is indicated by the number of pairs of appen-
dages. In the Tanaide and many of the higher Crustacea, the eyes,
more or less distinctly stalked or articulated with the head, are seen to
be of the nature of a pair of appendages, which may be regarded as be-
longing to the first cephalic segment. The antennule and antenns
represent, respectively, the second and third cephalic segments, and, in
like manner, the mandibles and two pairs of maxillze represent the
fourth, fifth, and sixth segments of the head. A seventh segment is
indicated by the maxillipeds. This segment is regarded by Huxley as
properly thoracic* instead of cephalic, but, for purposes of description,
the segment and its appendages will be regarded as belonging to the
head, and the next segment considered the first thoracic.

This segment, like the following thoracic segments, is usually free,
and has the dorsal region well developed, but in the adult Gnathia it
is united with the head, and still more closely so in the Tanaide. The
seventh thoracic segment is the last to develop, and in young Isopoda,
taken from the incubatory pouch, only six pairs of legs are commonly
found. In Gnathia this condition prevails through life, and in the adults
the first pair of legs are also modified, especially in the males, so as to
quite lose their pediform character, leaving apparently only five pairs of
legs. Further modifications of structure will be described in the fam-
ilies and genera in which they occur.

The nomenclature adopted, as explained above, corresponds nearly
with that proposed by Mr. C. Spence Bate in his Report on British
Edriophthalma, and used by the authors of the British Sessile-eyed
Crustacea.

The length of an Isopod, in the present article, is given as the length
of the body, exclusive of appendages, and is measured from the front
of the head to the tip of the pleon. When, as in Janira, the head is
produced medially into a “rostrum” (see pl. IT, figs. 9 and 10), the meas-
urement is taken from the tip of the rostrum, which is a part of the
head, and not properly an “appendage.”

Among the Hdriophthalma or sessile-eyed Crustacea, the Isopoda may
in general be characterized as follows: Body depressed rather than
compressed; respiration carried on by means of the pleopods, of which the
last pair only are modified into uropods.

* TWnvlaw Anat Tnvw Am ead n WER

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 303

The body is said to be depressed, or flattened from above, in distinetion
from the form usually seen in the Amphipoda, where it is in general flat-
tened from side to side. An important exception to the ordinary mode
of respiration occurs in the Tanaide, as has already been mentioned.
In this family respiration takes place in two lateral cavities, situated
beneath the integument of a large cephalothoracic shield, covering the
head and first thoracic segment. In general, as the name of the order
indicates, the legs are similar in structure and function throughout, as
in the “ sow-bug,” but may differ considerably, as in the Arcturide, the
Munnopside, and the Tanaide.

The arrangement of the families in the present paper can only be re-
garded as tentative, and no higher grouping will be attempted further
than to indicate briefly the relationships of a few of the families to each
other.

The Oniscide may, on account of their aérial respiration, be regarded
as Standing quite distinct from the remaining families, and should, per-
haps, be further divided as proposed by Kinahan. As they do not, how-
ever. come within the proper scope of this article, I have not attempted
to subdivide the family. The Bopyride have been placed near the Onis-
cide in deference to the opinions of Dr. Fritz Miiller. Having made no
study of this family myself I do not express any opinion as to the pro-
priety of separating it so widely from the Cymothoide, with which it has
usually been associated. The Asellide and Munnopside are closely allied
to each other. The Jdoteide and Arcturide form a group distinguished
especially by their operculiform uropods. The above families correspond
nearly with the ‘ marcheurs” or walking Isopoda of Edwards, and more
nearly with the “‘ gehende Asseln” of Miiller. They usually have the
antennulz much less developed than the antenne, and the uropods ter-
minal or inferior, that is, attached to the end of the last segment, or in
the last two families to its inferior surface.

The Spheromide and Limnoriide are closely allied, and perhaps ought
hardly to be kept separate as families. The Cirolanidw, Afgide, and
Cymothoide form another group embracing a wide diversity of forms,
from the active predatory Cirolana to the sedentary and distorted Livo-
neca, and yet apparently connected by easy gradations. The remaining
families are generally regarded as aberrant, and form the “ Isopoda
aberrantia” of Bate and Westwood. They do not present any very evi-
dent relationships with the preceding. Of these the Anthuride have
usually been associated with the Idoteide or the Arcturide, or with
both. Except an elongated form, however, they do not appear to have
much in common with either of these families. According to Dohrn’s
observations they are related to the Gnathiide in the structure of the
incubatory pouch. The Gnathiide have the head united with the first
thoracic segment, as in the Tanaide, but this last family is widely sep-
arated from the others, and doubtless ought to be regarded as forming
a distinct suborder, according to the views of Dr. Fritz Miiller.

304 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The arrangement of the families adopted, and to a certain extent their
affinities, are indicated in the subjoined table, in which, however, as
throughout the article, special reference is had to the representatives of
the order in New England waters, extralimital species, genera, and even
higher groups, Apseudes and the Serolids, for example, being disre-
garded. The arrangement will be seen to considerably resemble that
of Dr. Fritz Miiller. I have placed the Tanaide at the other end of the
order, partly, however, from the necessity of a lineal arrangement.

SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF FAMILIES.

I. Respiration pleonal; legs not furnished with a chelate hand.
1, Legs in seven pairs.
@ Antennule small or rudimentary; antennze longer, often much elongated.
t Uropods terminal, sometimes rudimentary, rami mostly styliform.
Legs ambulatory; antennule rudimentary; respiration aerial.
I. ONISCIDA, p. 305
Legs prehensile; sexes very unlike; adult forms degenerate; para-

BIMIG 0222 cosine ee ssise Soseee Sclnds ccscts taeese seuees II. Bopyrip&, p. 311
Legs ambulatory or prehensile ; segments of pleon united ; antennz with a
multiarticulate flagellum. =.....-2.-. «sce. seas III. ASELLIDA, p. 312
Last three pairs of legs natatory; segments of pleon united; antenne with
a multiarticulate flagellum..-.-...-...-.------ IV. MUNNOPSID&, p. 328

tt Uropods inferior, operculiform.
Legs prehensile or ambulatory, not ciliated...-...----. V. IDOTEIDA, p. 335

First four pairs of legs ciliated; last three pairs ambulatory.
VI. ARCTURIDA, p. 361
b Antennule and antenne subequal; body not elongated.
t Uropods lateral, with one ramus obsolete or subrudimentary.
Antennulz and antenne well developed; pleon of two segments; uropods

with one movable ramus ......--....--.------ VIL. SPHZROMIDZ, p. 367
Antennule and antenne short; pleon of six segments; outer ramus of uro-
mods:smalll 5 jj. y5-bacs Geen Vet toa sesseee ees VIII. LimnoruD#, p. 371

tt Uropods lateral, distinctly biramous; rami mostly lamelliform.
Mouth carnassial; legs not ancoral; antennulxw exposed in front; pleopods
Cla adligas%s = tarscs Bees sence se ss sneee aee ecm sm IX. CIROLANIDA, p. 376
Mouth suctorial; first three pairs of legs ancoral; antennulze exposed in
frontcstth, essed. de babesdeuiuae Ceaskes See eam se X. AGIDA, p. 382
Mouth suctorial ; legs all ancoral; antennulz concealed at base by the pro-
jecting front; pleopods naked..............-.. XI. CYMOTHOID#, p. 390
ce Antennulx and antenne subequal, or antennulze much the largest in the males;
body cylindrical, elongated.
t Uropods lateral and superior.
Legs ambulatory or prehensile..-.....---.-.---.- XII. ANTHURIDA, p. 396
2. Legs in the adult in six, apparently only five, pairs.
Five pairs of legs ambulatory ; antennule and antennez subequal.
XIII. GnaTuup#, p. 408
II. Respiration cephalothoracic; first pair of legs terminated by a chelate hand.
Legs ambulatory and prehensile; head united with the first thoracic seg-
ment; antennular flagellum single.......-.....-. XIV. TANAIDA, p. 413

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 305

I—ONISCIDA.

Antennulz rudimentary ; legs ambulatory; pleon of six distinct seg-
ments, of which the last is small; mandibles without palpi; uropods
terminal.*

This large and important group of Isopoda being terrestrial in habit,
only afew species are mentioned in this paper. They inhabit moist situa-
tions, and are commonly known as “‘sow-bugs,” “pill-bugs,” “ wood-lice,”
&c. Several species may often be found under an old board or pile of
rubbish. The genus Ligia Fabr. inhabits sea-shores, above tide-level,
and a few other genera are found under heaps of seaweed, or burrowing
in the sand along the shore. Three such species, belonging to as many
genera, are here described and figured, but are less fully treated of than
the marine species that follow in the other families. Other species,
especially of the genus Porcellio, may be found in similar situations.

The family may be at once recognized by the apparent possession
of only a single pair of antenne. These are the antenne properly so
ealled, the antennulx being minute and rudimentary. This is generally
regarded as a character indicating a high degree of development, and
causes them to somewhat resemble externally some of the shorter myrio-
poda, which, like other insects, have but a single pair of antennary
organs. The maxillipeds are large and operculiform in this family, with
short and few-jointed palpi. The mandibles are destitute of palpi.

The legs are rather weak and fitted only for walking, and usually more
or less concealed by the projecting epimeral regions of the thoracic seg-
ments. Thepleon, in our species, has its segments distinct and decreas-
ing rapidly in size to the last, which bears the more or less exserted uro-
pods. These organs may not, however, project beyond the general
outline of the pleon, as they scarcely doin Actoniscus, while in Armadillo
they assist in forming the very regular outline of that part of the body,
which closes against the head when those animals, as is their habit, roll
themselves into a ball on being alarmed.

This family is placed by Bate and Westwood in a separate “division,”

the “Airo-spirantia,” on account of their aérial respiration. The air,

however, requires to be saturated with moisture, and in some of the
genera the respiration is, in part at least, aquatic. On this subject the
reader is referred to the publications of Duvernoy and Lereboullet and
of Nicholas Wagner.
Philoscia Latreille.
Philoscia Latreille, Hist. nat. des Crust. et des Ins., tome vii, p. 43, ‘* 1804.”

Head rounded in front, not lobed; antennz with its segments cylin-
drical, flagellum three-jointed ; pleon suddenly narrower than the thorax;
uropods exserted, basal segment broad, rami elongate.

*The above diagnosis would not include the genera Tylus Latreille nor Helleria
Ebner, which perhaps ought not to be regarded as belonging to this family, although
closely allied to it. 3

°0 F

306 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

This genus may be recognized among our Oniscide by the rounded
head without lobes, and the conspicuously narrowed pleon. Only a
single species is as yet known from New England.

Philoscia vittata Say.

Philoscia vittata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. i, p. 429, 1818.
Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust., p. 50, 1844.
White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 99, 1847.
Harger, This Report, part i, p. 569 (275), 1874; Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
1879, vol. ii, p. 157, 1879.

PLATE I, Fie. 1.

This species may be recognized, among our terrestrial Isopoda, by the
absence of the usual antero-lateral processes on the head, in front of
the eyes, and by the sudden contraction of the body at the base of the
abdomen or pleon.

Body oval, smooth; about twice as long as broad; head nearly
twice as broad as long; eyes large, occupying the antero-lateral regions
of the head. The antennule are minute and concealed from above. An-
tennze minutely hirsute, especially on the last three, or flagellar, seg-
ments, inserted below the inner margin of the eyes; first segment short;
second about twice as long as the first; third equal in length to the see-
ond, clavate; fourth longer cylindrical; fifth longest, slender, cylindrical,
straight; flagellum slender, three-jointed, longer than the fifth or last
peduncular segment; first flagellar segment about one-half longer than
the second; third longer than the second, tapering, tipped with a short
transparent filament.

The first thoracic segment is longer than the following ones, which are
of about equallength. The anterior angles of the first thoracic segment
are somewhat produced at the sides around the head; the posterior angles
are broadly rounded. The second and third segments have their pos-
terior angles less broadly rounded, but not at all produced backward.
In the fourth segment this angle is scarcely produced, but in the fifth,
and still more in the sixth and seventh, it becomes produced and acute.
The legs increase in size and length from the first to the seventh pair,
and are well armed with spines, especially upon the inferior surfaces of
the meral, carpal, and propodal segments. The spines on the latter seg-
ment are, however, much smaller than those on the merus and carpus.

The pleon is at the base about two-thirds as wide as the seventh thoracic
segment. In the first two segments of the pleon the coxe, or lateral lamel-
le, are short, small, and nearly concealed by the seventh thoracic segment,
but in the third, fourth, and fifth segments they are evident and acute but
not large. The sixth segment is acute but not prolonged behind, and ex-
tends beyond the end of the basal segment of the uropod, which is broad
and bears the two rami nearly on the same transverse line. The outer ra-
mus, seen from above, is narrowly and obliquely lanceolate in outline,
tapering to the tip, and surpasses by less than half its length the more
slender, styliform inner ramus. The uropods, the legs and antenna, and
thea caomante af tha nlann alanoe their marain. 9rea verv minntelv hirentea.

a? fi

OF ere ow

Sete belli

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 307.

The color of these animals is dull and somewhat variable, usually
brownish or fuscous, with lighter margins and two broad dorsal vitte.
Length 8™™, breadth 4™™.

This species has been found under rubbish and stones from Great Egg
Harbor,! N.J.,to Barnstable,! Mass. All the specimens that I have seen
have been from the coast, although Say states that it is “very commen -
under stones, wood, &c., in moist situations.”

Specimens examined.

Scyphacella Smith.
Seyphacella, Smith, This Report, part i, p. 567 (273), 1874.
Antenna composed of eight distinct segments, with a geniculation at

‘the articulation of the fourth with the fifth segment; terminal portion,

or flagellum, composed of three closely articulated segments besides a
minute apical one; mandibles slender; exposed portion of the maxilli-
peds formed of only two segments.

The genus Scyphacella was founded by Professor S. I. Smith, in part
I of this Report, for the reception of the following species, the only one
yet known. In regard to the relations of the present genus with Scyphax
Dana* Professor Smith says: “This genus differs from Scyphax most
notably in the form of the maxillipeds, which in Scyphax have the ter-
minal segment broad and serrately lobed, while in our genus it is elon-
gated, tapering, and has entire margins. In Scyphaz, also, the posterior
pair of thoracic legs are much smaller than the others, and weak; the
last segment of the abdomen is truncated at the apex, and the articula-
tions between the segments of the terminal portion of the antenne, are
much more complete than in our species. The general form and appear-

ance of the genera are the same, and the known species agree remark-

ably in habits, the Scyphax, according to Dana, occurring on the beach
of Parua Harbor, New Zealand, and found in the sand by turning it
over for the depth of a few inches.”

Scyphacella arenicola Smith.
Scyphacella arenicola Smith, This Report, part i, p. 568 (274), 1874.
Verrill, This Report, part i, p. 337 (43), 1874.
Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 157, 1879.

PuLatTe I, Fie. 2.
The small size, nearly white color, and peculiarly roughened surface
of this Isopod will in general serve for its recognition, and the presence

*U. S. Exploring Expedition, Crustacea, p. 733, pl. 48, fig. 5.

308 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of eyes will further distinguish it from Platyarthrus, which is often
found inhabiting ants’ nests, but would hardly be likely to occur in the
sand of the beach.

Body elliptical, pleon not abruptly narrower than the thorax, dorsal
surface roughened throughout with small depressed tubercles each giving
rise to a minute spinule. Head transverse, not lobed; eyes prominent,
round; antennz longer than the breadth of the body; with the first and
second segments short; third, fourth, and fifth successively longer and
of less diameter; flagellum shorter than the fifth segment, composed
of three closely articulated, successively smaller segments, and a very
short somewhat spiniform but obtuse terminal one; all the segments,
except the minute terminal one, beset with small scattered spinules.

First thoracic segment scarcely embracing the head at the sides; sec-
ond, third, and fourth segments each about as long as the first, but in-
creasing in breadth; fifth, sixth, and seventh diminishing in length and
the last two also in breadth. Posterior lateral angles of the first three
segments not at all produced, hardly perceptibly produced in the fourth
segment; fifth, sixth, and seventh with the angles increasingly produced
but not acute. Legs increasing somewhat in size posteriorly, armed,
especially on the inferior surface of the meral, carpal, and propodal seg-
ments, with short stout spines. ,

Segments of the pleon with the coxe but little developed. Ter-
minal segment slightly rounded at the end, not attaining the end of
the basal segment of the uropods, which are robust, with the basal
segment spinulose, tapering to the base of the short, stout, outer ramus,
and bearing the more slender inner ramus much nearer its base. The
inner ramus is actually longer than the outer, but being inserted much
lower down does not attain the tip of the outer ramus; both are tipped
with sete.

** Color, in life, nearly white, with chalky white spots, and scattered,
blackish dots arranged irregularly. Eyes black.” Length 3.4™™,

This species was “found at Somers and Beesley’s Points, on Great
Egg Harbor!, New Jersey, in April, 1871, burrowing in the sand of the
beaches, just above ordinary high-water mark, in company with sey-
eral species of Staphylinide,” and has also since been found by Pro-
fessor Smith at Nobska Beach, Vineyard Sound !, Mass., in 1871, and by
Mr. V. N. Edwards, on the beach at Nantucket Island!, December 6,
1877. It will doubtless be found at other points along the coast and

toward the south.
Specimens examined.

’ A

5 4 . When col- He D ;

4 Locality. Habitat. nected: Received from— a3 ALL

5 52.

A ae
Great Egg Harbor, N. J.-.--. Sandy beach .-.-.} Apr. —, 1871] S.I. Smith ........./-.---- Ale.
2136 | Nobska Beach, Mass ....-.--. o0a=G0 secne eee Aug. 18, 1871 ]|...--. d0...2 See eee 2 | Alc.
Wantuckett. cjo-2-met esa inne 32320022 en sanceeee Dec. 6,1877| V.N. Edwards ..... 1 |-Alc,

IC os ?-

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 309

Actoniscus Harger.

Actoniscus Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 373, 1878.

Eyes small; antenne geniculate at the third and fifth segments; fla-
gellum four-jointed ; terminal segments of maxillipeds lamelliform, lobed;
legs all alike; basal segment of uropods dilated and simulating the
coxee of the preceding segments of the pleon; rami both styliform.

This genus resembles Actewcia Dana* MSS., considered as the young of
Scyphax ornatus, and found with it on the beach at New Zealand. Pro-
fessor Kinahan,{ on the other hand, regarded the genus as indicating a
distinct family. The present genus differs from the description and
figures of Professor Dana as follows: The flagellum of the antennz con-
sists of only four distinct segments instead of about six; the terminal
segment of the maxillipeds is less distinctly lobed ; the inner ramus of
the uropods surpasses the outer, instead of falling far short of it; the
outer ramus is styliform instead of being enlarged and subequal to
the produced and enlarged outer angle of the basal segment.

Actoniscus ellipticus Harger.

Actoniscus ellipticus Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 373, 1878; Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 157, 1879.

PLATE I, Fig. 3.

This species may be at once recognized by the pleon, which appears
to have four pairs of coxz produced at the sides instead of three, as in
Oniscus and other genera of this family. The last pair are, however,
the basal segments of the caudal stylets, which are of peculiar form in
this genus.

The body is ovalin outline. The head appears triangular as seen from
above, and.is angularly produced in a median lobe, but the lateral lobes
are also large and divergent, and broadly rounded. The eyes are small,
oval, black, and prominent. They are situated at the sides of the me-
dian triangular part of the head, and at the base of the lateral lobes.
The antennule are minute and rudimentary. The antenne have the
basal segment short; the second enlarged distally, especially on the
inner side; the third forming an angle with the second, and clavate;
the fourth flattened-cylindrical, longer than the third; fifth longest,
slender, bent at base and forming an angle with the fourth; flagellum
shorter than the last peduncular segment, tipped with sete and com-
posed of four segments, of which the second and third are equal and
longer than the first, while the last is the shortest, and presents indica-
tions of another minute rudimentary terminal segment. The maxil-
lipeds have the basal segment nearly twice as long as broad; the
terminal segment elongate triangular, ciliated and somewhat lobed near
the tip.

*U. 8. Expl. Exped. Crust., part ii, p. 736, pl. 48, fig. 6 a-h.
t Natural History Review, vol. iv, Proc. Soc., p. 274, 1857.

310 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The first thoracic segment is excavated in front for the head, admitting
it about to the eyes. The next five segments are each a little longer
than the first, but the last thoracic segment is the shortest. The first
segment is dilated at the sides to about twice its length on the median
line. The second, and in an increasing degree the succeeding segments
are produced backward at the sides. The legs are rather small and
weak and of nearly equal size throughout.

The first two segments of the pleon have their lateral processes, or
cox, obsolete as usual in the family, but the third, fourth, and fifth
segments are produced laterally into broad plates, which are close to-
gether, and, at their extremities, continue the regular oval outline of
the body with scarcely a perceptible break between the thorax and the
pleon. This outline is further continued by the expanded basal seg-
ments of the uropods, which are even larger than the adjacent cox
of the fifth segment. At the extremity of the pleon both pairs of rami
are visible, the inner springing from near the base of the basal segments
below, the outer from a notch near the middle of the inner margin of
the basal segment. The rami are tipped with sets, and the inner just
surpass the outer, which, in turn, surpass the produced portion of the
basal segments.

Length 4™™, breadth 2™™. Color in life slaty gray.

This species was collected by Professor Verrill, at Savin Rock, near
New Haven!, and also at Stony Creek!, Long Island Sound, in company
with Philoscia vittata Say.

Specimens examined.

The genus Ligia Fabricius* is recorded by Gouldt+ from the timbers of
a wharf, sages, in Boston, and by Dr. Leidy,{ with some doubt, from
Point Judith, R. L., and the characteristics of the genus are therefore
here briefly inserted, as follows:

Antenne with a inulaneicniate flagellum ; basal segment of uropods
exserted bearing two elongated cylindrical Lae

They are found usually in rocky places and under stones just above
high-water mark. They are common on our southern coast, and are
probably, at least occasionally, transported by accident within our lim-
its. JI have seen no specimens from nearer than Fort Macon, N. C.

* Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 296, 1798.
t Invert. Mass., p. 337, 1841.
t Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, vol. iii, p. 150, 1855.

a, vee

a os

eRe

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 311

II.—BOPYRID i.

This family has not been studied, and only a list of the species, fur-
nished by Professor 8. I. Smith, is included. They are parasitic on Crus-
tacea, and at maturity, the females especially, are generally much dis-
torted and degenerate, often losing a great proportion of their appendages.

~The males are much smaller than the females, and of a more normal

form, and they and the young forms must therefore be relied upon to
indicate the affinities of this group to the rest of the order. According
to Dr. Fritz Miiller these forms indicate a relationship to the Onscide,
and especially to the genus Ligia, and in deference to his authority I
have inserted them at this place.
Beton distortus Leidy.
Cepon distortus Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, vol. iii, p. 150, pl. xi, figs. 26-32,
1855.
Harger, This Report, part i, p. 573 (279), 1874; Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1879, vol. ii, p. 157, 1879.
Leidya distorta Cornalia and Panceri, Mem. R. Accad. Sci. Torino, II, tom. xix,
p- 114, 1861.

“From the branchial cavity of Gelasimus pugilator, Atlantic City,

New Jersey.” (Leidy.)

Gyge Hippolytes Bate and Westwood (Kroyer).

Bopyrus Hippolytes Kroyer, Grénlands Amfipoder, p. 306 (78), pl. iv, fig. 22, 1838;
Monog. Fremst. Slegten Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter, p. 262, 1842; Voy.
en Seand., Crust., pl. xxviii, fig. 2, 1849.
Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., iii, p. 283, 1840.
Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1863, p. 140.
Gyge Hippolytes Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 230,1868.
Buchholz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolfahrt, p. 286, 1874.
Metzger, Nordseefahrt der Pomm., p. 286, 1875.
Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xx, p. 64, (14), 1877.
Smith in Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 157, 1879.

Massachusetts Bay !, off Salem, on Hippolyte spinus, 30 fathoms, sand
and mud, August 4, 1877; on H. Fabricii, 22 fathoms, gravel, August
4, 1877; on H. securifrons, 90 fathoms, soft mud, August 14, 1877, Casco
Bay !, on H. polaris and H. pusiola, 1873. Bay of Fundy !, on H. spinus
and H. pusiola, 1868, 1872. Off Halifax, Nova Scotia, 43 fathoms, Sep-
tember 27, 1877. Gulf of Maine !, 40 miles east of Cape Ann, Massa-
chusetts, on H. securifrons, 160 fathoms, soft mud, August 19, 1877;
also neur Cashe’s Ledge, on H. spina, 27 and 40 fathoms, rocks and
gravel.

East side of Smith’s Strait, north latitude 78° 30’ (Stimpson). ‘ Dis-
covery Bay,” north latitude 81° 44’, Greenland (Miers). British Islands
(Bate & Westwood). Scandinavian coasts (Kroyer et al.). Spitzber-
gen (Kroyer).

312 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Phryxus abdominalis Liljeborg (Kréyer).
Bopyrus abdominalis Kroyer, Nat. Tidsskr., vol. ii, pp. 102, 289, pls. i, ii, 1840;
Monog. Fremst. Slegten Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter, p. 263, 1842; Voy.
en Scand., Crust., pl. xxix, fig. 1, 1849.
Phryxus Hippolytes Rathke, Fauna Norwegens, p. 40, pl. ii, figs. 1-10, 1843.
Phryxus abdominalis Liljeborg, Gifvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Férh., ix, p. 11, 1852.
Steenstrup and Liitken, Vidensk. Meddelelser, 1861, p. 275 (9).
Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed Crust., vol. ii, p. 234, 1868.
Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1868, p. 288, 1869; Proc. Royal Soc., London,
vol. xxv, p. 209, 1876.
Buchholz, Zweite deutsche Nordpolfahrt, p. 287, 1874.
Metzger, Nordseefahrt der Pomm., p. 286, 1875.
Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xx, p. 65 (15), 1877.
Smith in Harger, Proc. U. §. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 158, 1879.

Massachusetts Bay!, off Salem, on Pandalus borealis, Hippolyte spinus,
and H. securifrons, 48-90 fathoms, soft mud, August 13 and 14, 1877;
also, on Pandalus Montagui, 35 fathoms, mud and clay nodules, Au-
gust 10, 1877. Cashe’s Ledge !, Gulf of Maine, on Hippolyte pusiola,
27 and 39 fathoms, rocky, September 5, 1874. Halifax !, Nova Scotia,
on Hippolyte pusiola, 18 fathoms, fine sand, September 4, 1877; also, on
H. spinus. About 30 miles south of Halifax !, on Hippolyte securifrons,
100 fathoms, fine sand, September 6, 1877.

Grinnell Land, in north latitude 79° 29’; and “ Discovery Bay,” north.
latitude 81° 44’ (Miers). Greenland (Kroyer et al.). British Islands
(Norman e¢ al.). Scandinavian coast! (Liljeborg et al.). Spitzbergen
(Miers).

_Dajus Mysidis Kroyer.
Dajus Mysidis Kroyer, Voy. en Seand., Crust., pl. xxviii, fig. 1, 1849.
Liitken, Crustacea of Greenland, p. 150, 1875.
?G. 0. Sars, Arch. Math. Nat., B. ii, p. 354 [254], 1877 (‘‘D. Mysidis?”),
Smith in Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 158, 1879.
Bopyrus Mysidum Packard, Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 295, pl. viii,
fig. 5, 1867.
? Leptophryxus Mysidis Buchholz, Zweite Deutsche Nordpolfahrt, p. 288, pl. ii,
fig. 2, 1874.
Labrador (Packard). Greenland (Kréyer, Buchholz). ? Off west
coast of Norway (G. O. Sars).

Bopyrus, species.
Bopyrus Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1879, pt. ii, p. 198, 1879.
? Smith, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. v, p. 37, 1879.
A species of Bopyrus is mentioned by Dr. Leidy as ‘‘a parasite of
the shrimp, Palemonetes vulgaris,” occuring in the summer of 1879, at
Atlantic City, N. J.

IIJ.—ASELLID AS.

Antenne elongated with a multiarticulate flagellum; legs ambulatory
or prehensile, not strictly natatory; pleon consolidated into a scutiform
segment, bearing terminal uropods, which may be nearly obsolete.

This family is represented on our coast by four species belonging to

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 3138

three genera, and a species of another genus (Asellus communis Say)
is common in the fresh-water ponds and streams of New England.
The genus Jimnoria Leach has been regarded by modern writers as be-
longing to this family, but will be found in the present article in the
Limnoriide (p. 79). There remain then to be considered the genera
Asellus Geoftroy,* Jera Leach, Janira Leach, and Munna Kroyer, which,
as represented in our waters, may be further characterized as follows:

The head is well developed, and in Munna is of large size; the body is
usually depressed or but slightly arched, except that the pleon is vaulted
in Munna. The eyes are present in our species though not through-
out the family. The antennule beyond the basal segment are slender
and are always much shorter than the antennz, which are elongated
and composed of a five-jointed peduncle and a slender multiarticulate
flagellum. The first three peduncular segments are short; the last two
elongated. The parts of the mouth are protected below by a pair of
maxillipeds with large external lamellz and five-jointed palpi. Within
the maxillipeds are two pairs of maxille of the ordinary form; the outer
or second pair delicate and three-lobed at the tip; the inner lobe being
formed by the projecting basal segment, while the two outer lobes are
articulated; all three lobes are provided with curved spiniform sete.
_ The inner, or first, pair of maxilla present two narrow lobes; the outer
lobe broader and more robust than the inner, and armed with robust
curved spines, while the inner is tipped with much weaker setz. The
mandibles (see fig. 12 b, pl. ITI) are provided with one or two acute den-
tigerous lamelle (d) at the tip, usually a comb of setz and a strong molar
process below (m), and a triarticulate palpus (p). This latter organ is,
however, wanting in the genus Mancasellus Hargert from the Great
Lakes and other fresh-water localities of North America.

The seven segments of the thorax are distinct from the head and from
each other, and differ but little in general appearance throughout. The
legs are mostly slender and elongated, except that the first pair may be
more robust and better fitted for prehension. In our marine species
the dactylus, at least behind the first pair of legs, is short and armed
with two small claws or ungues, while the propodus is capable of con-
siderable flexion on the carpus.

The segments of the pleon are united into a single piece, which is seuti-
form above, flattened or but little arched, except in Munna, and bears, at
or near the tip, the biramous uropods, which are, however, nearly obsolete’
in Munna. The pleon often shows more or less trace of its compound
character in imperfect transverse sutures on the dorsal surface near the
base, and below it is excavated for the pleopods, the posterior pairs of
which are delicate and branchial in their nature, while the anterior pairs

* «Fist. des Ins. t. ii” (Edw.). For information in regard to the common European
form of this genus the reader should consult the admirable work of G-.O. Sars, Hist.
nat. des Crust. d’eau douce de Norvége.

tAm. Jour. Sci., III. vol. xi, p. 304,1876. See, also, op. cit., vol. vii, p. 601, 1874, and
This Report, part ii, p. 659, pl. i. fig. 3, 1874.

314 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

are variously modified in the different genera and in the sexes, so that
much confusion has been introduced into the family by mistaking sexual
for generic modifications of these organs. The branchial pleopods are
usually protected by a thickened anterior pair, which, especially in the
females of our marine species, may be consolidated into a single opercu-
lar plate, as will be further described. The incubatory pouch in the fe-
males does not appear to extend farther back than the fourth thoracic
segment, and it may be confined to the second, third, and fourth seg-
ments.

In the last-mentioned, as well as in many other characters, this fam-
ily is closely related to the next, and perhaps the Munnopsidw may yet
require to be united with it. Our species of the two families are at
once distinguished by the last three pairs of legs, which are ambulatory
in the Asellide and natatory in the Munnopside. Our Munnopside are,
moreover, like the other known species of that family, destitute of eyes,
while the marine Asellide have evident or conspicuous eyes, but the
fresh-water genus Cecidotea Packard* is blind, as are also certain
foreign species referred to the present family. The relations of the
Asellide with families other than the Munnopside are less evident.
They were associated by Professor Danaf with his Armadillide and Onis-
cide to form his subtribe Oniscoidea, and, Iimnoria being excluded, the
group appears to be a natural one.

Asellus communis Say, confined to fresh waters, and the only known
New England representative of the genus, was described and figured by
the present author, in Professor 8S. I. Smith’s ‘Crustacea of the Fresh
Waters of the United States,” published in part II of this report (page
657, plate I, figure 4). Our marine representatives of the family may
be most easily recognized by the consolidated pleon, ambulatory or pre-
hensile legs, none of them natatory, and the slender, elongate antenne.
The genera may be distinguished by means of the following table:

flattened above; uropods § short, subrudimentary .---.-----.--------7------2----- JERA, p. 314
Pleon BY CUNY ClO POU ls 2 oneal ne ee ei =e eee ee ee JANIRA, p. 319
vanilted + thes ane eee easter eee tetera eae ee a lee ele alee ee pele tele etter Munna, p. 325

Jeera Leach.

Jera Leach, Ed. Encyc., vol. vii, p. “6434” (Am. ed., p. 273), ‘£1813-14.”
Antennule short, few-jointed; antennze moderately elongated; man-
dibles with palpi; first pair of legs similar to the following pairs; lateral

margins of the thoracic segments projecting over the bases of the legs; .

uropods short, rami subrudimentary; pleon protected below in the fe-
males by a subcircular plate.

The short uropods and projecting lateral margins of the thoracic seg-
ments serve to distinguish this genus from its allies, and other charac-
ters of generic importance could doubtless be drawn from the pleon and
its appendages, as well as from other parts of the structure, but, as it

*American Naturalist, vol. v, p. 751, figs. 132, 133, 1871.
+Am. Jour. Sci., II, vol. xiv, p. 301, 1862.

wid pal

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 315

is représented in our limits by a single species, I have not been able to
separate the generic from the specific characters with confidence, and
have therefore described the species without attempting it.

Jera albifrons Leach.

* Oniscus albifrons Montague MSS.” (Leach).

Jera albifrons Leach, Ed. Encyce., vol. vii, p. ‘‘ 434” (Am, ed., p. 273), ‘*1813-14” ;
Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. xi, p. 373, 1815.

Samouelle, Ent. Comp., p. 110, 1819.

Desmarest, Dict. Sci. nat., tome xxviii, p. 381, 1823; Consid. Crust., p. 316,
1825.

Latreille, Régne Anim., tome iv, p. 141, 1829.

Edwards, Annot. de Lamarck, tome vy, p. 267, 1838; Hist. nat. des Crust,,
tome ili, p. 150, 1840; Régne Anim., Crust., p. 204, 1849.

Moore, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., n.s., vol. ili, p. 294, 1839.

Thompson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xx, p. 245, 1847.

White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 97, 1847; Brit. Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 69,
1850; Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust., p. 231, 1857.

Lilljeborg, Ofvers. Vet-Akad. Forh., Arg. Vili, p. 23; 1851; ibid., Arg. ix.
p. 11, 1852.

Gosse, Man. Mar. Zool., vol. i, p. 136, fig. 243, 1855.

M. Sars, Christ. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1858, p. 153, 1859.

Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1860, p. 225, 1861.

G. O. Sars, Reise ved Kyst. af Christ., p. (29), 1866; Christ. Vid. Selsk.
Forh., 1871, p. 272, 1872.

Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1866, p. 197, 1867; ibid, 1868, p. 288, 1869.

Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 317, figure, 1868.

Metzger, J. B. Naturhist. Ges. Hannover, xx, p. 32, 1871; Nordseefahrt
der Pomm., 1872~3, p. 285, 1875.

Parfitt, Trans. Devon. Assoc., 1873, p. (18), “£1873.”

Stebbing, Jour. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. xii, p. 149, 1874; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
IV, vol. xvii, p. 79, pl. v, figs. 5-6, 1876; Trans. Devon. Assoc., 1879 p.
(7), 1879.

Meinert, Crust. Isop. Amph. Dec. Dan., p. 80, ‘£1877.” (Jaira.)

Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 158, 1879.

Jera Kréyeri Zaddach, Syn. Crust. Pruss. Prod., p. 11, ‘*1844” (J. Kréyeri Ed-

wards 2).
Jera baltica Fried. Miiller, Arch. Naturg., Jahrg. xiv, p. 63, pl. iv, fig. 29, 1848,
Jera copiosa Stimpson, Mar. Iny. G. Manan, p. 40, pl. iii, fig. 29, 1853.
Packard, Canad. Nat. and Geol., vol. viii, p. 419, 1863.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vii, p. 131, 1874; Proc. Amer. Assoc.,
1873, p. 369, 1874; This Report, part i, p. 315 (21), 1874.
Harger, This Report, part i, p. 571 (277), 1874.
Jera nivalis Packard, Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 296, 1867. (J. nivalis
Kroyer ?.)
Asellus Grénlandicus Packard, loc. cit. (not of Kroyer).
Jera marina Mobius, Wirbellos. Thiere der Ostsee, p. 122, 1873; Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xii, p. 85, 1873. (J. marina Fabricius ?.)
Jera maculata Parfitt, Trans, Devon. Assoc., 1873, p, 253” (18), 1873.”
Stebbing, Trans. Devon. Assoc., 1879, p. (7) 1879, (albifrons).

PriaTeE I, Fies. 4-8.

This species is at once distinguished from the other marine Isopoda
of our coast by the short uropods, arising from a notch in the end of the

316 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

subcircular pleon. From the terrestrial forms, which it somewhat re-

sembles, and in company with which it may sometimes be found, the

above-mentioned character, joined with the multiarticulate flagellum of
the antenne, will serve to distinguish it.

The body is oval and flattened, a little more than twice as long as broad. :

The head is transverse, broadly excavated on each side over the bases of
the antennule, sparingly ciliated on the lateral margins, with short scat-
tered spine-like unequal cilia or sets, which occur in a similar manner
along the entire borders of the animal behind the front margin of the head.
The eyes are prominent and black, situated near the posterior margin
of the lateral regions of the head. The antennule are five-jointed, and
do not surpass the fourth segment of the antenne; the basal segment
is large and separated from its fellow of the opposite side by about
twice its diameter; the second segment is about as long as the first, but
of much less than half its diameter; third segment shorter thah the
second, fourth still shorter, fifth tapering, tipped with sete. The first
three segments of the antennz are short; the fourth is robust, and
about as long as the first three together; the fifth is longest, and is fol-
lowed by a slender elongated flagellum. The maxillipeds (pl. I, fig.
5) have the external lamella (1) short and broad, nearly straight on the

inner margin, broadly rounded at the end, and somewhat swollen on -

the external side; the palpus (p) is five-jointed; the first three segments
flattened, first short; second dilated internally and ciliated; third ciliate
in the inner margin and narrowed to the base of the fourth segment,
which is cylindrical; fifth short, conical. The terminal lobe of the max-
illiped bears two rows of cilia near the apex, and on the inner side a row
of short styliform organs. The outer maxille (pl. I, fig. 6 a) consist of
a semioval portion, broad and ciliated at the tip, bearing above the
middle two articulated lobes, armed with strong curved setz at the tip.
The inner maxill (pl. I, fig. 6 b) are armed with short stout spines, which
are strongly spinulose on their inner curved side; inner lobe about half
the diameter of the outer. Mandibles with a very much projecting molar
process, a comb of pectinated setze, and a dentigerous lamella, or two of
them on the left side.

The first three thoracic segments are of about equal length along the
median line, and are together nearly equal in length to the last four,
which are also subequal along the median line, but the fifth segment

appears shorter than the others on account of its short lateral margin, .

which has both its anterior and posterior angles strongly rounded. The
epimeral region of the segments projects at the sides so as to cover the
bases of the legs, and is squarish in the first three segments, rounded in
the fourth, and still more so in the fifth, and obtusely angulated behind
in the sixth and seventh. The legs are similar in form throughout, but
increase in length to the last pair. They have the basis rather robust;
the ischium shorter and flexed on the basis; the merus subtriangular,
and tipped with spines; the carpus and propodus cylindrical, subequal

———

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. d17

in length, but the carpus of larger diameter than the propodus; the
dactylus short, cylindrical, and provided with two terminal hooklets.
There are a few scattered spinules and setz on the segments, especially
the merus, carpus, and propodus. In the males the merus and carpus
of the sixth and seventh pairs of legs are provided on their inferior mar-
gins with close-set slender curved hairs, which extend nearly the whole
length of the carpus and over the distal half of the merus.

The pleon is proportionally broader and shorter in the male (pl. I,
fig. 8) than in the female (pl. I, fig. 7). It is broadly rounded behind,
continuing the outline of the body without break, and is notched
at the tip for the insertion of the uropods, which scarcely project
beyond the general outline of the body, and consist on each side of
a short, stumpy, cylindrical basal segment, a little oblique at the end
where it bears two almost rudimentary rami, the inner about twice
as large as the outer, and both tipped with a few short sete. The
lateral margin of the pleon, like that of the body generally, is beset
with short, scattered, unequal set or spinules. Underneath, the pleon
is excavated for the branchial pleopods, which are covered and protected
below in the females (pl. I, fig. 7) by a large subcircular plate, sparsely
minutely ciliated on the margin. In the male (pl. I, fig. 8) the under
surface of the pleon presents on each side a small oval plate, with its.
inner margin overlapped by a median elongated plate, divided by a cen-
tral suture, which is open distally. This plate is broad at the base, then
narrows toward the middle, after which it expands much more rapidly
into an outwardly curved and pointed lobe on each side, ciliated at the
tip. Between these two lobes the plate is terminated by two transverse,
subquadrate and elongated lobes, which are broadest internally where
they are separated along the median line. They are excavated on the
anterior margin and less so on the posterior margin, sparsely ciliated
behind, and conspicuously so with divergent cilia at the outer short,
Straight margin. In the females the incubatory pouch appears to be
confined to the second, third, and fourth segments.

In size as well as coloration this species varies greatly, females being
often found with eggs when less than half the size of the specimen fig-
ured. They attain a length of 5™™ and a breadth of 2™™, but the males
are at least one-third smaller and somewhat narrower than the females,
the sides being more nearly parallel. In color there is also much varia-
tion. A common color is a dark, slaty gray, with dots or small blotches.
of yellowish, this color prevailing along the anterior margin of the head.
Very frequently darker or lighter shades of green occur, and the incu-
batory pouch of the females is often bright green. Some specimens are
very light colored or nearly white, often with two or more transverse
dark bands, with considerable contrast in color; others are reddish
brown throughout.

Iam unable to separate the American form, Jera copiosa Stimpson,
from the common English and European species, although they have

318 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

hitherto been regarded as distinct. I have had no males from any
European locality, but through the kindness of the Rev. A. M. Norman
I have had an opportunity of comparing females from Oban, Scot-
land, with our species, and have found no specific differences. The
description and figures given by Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing in the Annals
and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol. xvii, p. 79, pl. v, figs. 5 and
6, show a substantial correspondence iu the males also, so that I have
regarded the species as common to both coasts. Whether the Green-
land species J. nivalis Kroyer, and the Southern species J. Kréyeri Hd-
wards, are also identical with J. albifrons or not, I am unable to deter-
mine, in the absence of specimens for comparison. M. Sars says that
he has seen specimens of J. albifrons Leach from Trieste, but regards
the Greenland species as distinct. Mé6bius regards the species as iden-
tical from Greenland to the Mediterranean, and unites them under the
name J. marina. Metzger, following Bate and Westwood, is more con-
servative, using the name J. albifrons Leach. Bate and Westwood re-
gard J. nivalis Kréyer and Oniscus marinus O. Fabricius as doubtfully
identical with J. albifrons, and J. Kréyeri Edwards as distinct. J.
Kroéyeri Zaddach = J. baltica Friedrich Miiller appears to be, without
doubt, identical with this species, as it is separated by that author from
J. albifrons Leach only by the position of the eyes, which were incor-
rectly described by Dr. Leach as close together. I have, therefore, re-
ferred these two names to J. albifrons as synonyms, as has been done
previously by Lilljeborg and others. J. maculata Parfitt, a species based
almost wholly on color markings, I have referred to J. albifrons, follow-
ing Stebbing, who believes that he is “in accord with the author of the
species” in so doing.

This species is common, and in suitable localities abundant, on the
whole coast of New England!, and extends as far north as Labrador! at
least, where it was collected by Dr. Packard, who regarded it as identi-
cal with J. nivalis Kréyer. It is found among rocks, algze, and rubbish
along the shore, often nearly up to high-water mark, where it may be
associated with some of the Oniscide, to which it has a certain resem-
blance in form. It occurs “probably” all around the coast of England
(Bate and Westwood). Ihave examined specimens from Oban!, Scot-
land. It extends to Finmark, on the coast of Norway (M. Sars), and is
common on all the coasts of the North Sea (Metzger). It is recorded
by Mobius in the Baltic among stones and alge down to a depth of 184

fathoms. According to M. Sars this species extends to Trieste on the

Adriatic, but without specimens I have not attempted to decide in re-
gard to the synonymy of the Mediterranean species.

SS a ee

—

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 319

Specimens examined.

a a mens
3) : | When col- : Dry.
F Locality. e Bottom. leateds Received from— Alo
8 ,
im é No. | Sex.
MER EN GW TEA VONy WOM, on) a2 seen min|cnnacclcce veer ceuna May 1,1871 Pl Pe Ale
1917 | Stony Creek, ie oy 8 4 OR OCR SO el ea 8) steeee Ale
1916 Noank Harbor, COT ac «Sol aaa PO et (RS —, 1874 25 eae ae Ale
1915 | Vineyard Sound, Be eee ee Cie Oe oI feel Fay’ AO aa 1 Q | Ale.
Mass.
1 eG 6 ee ee L. w. | Under stones — —, 1871 80) 15.5052 Ale
1920 Provincetown, WE CCN SE ee EEO Seceoee — —,1872 bOtssecce | Ale
Eee settee dae aie |btaes aoe Shore. o-- oi =<. 00 — —, 1879 }.... 00 | & 2 | Alc.
Oe Ty Ane Pepe Peer eer ASAI spose sesene Aug. 13, 1879 |.... 00) co 2 | Alc.
SO i WR ee ial Bat a he ee Aug. 13, 1879 |.... 15 Ale.
228 SE eee ee eae ao re OTAsS. wees ‘Aug. 23) 1879 |.... Glo Ale.
Gloucester, a State Me ee oe ae Shepton or — —, 1878 30 Q | Ale.
UO 0S SSS ee ie Bee seer Tide pools .. Pasacoc cee ead ae 7\Q2o¢ Alc.
Casco Iii Besosocbsel adeemced |aSae seen ee Aas seen tetera Bad |odssis- Ale.
1919 | Eastport, Me....-.-.-. L. w. | Under stones ---. 1868-1870 1G | peseoe Ale.
1918 aco ay Men Dap |ssecess- Tide pool ..-..--.- — —, 1872} U.S. ish Com, Bh sane- Ale.
slan
1912 tee Peers eed ee aceines te semmiene aemiete seein <ommieletsive.s= A.§. Packard .| 7 |...... Ale.
rador.
619*| Hopedale, Labrador.|......-- SU BERS aB ORE dl babe seshesoe Sine eR ARE hscillyaees Ale.
OAT SCOMANGE Sos -1s% cee sen|saa-bect-=c sos ais — —,1877 Rev.A.M.Nor-| 4 Q | Ale.
man.

* Asellus grénlandicue Packard, MSS.

Janira Leach.

Janira Leach, Edinb. Encye., vol. vii, p. ‘‘434” (Amer. ed., p. 273), ‘£1813-14”.
Asellodes Stimpson, Mar. Inv. Grand Manan, p. 41, 1853.

Body loosely articulated as in Asellus; antennule slender, with a
multiarticulate flagellum ; antenne elongated, with a spine, or scale, on
the second segment and with a long multiarticulate flagellum; mandibles
palpigerous; lateral margins of the thoracic segments not completely
covering the bases of the legs; first pair of legs prehensile; the carpus
thickened, and the propodus slender and capable of complete flexion on
the carpus; dactylus short and armed with two small ungues, as in the
succeeding pairs of legs; uropods well developed, biramous.

This genus is represented on our coast by two species, one of which
was originally described by Stimpson under the name Asellodes alta. It
does not, however, seem to present any generic differences from Janira
maculosa Leach, the type of the present genus. Stimpson’s generic
description appears to have been drawn from the male, as he says: ‘ Ex-
ternal pair of natatory feet having each two lamine, like the others, but
broader and hardened, so as to perform the office of an operculum.”
The two inner of these laminze are, however, united along the median
line nearly to the tip, as will be seen below.

Our species of this genus may be further characterized as follows: The
body is elongate oval in general outline, between two and three times as
long as broad. The eyes are distinct. The head is produced medially
into a distinct rostrum, and the antero-lateral angles are also produced,
but in the typical species (J. maculosa Leach) the head is rounded ante-

320 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

riorly. The basal segment of the antennule is enlarged; the second is
more slender and cylindrical; the third is short, cylindrical, or slightly
clavate, and is followed by a short subglobose segment having the ap-
pearance of a fourth peduncular segment. Beyond this, is a slender
multiarticulate flagellum, composed of about twenty to thirty segments,
the segmentation becoming indistinct toward the base. These segments
are provided, except toward the base, with slender “olfactory setae.”
The first three segments of the antennz are short and robust, and the
second bears, near its distal end, on the external side above, a triangular
seale, or spine, articulated with the segment and directed forward, out-
ward, and somewhat upward; the third segment is comparatively short
and small; the fourth and fifth segments are slender and elongated, and
the flagellum tapers from the base and is composed of many, 80 to 120 or
more, segments. The maxillipeds (see pl. III, fig. 12 a) are broad, with a
rhombic-ovate external lamella (1), and a five-jointed palpus (p), of which
the first three segments are flattened and expanded internally, where the
second and third segments are also ciliated. The last two segments of
the palpus are cylindrical, and bent inward toward the median line. The
outer maxille are rhombic in outline, ciliated and spiny along the inner
margin and at the tip, as are also the two slender, curved, articulated
lobes. The inner maxille consist of the usual curved lobes, armed at
the tip with denticulated spines, which are larger, stronger, and more
numerous on the outer large lobe. The mandibles are strong, and fur-
nished with an acute dentigerous lamella on the right side, received
between two such lamelle on the left mandible; below is a comb of setz
and a strong molar process. The palpus of the mandible is composed of
three subequal segments, the last furnished with a comb of sete.

The thoracic segments do not greatly exceed the head in transverse
diameter, and are subequal, the second, third, and fourth with a lateral
emargination. The legs are slender and elongated, ambulatory, or the
first pair subprehensile and somewhat shorter than the following pairs.
In this pair the carpus is slightly swollen and the propodus is capable
of complete flexion upon it. The dactyli are short in all the legs, as
compared with the propodi, and capable of only incomplete flexion.
They are armed at the tip with two robust unguiform spines.

The pleon is broad and flattened above. The uropods are well de-
veloped and consist of a cylindrical or slightly clavate basal segment
bearing two rami of which the inner is the larger and longer. The un-
der surface of the pleon is excavated, and in the females is protected be-
neath by a subcircular operculum, but in the males of J. alta, and proba-
bly in both species, the thickened opercular plates are three in number,
viz, a pair of semi-oval plates at the sides and a more slender median
plate presenting traces of a suture along the middle.

In the females, the incubatory pouch is formed of four pairs of plates
attached to the coxal segments of the first four pairs of legs. These
plates may usually be easily seen when the females are destitute of eggs,

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 321

being then small, elongate, oval, and lying near the under surface of
the thoracic segments.

Janira alta Harger (Stimpson).

aAsellodes alta Stimpson, Mar. Inv. G. Manan, p. 41, pl. iii, fig. 30, 1853.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vi, p. 439, 1873; vol. vii, pp. 411, 502,
1874; Proc. Amer. Assoc., 1873, p. 350, 1874.
Janira alta Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 158, 1879.

PuaTES II AnD ITI, Fies. 9,12, ann 13.

This species may be at once distinguished from the following by the
absence of spines in the dorsal and lateral thoracic regions, from all the
other known Isopoda of the coast, by the flattened, scutiform and consoli-
dated pleon, bearing well-developed, exerted, biramous uropods, which
are, however, fragile. It is more slender than the following species.

The body is elongated oval in outline, nearly three times as long as
broad. The head is produced in front into a prominent but short, acute,
median spine or rostrum, and the antero-lateral angles are also acutely
produced, but are shorter and less acute than the rostrum. The eyes are
prominent and black, situated on the upper surface of the head, near the
lateral margins. They are elliptical in outline, with the long axes con-
verging toward a point near to, or beyond, the tip of the rostrum. The
basal segment of the antennulz is shorter than the rostrum; the flagellum
consists of about thirty segments and does not attain the tip of the fourth
antennal segment. The scale on the second segment of the antenne is
short and triangular, does not surpass the following segment, and is
tipped with a few slender sete. The maxillipeds (pl. III, fig. 12 a) have
the external lamella (/) obtusely pointed at the apex and angulated on
the outer side, otherwise they resemble the same organs in J. spinosa,
as do the outer maxille, the inner maxille, and the mandibles (pl. III,
fig. 12 b).

The thoracic segments are but little broader than the head, the first
three and the last two segments are about equal to each other in length;
the fourth and the fifth are somewhat shorter. The lateral margins of
the segments do not cover the epimera from above, and none of them
are produced at the sides into acute and salient angulations, as in the
next species. In the first segment the lateral margins are rounded and
the epimera project as an angular tooth on each side in front. In the
second, third, and fourth segments the emargination is behind a promi-
nent but narrow lobe at the anterior angle of the segment and the epi-
mera are two-lobed. In the fourth segment the posterior angle is nearly
included in the emargination, and in the last three segments the posterior
angle is elided and the epimera occupy its place. The legs are elon-
gated and armed with spines, especially on the carpal segments.

The pleon is rounded-hexagonal in outline, minutely and sharply
serrate at the sides behind the middle, and undulated over the bases of

21 F

3922 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES,

the uropods on the posterior margin. The uropods are slender, easily
detached, and liable to escape observation. They are nearly alike in
the two sexes, and consist on each side of an elongate, somewhat curved
and clavate basal segment, bearing at the end two rami, of which the
inner is nearly as long as the basal segment, the outer somewhat smaller
and shorter. The rami are slightly flattened, and, like the basal seg-
ment, armed with seta, especially at the tip. The branchial pleopods
are protected in the female by a subcircular operculum (pl. IT], fig. 13g)

In the male, the inferior surface of the pleon (pl. IT, fig. 13 6) presents on.

each side a nearly semicircular plate (b), with its inner margin overlapped
by a median, elongated, and narrow plate (c), marked along the median
line by a suture. This plate is broadest near the base, then contracts on
each side to beyond the middle, after which it expands slightly. The
median suture is open near the tip, and, on each side, is a rounded lobe,
separated by a sinus from the produced external angle.

Length of body, exclusive of the antennz and uropods, 8™™, breadth
3™™, Color in alcohol usually pale or brownish, with small black dots on
the upper surface. The under surface is lighter, as are the legs and an-
tenn, especially toward their distal extremities.

This species is at once distinguished from the common European J.
maculosa Leach by the form of the head, which is rostrate, and has also
the antero-lateral angles strongly salient, while in J. maculosa the ante-

rior margin of the head is nearly straight and the angles are not pro- |

duced. From Henopomus tricornis Kréyer,* as described and figured by
that author, it differs in the elongated uropods.

This species has not been found south of Cape Cod. Dr. Stimpson’s
specimens were ‘dredged in soft mud in 40 f. off Long Island, G. M.,”
in the Bay of Fundy. It was dredged in Massachusetts Bay! in from 54
to 115 fathoms mud, sand, and stones in 1878. In many localities given
below in the Gulf of Maine! from 35 to 115 fathoms in 1873, 1874, and
1877, and 120 miles south of Halifax!, N. 8., in 120 fathoms gravel and
pebbles in 1877. It has also been obtained from several localities in the
Bay of Fundy!, in one case at low water on Clark’s Ledge, near East-
port, Me. A specimen was collected in 1879, by Mr. Charles Ruckley,
of the schooner ‘H. A. Duncan,’ thirty miles east of the Northeast
light on Sable Island, adhering to a specimen of Paragorgia, from a
depth of 160 to 300 fathoms.

*Naturhist. Tidssk., II, B. ii, p. 380, 1847; Voy. en Scand., Crust., pl. xxx, figs. 2
a-g, “1849.”

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 323

Specimens examined.

, Speci
E 5 mens
5 : A When col- Aad Dry.
F Locality. Z Bottom. lected, Receivedfrom— : | ‘Adc.
3 Yo. | Sex. |
z & No. | Sex. |
Gulf of Maine, ESE. 85 | Mud,sand,stones}) —— —,1878| U.S.FishCom.| 1| 9 | Ale.
from Cape Ann
29-30 miles.
Gulf of Maine, ESE. 110-115 | Mud, stones ....| —— —,1878|.-..do ........- Ly ¢ Seales
from Cape Ann
30-31 miles.
Gulf of Maine, SE.4 | 54-60 | Sand, mud...... i ey eee eee sae 2}d 9? | Alo.
S. from Cape Ann
6-7 miles.
1934 | Gulf of Maine, SE. 90 | Softmud........ — —, 1877 |...-.do ......... i i ae Ale.
eons icone Ann 14
1923 Gulf ‘of Maine, E. |112-115 | Sand and gravel.| —- —,1877|.--.do ....-.... Kl} do Ale:
from Cape Ann 140
1935 | Between Cape Ann 35 | Clay, sand, mud.| —— —,1874|....do ......-.. eee Ale.
and Isles of Shoals
1924 | GuJf of Maine, S. of 0) | ROCKY eee. qclqmas —— —, 1873 |.---dO --..-...<}.0--|-0---5 Alc.
Cashe’s Ledge.
1925 | Casco Bay, 1 RS Mich ee ee ee ere — —,1873 200% <csmcans Wil See Ale.
Pig ereaniesashet e|tesesad|sossee sehen dessa — —, 1878 Capt. Collins -.| 1 Q | Ale.
1927 | Bay of Fundy, Me..|........|-.---------------- — —,1872| U. .FishCom.| 3 |....-. Alc.
1928 | Ba ae L. w.-30} Rocky ....-..-.. — —,1872 HU eras (es BE Ale.
edge
1929 Bay of Fundy, BUCKs |peseeeee seas ee aka acne scl a bl sel ieee! (AP sel rie et Ale.
man’s Head.
ResU enty OF MNCs) Ol |--- cos 5c|-ceeewcceccccccccs ATI 27, 1812 |aeesOO) - 25 scenen|o nef ome amie Ale.
Todd’s Head.
1932 | Bay of Fundy, East- |........|.---------0-.0---- — —,1870| A.E. Verrill...}| 1 |-.-..- Alc.
port.
Thirty miles east of |160-300 | On Paragorgia..| —- —,1879 | Mr.'C.Ruckley.| 1| o& | Dry.
Northeast light
on Sable Island.
1933 | Southof Halifax 120 | 190 | Gravel and peb- | —— —,1877| U.S.FishCom.| 1 |.....- Alc.
miles. bles.

Janira spinosa Harger.
Janira spinosa Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol, ii. p. 158, 1879.

This species is well marked among our known Isopoda, by the double
row of spines along the back and the acute laciniations or angulations
on the lateral margins of the thoracic segments.

The body is robust, the length but little exceeding twice the breadth.
The head is broad, and produced in the median line into a prominent
acute spine, or rostrum, about as long as the head. The antero-lateral
angles are also produced and very acute, but do not extend as far as the
rostrum. The eyes are rounded semi-oval, with the long axes converg-
ing toward a point near the base of the rostrum. The basal segment of
the antennulz is less than one-third the length of the rostrum. The
second segment is about as long as the first, but of only about half its
diameter. The flagellum equals, or slightly surpasses, the third antennal
segment, and consists of about twelve segments. The scale, or spine, on
the second segment of the antennez is slender and considerably surpasses
the third segment. The external lamella of the maxillipeds has the
outer angle prominent, though not acute.

The thoracic segments are produced laterally into one or two acute
angulations, giving a sharply serrated or dentated outline to the tho

324 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

racic region. The first segment is shorter than the second; the sec-
ond, third, and fourth are about equal in length; the fifth is about
the length of the first; the sixth and seventh each a little longer. The
first segment is acutely produced at the sides, around the sides of the
head, and bears, near the middle of the anterior margin, two short spines,
situated about half as far apart as are the eyes, and directed upward and
somewhat forward. The second segment has both lateral angles pro-
duced into triangular acute processes, of which the anterior is more slen-
der than the posterior and directed more strongly forward. The dorsal
spines on this segment are a little farther apart and larger than in the
first segment. In the third segment the lateral angulations are more
nearly equal than in the second segment and directed less strongly for-
ward. In the specimen figured the third segment bears, on the left side,
a Single broad angulation, apparently representing the posterior, while
the anterior is only indicated by a slight irregularity in the outline.
Malformations of this kind appear to be common. The dorsal spines on
the third segment are much as in the second. On the fourth segment
the anterior angulation is longer than the posterior, and both are directed
nearly outward. The dorsal spines on the fourth segment are slightly
smaller and nearer together than on the third; but, as in all the preced-
ing segments, they are near the anterior border of the segment. The
last three segments are acutely produced at the sides into a single angu-
lation, which is directed more and more backward to the last segment.
The dorsal spines on the fifth segment are situated nearer together than
on the anterior segments, and rather behind the middle of the segment;
they are also smaller than on the preceding segments. On the last two
segments they are near the posterior border of the segment, and become
somewhat smaller and nearer together on the last segment. The legs
are armed with but few, and rather weak, spines.

The pleon is broadest near the base and tapers posteriorly, where the
angles are acutely produced; between these angles the margin is rounded
and arched over the bases of the uropods, which are about as long as
the pleon and less spiny than in J. alta. The lateral margin of the pleon
is armed with very minute acute spinules, and under a higher power the
margins of the thoracic segments and of the head are seen to be similarly
armed, especially where most exposed.

Length 8™, breadth 3.8™"; color in alcohol, white.

This species is near Janira laciniata G. O. Sars,* but is distinguished
by the double row of dorsal spines, whereas Sars says of that species,
‘¢ Superficies dorsalis medio leviter convexa spinis singulis tenuibus
ornata.”

The only specimens yet known are two females, which were taken ad-
hering to the cable of the schooner ‘Marion’, by Captain J. W. Collins, at
Banquereau, August 25, 1878.

*Chr. Vid. Selsk., 1872, p. 92, 1873.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 325

Munna Kroyer.

Munna Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., B. ii, p. 615, 1839.

Form of the female dilated oval, of the male elongated sublinear; head
very broad (about twice as broad as long), in length equal to one-fourth
or one-fifth the length of the animal; eyes occupying the postero-lateral
angles of the head, prominent, as if pedunculated but not movable ; an-
tennulze inserted above the antenne and partly covering their bases,
short, a little longer than the head, with a four-jointed peduncle and a
_ few-jointed flagellum; antenne elongated, equaling or surpassing the
length of the body, with a multiarticulate flagellum; mandibles with a
three-jointed palpus; maxillipeds with a five-jointed palpus; legs all
armed with two terminal ungues; first pair shorter and more robust than
the others, with a prehensile hand formed of the propodus and the dac-
tylus; the remaining pairs ambulatory, increasing gradually in length, so
that the last pair equal or surpass the body in length. The segments
of the pleon are united into a single vaulted segment, and its inferior
surface is covered, in the females, by a single opercular plate, while in the
males the operculum is composed of three parts, as in the preceding
genera.

The generic description as given above is in part taken from Kroyer,
the author of the genus. The specimens hitherto obtained do not ap-
pear to be separable from his species M. Fabricii, to which I have there-
fore referred them, although differing somewhat from each other. The
material has unfortunately been, most of it, in poor condition, many of
the specimens having been dried and much broken.

Munna Fabricii Kroyer.
Munna Fabricit Kroyer, Nat. Hist. Tidssk., I, B. ii, p. 380, 1847; Voy. en Scand.,
Crust., pl. xxxi, figs. 1 a-qg. ‘‘1849”.
Reinhardt, Grénlands Krebsdyr., p. 35, 1857.
M. Sars, Christ. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1858, p. 154, 1859.
Liitken, Greenland Crust., p. 150, 1875.
Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 159, 1879.
Munna, species, Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., ITI, vol. vii, p. 133, 1874; Proc. Am. Assoc.,
1873, p. 371, 1874.
? Munna Beckii G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. Nat., B. ii, p. 353 [253], 1877. (M1. Baeckit
Kroyer?)

PLATE III, Fie. 14.

This species may be at once distinguished from anything else known
on our coast by the prominent, as if pedunculated, but immovable, eyes,
on the posterior lateral angles of the large head, together with the elon-
gated and slender ambulatory legs in seven pairs, the first pair only
being somewhat shorter.

The first specimens obtained in a recognizable condition were small
and differed somewhat from later specimens, especially in size and pro-
portions; the differences, however, do not appear to be necessarily other
than what might be due to age and size, and are such as are described

326 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

by Kroyer in his specimens of IM. Fabricii. The legs in the small speci-
men figured are considerably shorter than in larger specimens obtained
in 1878, and the flagellum of the antennule consists in the small speci-
mens of a single segment, or with traces of subdivision into two, while
in the large specimens it is four-jointed, with a rudimentary terminal
segment.

The body is in the female elongate oval, tapering posteriorly, and
broadest at the third thoracic segment, where the breadth is equal to
about half the length. The males are more slender, and are not dilated
behind the head. The head forms about one-fifth of the total length, and
is nearly twice as broad as long. Its anterior portion between the bases

of the antennule and antenne is comparatively narrow on its upper

surface, and is rounded or obtusely angled in front. Behind the bases
of the antennule it is suddenly much dilated at the sides, and a little be-
hind the dilation are the prominent, strongly convex and laterally pro-
jecting eyes, immediately behind which the head contracts suddenly in
width, and is then slightly rounded behind. The antennule arise in a
deep sinus on the antero-lateral region of the head. They consist of a
four-jointed peduncle followed by a four-jointed flagellum of about the
same length as the peduncle. The basal antennular segment is stout,
and subtrigonal in form; the second is more slender and cylindrical,
while the third and fourth are subequal, quite short and small, together
not over half as long as the second segment, and should perhaps rather
be regarded as flagellar segments. The four flagellar segments are of a
little less diameter than the last two peduncular segments, and are long
and cylindrical, the fourth being tipped with a rudimentary segment
bearing two strong terminal sete. The antenne are much larger and
stouter than the antennule and are about two or three times as long as
the body. They are composed of a five-jointed peduncle and a slender
multiarticulate flagellum. They arise nearly in front of the antennulee
and their first three segments are short and stout, not longer taken to-
gether than the first two antennular segments. The fourth segment of
the antenne is only about half the diameter of the first three segments,
but is greatly elongated, nearly or quite equaling in length the head
and thorax taken together, and is cylindrical, and provided with a
few short sete, especially at the tip. The fifth, or last peduncular,
segment is slightly more slender and elongated than the fourth, and is
followed by a slender tapering flagellum composed of about seventy-five
segments, or, perhaps, in perfect specimens, of a greater number. The
maxillipeds are large and broad, as required by the large head, and are
furnished with a five-jointed palpus, with the basal segment short, the
second and third flattened and expanded internally, where they are also
ciliated; the fourth narrow; the fifth short, and both provided with seat-
tered sets, especially toward the tip.

The first thoracic segment is a little shorter than the second, which is
about equal in length to the third and the fourth; the last three seg-

:
:
|

ap ed Ode,

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 527

ments progressively decrease in length and width, and the seventh is
somewhat concealed at the sides by the swollen base of the pleon. The
basal segments of all the legs are much alike in form, and differ but lit-
tle in size throughout. They are cylindrical or slightly clavate, the first

pair perceptibly shorter and smaller than the second, from which they

increase very slightly to the sixth, which is the largest, the seventh not
being larger than the second. The legs disarticulate easily at the end
of the basal segment, and in the specimens examined nearly all are
broken off at this point. Beyond the basal segment the first pair are
comparatively short, about half the length of the body. The ischium
of the first pair is robust, and a little longer than the merus; the carpus
is subtriangular and armed with strong short spines on its palmar
margin; the propodus is about as long as the ischium, slightly swollen,
and armed with a few spines; the dactylus is short and armed at the
end with two stout curved claws, of which the outer is about twice the
length of the inner; between the claws is a slender bristle. The sec-
ond and following pairs of legs are much more elongated than the first
pair, the elongation being principally in the carpus and propodus, and,
in a less degree, in the ischium and merus, while the dactylus is compar-
atively but little elongated. In the second pair of legs the propodusis
not longer than the carpus, but it becomes proportionally, as well as ab-
solutely, longer in the following pairs until, in the sixth pair, it may be
nearly or quite as long as the body and form about two-fifths the whole
lengthoftheleg. Thedactyliare, in all the legs, comparatively. short, often
less than one-tenth the length of the propodus, and armed with two unequal
claws, of which the longer is about two-thirds as long as the dactylus
itself, and the shorter is more than half the length of the longer. In all
the legs the ischium is armed with a few short curved spinules, and the
elongated propodal segments are furnished with scattered, slender and
elongated, straight spines, each with a minute bristle near the apex.

The pleon is remarkably swollen near the base, and is somewhat
pear-shaped ; posteriorly it is deep, and bears the uniarticulate uropods
in shallow grooves near the end. On the upper surface are a few
straight slender spines, and below it is covered in the females by an
ovate, obtusely-pointed opercular plate, and in the males by a trifid
operculum, the median portion being slender, with nearly parallel
sides and a central suture, and the two lateral portions slender, semi-
ovate and pointed behind. The pleon appears to be carried habitually,
during life, flexed upward at a considerable angle.

The length of the specimen figured, by Mr. Emerton (pl. II, fig. 14),
is 1.2™™, breadth 0.7™; but specimens obtained in 1878 measure 3.1™™
in length, 1.5™™ in width, in the female, and 1.1™™ in the male. The
pleon measures in length 1.1™ and in width 0.8"™ in the larger indi-
viduals.

A single much mutilated specimen of this species was dredged in 12
fathoms, South Bay, Eastport!, in 1872, by the United States Fish Com-

328 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

mission, and two more specimens, both females, were obtained on eel-
grass in Casco Bay! in 1873. Five specimens were obtained adhering
to dried specimens of Acanella from 150 fathoms, Western Bank!, in
1878, and a sixth, in 53 fathoms, on Brown’s Bank!, in lat. 42° 50’ N.,

lon. 65 °10' K., by Captain J. Q. Getchell, of the peicaner ‘Otis P. Tone
in the same year. In 1879 a specimen was obtained adhering to Avie
thogorgia armata, by Captain George A. Johnson and crew of the schooner
‘Augusta H. Johnson,’ on Western Bank!, in lat. 43° 15’ N., lon. 50°
20’ E., 200 fathoms. These specimens were, as has been mentioned,
considerably larger than those at first obtained. Kroéyer’s specimens
were from a depth of 50 fathoms, at Godthaab, Southern Greenland,
and according to M. Sars the species is abundant on the coast of Fin-
mark among Hydroids in the coralline zone. G. O. Sars records I.
Beckii Kroyer, which he regards as scarcely differing from this species,
at the harbor of Reikjavik, Iceland.

Specimens examined.

Speci.

B : A When col- : is? Dry.
F Locality. : Bottom. lacten Receivedfrom— Ble:

im, é No. | Sex.
2144 | Casco Bay, Me......]......-. Eel-grass ....--- —_ =, 1873 U.S.FishCom.} 2 Alc.
1936 | Bay of Fundy, Me . 12 sosewoascmeccese ce —— 1872) es Ol seneee = 1 Ale.
Brown’s Bank .....-. Donlasesuue es ek eeee — -, 1878 Capt. aa & 1] 9 | Dry.

-IV._MUNNOPSID 2.

In this family the body consists of two more or less distinct divisions,
the first consisting of the head and anterior four thoracic segments, and

the second of the last three thoracic segments, and the pleon, which is.

consolidated into a single segment, convex above. The eyes are want-
ing. The antennulz are much shorter and smaller than the antenna,
and have their basal segment lamelliform. The antenne are much elon-
gated, with a five-jointed peduncle, of which the first three segments
are short and the last two elongated and tipped with a long multi-
articulate flagellum. The maxillipeds have their basal segments flat-
tened and operculifcrm, covering the other mouth parts, and furnished
with a large external lamella and a five-jointed palpus. The first pair
of legs are shorter than the three following pairs and imperfectly pre-
hensile. The next three pairs are ambulatory and usually greatly elon-
gated. The last three pairs of legs, or at least the fifth and sixth pairs,
are different in form from the preceding, and fitted for swimfMing, with
some of the distal segments flattened and provided with marginal cilia

:
.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 829

or spines. The pleopods are protected by a thickened opercular plate,
and the uropods are short and simple or biramous. The incubatory
pouch in the females is beneath the first four thoracic segments.

Of this family, two species have been found on the New England
coast, and a third, from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, is here included.
The specimens obtained have been mostly in poor condition, and one of
these, belonging apparently to an undescribed species, is so imperfect
that I have decided to await the collection of better specimens before
attempting a specific description. In the family characters given above,
as well as in the following generic and specific descriptions, I have
availed myself largely of the admirable works of M. Sars and his son
G. O. Sars, the distinguished Norwegian naturalists, to whom science is
indebted for the discovery and characterization of the present group.

The Munnopside of our coast may be easily recognized as belonging
to the family by the structure of the last three pairs of thoracic legs,
which are fitted for swimming by being more or less flattened and ciliated ;
the last pair, however, may return to the more normal type of leg, so
that the fifth and sixth pairs only may be natatory. The three genera
which appear to be represented are distinguished as follows: Body sud-
denly constricted and slender behind the fourth thoracic segment in
Munnopsis (p. 329); pretty regularly oval in form, with three pairs of
flattened natatory legs in Hurycope (p 38); suboval but deeply incised
behind the fourth segment, in Ilyarachna (p. 40), in which genus the last
pair of legs are scarcely at all flattened or ciliated.

Munnopsis M. Sars.
Munnopsis M. Sars, Christ. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1860, p. 84, 1861; Christ-fjord
Fauna, p. 70, 1868.

Anterior division of the body dilated, posterior suddenly much nar-
rower and linear. Antennulze with the basal segment large and flat-
tened, the flagellum elongate and multiarticulate; antenne very long
and slender, many times longer than the body; the last two peduncular
segments greatly elongated; the flagellum about equal in length to the
peduncle; mandibles subtriangular, entire and acuminate at the apex,
without a molar process; the palpus slender with the last segment thick
at the base and curved in the form of a hook; penultimate segment of
the maxilliped not dilated inwardly; last segment very narrow and
linear. Four anterior thoracic segments excavated above, obtusely
rounded at the sides; the three following subcylindrical with short
acuminate lateral processes ; first four pairs of thoracic legs six-jointed
{beyond the coxal segment), the first pair short; the second pair not
much longer, rather robust and subprehensile in the males; the two fol-
lowing pairs greatly elongated and very slender, many times longer than
the body; but with the basis, ischium, and merus very short; last three
pairs of legs natatory, all alike, six-jointed, being destitute of dactyli,
with the last two segments, the carpus and propodus, foliaceous, mar-
gined with long, slender, delicately plumose sete. Pleon elongate, much

330 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

longer than broad; abdominal operculum large (nearly covering the
whole under surface of the pleon), suboval, simple in the female, but
consisting of three distinct segments in the male, one median and very
slender, and two lateral, and furnished within with a peculiar curved or-
gan, terminated behind with a much elongated seta; uropods slender
uniramous.

Munnopsis typica M. Sars.
Munnopsis typica M. Sars, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1860, p. 84, 1861; Christ.

Fjord. Fauna, p. (70), pl. vi-vii, figs. 101-138, 1868; Chr. Vid. Selsk.
Forh., 1868, p. 261, 1869.

G. O. Sars, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1863, p. 206, 1864; Reise ved Kyst. af
Christ., p. (5), 1866; Christ. Fjord Dybvands-fauna, p. (44), 1869; Chr.
Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1872, p. 79, 1873; Arch. Math. Nat., B. ii, p. 353
[253], 1877.

Whiteaves, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IV, vol. x, p. 347, 1872; Deep-sea
Dredging, Gulf of St. Lawrence (1872), pp. 6, 15, 1873; Am. Jour. Sci.,
III, vol. vii, p. 218, 1874; Further Deep-sea Dredging, Gulf of St.
Lawrence (1873), p. 15, 1874.

Buchholz, Zweite Deutsche Nordpolfahrt, Crust., p. 285, 1874.

Heller, Denksch. Acad. Wiss. Wien, B. xxxv, p. (14) 38, 1875,

Norman, Proc. Royal Soc., vol. xxv, p. 208, 1876.

Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xx, p. 65, 1877.

Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 159, 1879.

PuateE II, Fie. 11.

This species is easily recognized among the known Isopoda of our
coast by the form of the body, which suddenly diminishes in diameter
behind the fourth thoracic segment, so that the last three thoracic seg-
ments, bearing the ciliated, swimming legs, are only about half as broad
as the anterior part of the body.

Anterior division of the body depressed, posterior subcylindrical;
breadth of body less than half the length. Head small, with the length
and breadth about equal, equaling the two anterior thoracic segments
in length, but of much less breadth, truncate in front and without a ros-
trum, bearing near the posterior dorsal margin two minute conical tuber-
eles. The eyes are wanting. The antennule in the female, when re-
flexed, extend to the third thoracic segment, in the male to the fourth,
with the flagellum longer than the peduncle, pectinate or furnished with a
longitudinal series of long setze, multiarticulate ; segments in the female,
23 to 28; in the male, 65 to 66. The antenne are greatly elongate, about
five times as long as the body, very slender; peduncle more than twice the
length of the body, the last two peduncular segments beset with numer-
ous Short spinules, arranged in longitudinal rows; flagellum nearly as
long as the peduncle, composed of about 130 segments. The external
lamella (1) of the maxillipeds (pl. I, fig. 11b) is narrowed in front
with the external margin convex.

The four anterior thoracic segments are subequal, short, aboutfive times
broader than long; last three segments broader than long, less than

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 331

half the width of the preceding segments, bearing near the anterior dor-
sal margin two small conical tubercles; pleon slightly longer than the
three preceding segments together, but not narrower, forming somewhat
more than one-fourth the length of the body, elongate-suboval, the breadth
searcely equaling half the length, with a median, rounded, dorsal crest,
but little elevated, and bearing in front of this near the anterior margin
a small conical tubercle.

Propodus shorter than the carpus in the first pair of legs, equal to it
in length in the second pair, which in the males (pl. II, fig. 11 e) have
the carpus thickened, and armed, on the inferior margin, with stronger
spines than in the females; third and fourth pairs of legs about thrice the
length of the body, with the three basal segments, basis, ischium, and
merus, very short and robust; the last three very much elongated and
filiform; the propodus longer than the carpus, both armed with many
short spinules arranged longitudinally ; dactylus about one-fifth as long
as the propodus, slightly curved, naked, very minutely serrulate along
the convex margin. Last three legs (pl. II, fig. 11 /) with the carpus
and propodus elongate-subelliptic, both segments strongly ciliated, the
propodus a little shorter than the carpus.

Abdominal operculum in the female (pl. UH, fig. 11 g) with a longitu-
dinal, elevated, acute median crest, flattened medially in the males.
Uropods slightly more than one-third the length of the pleon, composed
of two subequal segments. Lamine of the incubatory pouch in the
females attached to the anterior four thoracic segments; the three poste-
rior pairs large; the third and fourth suborbicular ; the second elongate ;
the first much smaller, bifid at the apex.

Length 8-10™; antenne 40-50"; third and fourth pairs of legs 24—
30™2, Color, light yellowish, or grayish, in alcohol; lighter below.

The specimens that I have had an opportunity of examining were all
more or less imperfect, and I have therefore, in both the generic and
specific descriptions given above, made free use of the admirable and
exhaustive description of this genus and species by M. Sars,* and the
figures of the species on plate II were copied from the same author,
having been drawn by his not less distinguished son, G. O. Sars.

This species like its allies is an inhabitant of deep water on muddy
bottoms. Three specimens, the only ones that I have personally ex-
amined, were taken by the Fish Commission in the Bay of Fundy! be-
tween Head Harbor and the Wolves, in 60 fathoms muddy bottom,
August 16, 1872. It has been dredged by Mr. Whiteaves in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence in 125 to 220 fathoms; by the Valorous Expedition
in Baffin Bay in 100 fathoms (Norman); in 25 to 50 fathoms off Cape
Napoleon, Grinnell Land, by the Arctic Expedition (Miers); between
Norway and Iceland in from 220 to 417 fathoms; Christiania fiord,
200 to 230 fathoms (G. O. Sars); Christiania Sound 50 to 60 fathoms,

*Bidrag til Kundskab om Christiania-fjordens .Fauna, 1868, pp. 70-95, pls. vi-vii.
(Nyt Magazin.)

332 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

whence the species was described by M. Sars; off Storeggen, 400
fathoms (G. O. Sars), and northward among the Loffoden Islands, 250
fathoms; the coast of Finmark, Spitzbergen (Buchholz), and the Arctic
Ocean about Nova Zembla (G. O. Sars.)

Burycope G. O. Sars.
Eurycope G. O. Sars, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1863, p. 208, 1864.

Body depressed, subovate as seen from above; about equally atten-
uated before and behind. Head of medium size, more or less produced
between the antennule; antenne very slender, two to four times as long
as the body; flagellum longer than the peduncle; mandibles robust,
quadridentate at the apex, and bearing below a series of rigid setz
and a strong molar process; mandibular palpus well developed, with
the terminal segment enlarged at its base and curved. Four anterior
thoracic segments subequal, short; three posterior segments large not
suddenly narrower than the anterior segments; the first pair of legs
shorter than the next three, with the dactylus short; the next three
pairs elongated, and with elongated and slender dactyli; three posterior
pairs of legs distinctly natatory, with the carpus and propodus strongly
flattened and provided with numerous plumose marginal sete; dactylus
of the ordinary form. Pleon rather large, broader than long, obtusely
rounded behind ; operculum subpentagonal with rounded angles, much
smaller than the pleon. Uropods short, biramous, rami uniarticulate.
Dorsal surface of the body smooth and shining.

For the characterization of the genus, as given above, I have de-
pended largely upon the work of G. O. Sars, having had myself, for ex-
amination, only the following species:

Eurycope robusta Harger.
Eurycope robusia Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 375, 1878; Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 159, 1879.

PuaTE III, Fria. 15.

This species may be recognized by the flattened and ciliated swim-
ming legs, in three pairs, on the last three thoracic segments, which
are not, as in the preceding species, suddenly of much less diameter
than the anterior four segments.

Body oval with the length equal to, or slightly exceeding, twice the
breadth. Head, behind the bases of the antennule, longer than the first
thoracic segment, produced medially into a short rostrum about half as
long as the basal antennular segment. Antennul (pl. III, fig. 15 a)
attaining the middle of the fourth segment of the antenne in the females,
surpassing the middle of this segment in the males; basal segment sub-
quadrate, spinulose at the distal angles, somewhat narrowed from the
base, bearing the second much smaller segment a little beyond the middle

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 333

of its superior surface; third segment longer and more slender than the
second; flagellum of more than twenty articulations, which become in-
distinct near the base, and are furnished with terminal sete. Antenne
about thrice the length of the body in the female, somewhat shorter
in the male, the sexes differing in the fourth and fifth segments, which,
in the females, are subequal in length and, together, as long as the body,
while in the male the fifth is shorter than the fourth, and the two seg-
ments together are about two-thirds as long as the body. The flagel-
lum is long, slender, and multiarticulate. Maxillipeds (pl. III, fig. 15 b)
with the external lamella sub-rhombic, emarginate on the exterior distal
side; palpus five-jointed, first segment short, produced externally into a
very acute angle; second and third segments broad and flattened; fourth
narrow with the inner angle produced and rounded; fifth short, oval.
Maxillz of the ordinary form, outer pair with slender lobes. Mandibu-
lar palpus elongated, last segment strongly curved.

Thorax widest at the fourth segment; first four segments forming
about one-third its length on the median line, last segment longest, all
with their antero-lateral angles produced, the anterior four with the
epimera projecting as an acute process below, and in front of, the angle.
First pair of legs (pl. IT, fig. 15 d and d’) about three-fourths the length of
the body; dactylus short; propodus shorter than the carpus; slightly
hairy, especially on the propodus with slender hairs. Next three pairs of
legs longer than the body, subequal, but increasing a little in length to the
fourth; dactyli slender and acicular; propodi and carpi subequal, spinu-
lose along their inner margins in the second pair, but not in the third and
fourth. Last three pairs of legs with the carpus strongly dilated and
flattened, subcircular as seen in pl. III, fig. 15 f, where the sixth pair is
represented ; propodus also much flattened and dilated; both segments
strongly ciliated with plumose bristles, as is also the ischium, or second
segment along the outer dilated margin; dactylus about half the length
of the propodus instead of less than one-third its length, as in EZ. cornuta
G. O. Sars, the species most resembling the present.

Pleon much broader than long, broadly rounded behind. Operculum
also broader than long, strongly roof-shaped. Uropods (pl. III, fig. 15 g)
with the basal segment shorter than the rami, which are uniarticulate,
cylindrical, of equal length, obtuse and tipped with a coronet of short
spines. The inner ramus is more robust, but not longer than, the outer.

Color in alcohol, honey yellow; length 4.5™™; breadth 2.2™™,

This species appears to approach LH. cornuta G. O. Sars,* but may
be readily distinguished by its greater size, by the shortness of the
rostrum, the equal rami of the uropods, and the shape of the external
lamella of the maxillipeds, which he describes in that species as ‘“ver-
sus apicem dilatata et emarginata utrinque acute producta.” In the
third and fourth pairs of legs, moreover, the carpus and propodus are
not armed with spines as in that species according to Sars’ description.

* Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1863, p. 209, 1864.

334 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

‘This species was dredged by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves in the Gulf of St.
Lawrence! ata depth of 220 fathoms muddy bottom, and has not yet been
found on the coast of New England. It is introduced here from the
probability that it will yet be discovered in the deeper parts of the Bay
of Fundy, where the allied Junnopsis typica M. Sars has already been
found, or even in the Gulf of Maine.

Specimens examined.

Speci
Py Q : mens
F Locality. g Bottom. iben put Receivedfrom— rere
e a No. | Sex.
1938 | Gulf of St. Lawrence 220)}] Mind ees sees oa eee so caesar J.F.Whiteaves| 10 | do? | Alc.
1939 | Gulf of St. Lawrence 220 1] 552-00 noc sanccoes| eins scctesssss|aces dO: ~-.s2--55 3 losscce Als,

Ilyarachna G. O. Sars.

Mesostenus G. O. Sars, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1863, p. 211, 1864.
Ilyarachna G. O. Sars, Christ. Fjord. Dybvands-fauna, p. (44), 1869.

Body scarcely depressed, subpyriform as seen from above, narrowed
behind; its anterior division separated from the posterior by a deep
constriction. The head is large and broad and without a rostrum.
Antennule short, with a flagellum composed of but few segments. An-
tenne exceeding the body in length, with a multiarticulate flagellum.
Mandibles short and strong, entire at the apex; molar process armed
with a few setiform spines; palpus either small and three-jointed or want-
ing. Four anterior thoracic segments short, excavated above and fur-
nished with lateral processes directed forward; the three following
convex above and destitute of lateral processes; the antepenultimate
scarcely narrower than the anterior segments and deeply emarginate
behind. First pair of legs nearly as in the preceding genus; second
pair unlike the others and usually more robust; the following two sub-
equal and commonly much elongated ; fifth and sixth pairs of legs much
as in Hurycope; the last pair unlike the preceding, long and slender,
with the segments scarcely flattened, and armed with along curved claw.
Pleon narrowly triangular, pointed at the apex. Abdominal operculum
large, covering nearly the whole of the under surface of the pleon, pro-
vided with a median crest and numerous marginal sets. Uropods simple,
appressed to the pleon.

For the generic description given above I have depended almost en-
tirely upon the work of Dr. G. O. Sars, who originally described the
genus under the name Mesostenus. That name being preoccupied he
subsequently changed it to Ilyarachna.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 335
TIlyarachna species.

A single imperfect specimen of a species apparently belonging to this
genus was dredged in 106 fathoms, gray mud, 21 miles east of Cape Cod
Light!, September 18, 1879. The species is probably yet undescribed,
but, in view of the very imperfect condition of the only specimen yet
known, I have decided to await the collection of better specimens be-
fore attempting to make out its characters. It may yet be found to
represent an undescribed genus, but I am at present inclined to regard
it as a species of Ilyarachna.

V.—IDOTEIDZ.

Antennulz consisting of four segments, of which the basal is more
or less enlarged andgthe terminal clavate; mandibles not palpigerous;
thoracic segments subequal in length; pleon with more or fewer of
its segments consolidated into a large, scutiform, terminal piece;
uropods inferior, transformed into a two-valved operculum protecting
the pleopods.

The Idoteide are represented on the New England coast by ten
species; another, found near our northern limits, is included, making
eleven in all, belonging to five genera. The family may be further
characterized, so far as regards our species, as follows: The body is
depressed, and varies in its proportions of length to breadth from
about two to one in Chiridotea ceca to nearly six to one in Hrichsonia
attenuata. The head is quadrate in outline, except in Chiridotea. The
eyes are present and usually lateral, but may not be conspicuous.
The antennule are four-jointed and similar in form throughout the
family ; they may or may not surpass the head in length, but are usu-
ally short and small. The basal segment of the antennule is more or
less’ enlarged and usually subquadrate; the second segment is clavate ;
the third longer and less distinctly clavate; the fourth, or terminal, seg-
ment, corresponding with the flagellum of the antennulex, is nearly
straight along its outer, or in the natural position posterior, margin,
while the opposite margin is gently curved from near the base, and
rounds over more sharply at the tip; along this margin, especially toward
the tip, are tufts of short sete at regular intervals, indicating an approach
toward segmentation. The antenne have a five-jointed peduncle, vary-
ing little in form throughout the family; the first of these segments is
short; the second is much larger and deeply notched on its under side;
the third, fourth, and fifth segments are longer, but more slender and
cylindrical or somewhat clavate. The flagellum of the antennze may be
articulated with many or few segments; it may consist of a single seg-
ment, or may be rudimentary. The maxillipeds are operculiform and
cover the other parts of the mouth below. They consist, on each side, of
a large semi-oval plate, with a straight interior margin, meeting its fellow

336 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of the opposite side, and bearing on this margin a short, curved, styli-
form organ. They are provided at the tip with stout pectinate sete, and
along the basal portion of the outer margin lies, on each side, the large
external lamella. The palpi of the maxillipeds are flattened and ciliated
along their inner margins, and the number of segments may be reduced
to three by the coalescence of the last two and of the preceding two.
The maxille vary but little in the family; the second or outer pair bear
as usual three delicate ciliated plates ; the first or inner pair are armed
with stouter setz and spines. The mandibles are robust, acutely toothed
at the apex, armed with a more or less powerful molar process, and
are destitute of palpi.

The thoracic segments are distinct and subequal in length, but may
differ considerably in width, and are not united with the head nor
with the pleon. The legs, except in the genus Chiridotea, are nearly
similar in form throughout, and, in the first thre® pairs at least, are
terminated by a prehensile or subprehensile hand, formed by the more
or less complete flexion of the dactylus upon the propodus. The first
pair of legs is usually shortest and has a triangular carpus. The an-
terior three pairs of legs are, in general, directed forward, and the
posterior four pairs are directed backward and are less perfectly, or not
at all, prehensile, a distinction that reaches its highest development in
Chiridotea. The seventh pair of legs are absent in the young taken
from the incubatory pouch, and do not generally attain quite as large
size as the sixth pair.

The pleon, seen from above, consists in great part, or entirely, of a
large, convex, usually pointed, scutiform piece, representing the con-
solidated terminal segments. As many as four of the anterior segments
may, however, be more or less completely separated by articulations or
indicated by lateral incisions or sutural lines. Underneath, the pleon is
provided with a structure peculiar to and characteristic of this family,
and the next, viz, a two-valved operculum, formed by the specially modi-
fied uropods,* or appendages of the terminal segment, closing like a pair
of cupboard doors and protecting the delicate pleopods, which are lodged
in a vaulted chamber excavated in the under surface of the pleon. This
operculum consists, on each side, of an elongated basal plate, often strongly
vaulted, angulated externally near the base, where it is articulated with
the terminal segment of the pleon, and bearing at the tip one, or some-
times two, small lamellz. One of these lamellz usually disappears, but
two are present in Chiridotea, as also in the foreign genera Cleantis and
Chetilia. When both are present the opercular plates differ only in
proportion from the ordinary form of uropods, consisting of a basal seg-
ment and two rami. Within the cavity enclosed by the opereular plates
lie the usual five pairs of pleopods, each consisting of a basal segment

*In the last edition of the Encyclopedia Britannica (vol. vi, p. 641), these organs
are described as the ‘‘ anterior” abdominal appendages. They are anterior only in
position, being in fact the appendages of the posterior segment.

i tl

j MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 337

supporting two lamelle, and two or more of the anterior pairs are ciliated

with fine plumose hairs. The inner lamella of the second pair of pleo-
pods bears, in the adult males, a slender style articulated near the base
of the inner margin and varying in length and structure in the different
genera and species. The pleopods, besides their branchial office, are
also of importance in locomotion, being used for swimming, which is a
frequent mode of progression in this family, and is often performed with
the back downward.

The females are usually broader than the males and carry their eggs
and young ina pouch, on the under surface of the thorax, formed of
four pairs of plates, attached to the coxal segments of the second, third,
fourth, and fifth pairs of legs, and overlapping along the median line.

The known Isopoda of this family on the coast may be most easily
recognized by the presence, underneath the pleon, of a two-valved oper-
eulum, opening like a pair of cupboard doors, and by the first three
pairs of legs being more or less prehensile. Our genera may be distin-
guished by means of the following table:

a dissimilar, last four pairs not prehensile.............. CHIRIDOTEA, p. 337
Flagellum { 87° + 2858 ; ‘ ake evident above ......... IporEa, p. 341
of the alike, prehensile; epimera..- .. not evident above. .SYNIDOTEA, . 350
PRL? Pant nvtteallatell, clavate... ucsseccates sonsseescewctetecccssteteesoess sts ERICHSONIA, p. 254
Apes CaN ANCA ERM OTA oa on oh Go nid ce Sen oe oh Raa eb a awe eaes banca ns pacaccuh « EPELYs, p. 357

Chiridotea Harger.
Chiridotea Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 374, 1878.

First three pairs of legs terminated by prehensile hands, in each of
which the carpus is short and triangular, the propodus is robust and the
dactylus is capable of complete flexion on the propodus; antennze with
an articulated flagellum ; head dilated laterally; abdominal operculum
vaulted, with two apical plates.

The two species of this genus found on our coast agree further in the
following particulars: The body is short, the length being only about
twice the breadth, and the outline of the head and thorax together is

_subcircular. The anterior part of the lateral margin of the head is pro-
duced and deeply lobed, the eyes thus appearing dorsal instead of lateral ;
posteriorly the head is deeply received into the first thoracic segment.
The antennule are proportionally large, equaling or surpassing the pe-
duncle of the antenne. The external lamella of the maxillipeds (see pl.
IV, figs. 18 and 21) is large and broad and the palpus consists of only
three segments, of which, however, the last two are each composed of
two coalesced segments, that are separate in the European Ch. entomon.

_ Of the two segments thus formed, the terminal is quadrate or rhomboid

in outline, with rounded angles and is smaller than the preceding, which
expands distally toward the articulation between the two.

The thorax is deeply excavated, in front for the head and behind for the
abdomen, so that the thoracic segments are much longer at the sides than

_ along the back, when measured parallel with the axis of the animal. The

22 F

338 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

epimera are separated by sutures, except in the first segment, and have
their posterior angles acute. The first three pairs of legs have the dac-
tylus capable of complete flexion upon the propodus, which is more or
less swollen and supported by the short triangular carpus. In the last
four pairs of legs the three corresponding segments are nearly cylindri-
eal and the dactylus is incapable of complete flexion on the propodus.

The pleon, or abdomen, is convex throughout and pointed at the tip,
and is composed, apparently, of five segments, of which the first three
are separated by complete sutures, but the last two are united in the
dorsal region, the sutures separating them being visible only at the
sides. The opercular plates consist, on each side, of an elongated,
vaulted, and attenuated plate, regularly rounded at the anterior end,
truncate at the apex, and bearing just within the apex, on the inner side
of the organ when closed, two ciliated, ovate or triangular plates. Of
these the internal plate, or the one next the median line is much smaller
than the outer; the outer also overlaps tie inner, a disposition similar to
that which prevails in the branchial plates or pleopods. The basal plate
of the operculum is ciliated along its anterior and inner margin with
bristles, which are plumose except in the region nearly opposite the
articulation of the plate, where they become stouter and spine-like. The
stylet on the second pair of pleopods in the males is long and slender,
more than twice the length of the lamella to which it is attached.

Chiridotea cceca Harger (Say).

Idotea ceca Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 424, 1818.
Hitchcock, Rep. Geol. Mass., p. 564, 1833. (I. ceca?)
Gould, Rep. Geol. Mass., 2d ed., p. 549, 1835; Invert. Mass., p. 337, 1841.
Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tom. iii, p. 131, 1840.
Guérin, Iconog., Crust., p. 35, 1843.
Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust., p. 42, 1844.
White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 94, 1847.
Verrill, This Report, part i, p. 340 (46), 1874.
Harger, This Report, part i, p. 569 (275); pl. v, fig. 22, 1874.
Chiridotea ceca Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 374, 1878; Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 159, 1879.

PLATE IV, Fics. 16-19.

This species is at once distinguished from the following by its larger
size and short antennz, which surpass the antennulz but little, if at all.
Among the other known Isopoda of the New England coast, it may be
recognized by the broad, subcircular thorax, joined with an articulated
flagellum of the antennz and a two-valved abdominal operculum. The
eyes are, moreover, light-colored and inconspicuous, whence the name.

The head is but slightly excavated in front for the bases of the an-
tenn, and there is a more or less open notch at the sides extending
nearly to the eyes. The antennule (pl. IV, fig. 17 a) are longer than
the peduncle of the antenne and have the second segment strongly
clavate; the third cylindrical; the last with about a dozen tufts of short —

hea Ouse, ek

ae a

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 339

sete; the peduncular segments are bristly, as are also those of the an-

tennz. The first segment of the antenne (pl. IV, fig. 17 b) is very short,
the second about three times as long, longer than any of the following
segments; the third is longer and more slender than the fourth, which
is nearly as broad as long; the fifth, or last peduncular, segment is more
slender than any of the preceding, slightly clavate, about twice as long
as broad, and longer than any except the second. The flagellum slightly
exceeds the last two peduncular segments in length and consists usually
of about seven segments, each bearing a tuft of short hairs near its
extremity, except the first, which is much the longest, bears two such
tufts, and is, apparently, composed of two segments united.

The breadth of the thorax is greater than its length along the median
line. The first pair of legs (pl. IV, fig. 18 b) are a little shorter than the
next two pairs, and the propodus or penultimate segment is a little more
swollen. The carpus becomes slightly more elongated in the next two
pairs. The last four pairs of legs are alike in form and increase in size

to the sixth pair, which is the largest. The legs are bristly hairy,

especially on the ischial, meral, and carpal segments, where they are
provided with stout sete curved at the tip. The basal segments bear
longer and more slender plumose hairs. The epimera are ciliated on
their external margins as are the lateral borders of the head and first
thoracic segment and the tip of the pleon.

The operculum (pl. IV, fig. 18 ¢) is also ciliated with very fine hairs

along its postero-external margin; the larger of the apical plates is

broader than in the following species, the width being to the length as
6 to 10. The stylet on the second pair of pleopods in the male (pl. IV,
fig. 19 b) considerably surpasses the cilia and is curved and acute at
the tip. Adult males and females seem to be comparatively rare, and
a common form of the second pair of pleopods (pl. IV, fig. 19 a) presents
an acute stylet, imperfectly separated from the lamella and but slightly
surpassing it in length, strongly ciliated like the lamella on its margin.

Length 12-15"; breadth6-8"™. The color in life is variable but usually
dark grayish, much like the wet sand in or on which it is commonly found.
It may be more particularly described as usually of a dark leaden gray
on the top of the thorax, sometimes with a central spot, which may be
bright pea-green, probably from the contents of the digestive cavity
showing through. This dark color is continued in an arrow-shaped, or
halberd-shaped, spot occupying most of the upper surface of the head.
At the sides of the head and body is a mottling of light yellowish gray,
darker again on the edge. The under surface of the body and the legs
are pale and generally uniform in color. In alcohol the colors usually
fade to a uniform straw color, with fine blackish dots, which are less con-
spicuous in life. ‘

According to Say this species extends as far south as Florida. It is
common on sandy beaches at many localities on the coast of New Eng-
land, as at New Haven! and other localities on Long Island Sound},

340 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Vineyard Sound!, Nantucket!, Provincetown!, and Nahant, Mass.! It
appears to be very rare, or perhaps does not occur in the northern part of
the Gulf of Maine, where it is replaced by the next species; it reappears,
however, on the coast of Nova Scotia, having been collected at low
water by the U. S. Fish Commission in 1877, at Halifax!. It is usually
found on sand below high tide, or burrowing just under the surface,
but also swims with facility.

Specimens examined.

Speci
BE Q mens.
© ‘ g When col- Dry.
F Locality. E Bottom. tected. Receivedfrom—| ‘Ato
4 FA
New Haven}. .sacc<hwsssi- Sande. 2pitadeec ls cewnhaey sateen tome dane 00} og? | Ale
1944 vonoyerd Sound, jesss.24-|-cs- do ....-......| ——_ —, 1871 | U.S. Fish Com-|....].....- Ale.
OSS4: o25e==2ceees
1945)] Or Nantueketia- + s2|: ss ces sence=cecsccenebes Sept: 81875 ]s.--d0' -c--scccs] ly | eeeeee Ale.
1946 | Provincetown, Mass:|.....-.. Sand sccscouse5.- ee we, 1872 | 2 down c as. 2b} Dy] sewn Ale.
1947 | Nahant, Mass....... a: Wie Wide wecicceoe weeereealneecee sane eeee A. Ky Vermll eel oaleceae Alc.
1949); HalifesgiNS'. 25e2 54 Taw ||-2oereneen- dazac. — —,1877| U.S.FishCom.}....|...-.. Ale,

Chiridotea Tuftsii Harger (Stimpson).

Idotea Tuftsti Stimpson, Mar. Inv. G. Manan, p. 39, 1853.
Verrill, Proc. Am. Assoc., 1873, p. 362, 1874; This Report, part i, p. 340
(46), 1874.
Harger, This Report, part i, p. 569 (275), 1874.
Chiridotea Tuftsii Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 374, 1878; Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 159, 1879.

PuaTES IV AND V, Fics. 20-23.

This species is distinguished from the preceding by its smaller size
and longer antennz, which are about twice as long as the antennule
and bear a slender flagellum. The eyes are also more conspicuous than
in Ch. ceca.

The head is excavated in front above the bases of the antenne; and
the incision in the produced lateral margin is nearly closed by the over-
lapping of the anterior lobe. The antennule (pl. V, fig. 23 a) are slender
and do not surpass the peduncle of the antenne, the second segment
as well as the third is cylindrical, and the last segment bears about
nine tufts of short hairs; the peduncular segments bear also a few
bristles. The antenne (pl. V, fig. 23 b) have the first segment short; the
second, third and fourth about equal in length and more than twice as
long as the first; the fifth as long as the third and fourth together,
but more slender and cylindrical; the flagellum longer than the pedun-
cle, composed of about twelve segments and tapering from the base.
The maxillipeds (pl. IV, fig. 21) have the external lamella (e) longer
than broad.

The first pair of legs (pl. V, fig. 23 ce) are somewhat less robust than in
Ch. ceca. They are a little shorter than the second and third pairs, and

a
‘

a MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 341

%
:

have amuch more robust hand. The fourth and succeeding pairs of legs
(pl. V, fig. 23 d) are much as in the preceding species but less spiny and
with a greater proportion of plumose hairs.

The external apical plate of the operculum (pl. V, fig. 23 e) is slender
and twice as long as broad. ‘The stylet on the second pair of pleopods
in the males (pl. IV, fig. 22 s) does not surpass the cilia, is dilated to-
wards the tip and obtusely pointed.

Length 9™™; breadth 4.5"™. The color is usually light reddish brown,

| speckled with darker, or marked with dark transverse patches, or bands.
_ A specimen obtained during the summer of 1879, from a clear sandy

Es se

bottom in 17 fathoms, Stellwagen’s Bank, is thus described from life by

_ Professor Verrill: ‘Color whitish, more or less speckled with salmon

on the sides above, the specks more regular and distinct on the head,
some lines and specks of flake-white on the middle of the back above
the greenish stomach; base of telson salmon brown, its posterior half
white; legs marked with salmon.”

Dr. Stimpson’s specimen “was dredged on a sandy bottom in 10
fathoms off Cheney’s Head” in the Bay of Fundy. It occurs in Long
Island Sound, where a specimen was taken by Dr. T. M. Prudden off
New London! in 1872. The species was, however, considered rare on the
coast until 1878, when it was taken in considerable abundance in Glou-
cester Harbor,! Massachusetts Bay, in seven to eight and a half fathoms,
sand and red alge. It has also been collected at Casco Bay,! Maine, in
1873; at low water in Prince’s Cove,! Eastport, in the Bay of Fundy, in
1872, and at Halifax, N.S.,! in 18 to 25 fathoms, sand, September 5,
1877; a single specimen in each case. Three additional specimens were
obtained in 1879, as detailed below.

Specimens examined.

|
| Speci
“5 a L mens D
3 Locality. g Bottom. when q. [Receivedfrom— Al.
3 S No. | Sex.
A eH
Cle N ew GAngon «201... 2. os lan ee kano saece-nae- Sy Po ae Fina. Lc Ale,
Gloucester Harbor, 8} Cs ae SE er ee —— —,1878| U.S. FishCom. | 10 |---.-- Ale.
Massachusetts Bay |
MeO Renee o.: es ve 20 Ceti alae es 1679) oe, OD aceeeaeee COONS 2esen Ale.
Stellwagen’ s Bank..| 17 “Coarse sand..-.. Sept. & 1879)|..; ahaa eee 1} 2 | Alc.
Off Boston Harbor.-| 16 Speckled sand ..| Sept. 13, 1879 |.--.do --------. 21 o9 | Ale.
803 | Casco Bay, Me ......).....-.- Sandiose et te Spiby 12;:1873)\.° 5.00) - se4- ane Peso Alc,
1952 | Bay Fundy, Prince’s| L. w. |....do.........-- —— — 1872 |sescO ane ects ar: 10° = Alo:
ove.
1951 neg outer har-| 18-25 |....do........--- Sept. *5, 1877 |20ssUO@easaeceee pd ee ee Ale.
or.

Idotea Fabricius.
Idotea Fabricius, Suppl. Ent. Syst., p. 297, 1798.

Flagellum of the antennz articulated; legs all terminated by a pre-

hensile hand; epimeral sutures evident above except in the first thoracic

342 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

segment; pleon composed apparently of four segments, of which the
last two are consolidated in the dorsal region; operculum with a single
apical plate.

The species to which I propose to limit the name Idotea* may be briefly
characterized as above, and, of these, the three found on our coast agree
further as follows: The body is elongated, its length being from three
to four times its breadth, and the sides are nearly parallel. The headis
quadrate and not produced at the sides. The eyes are lateral. The
antennule are small and short, hardly surpassing the third segment of
the antenne. The basal segment of the antennz is very short; the
second segment much larger and deeply incised on its under surface ;
the third, fourth and fifth segments increase in length but decrease in
diameter; the flagellum is more or less distinctly articulated, the num-
ber of articulations increasing with age. The palpus of the maxillipeds
is four-jointed, the last segment being composed of two segments united,
as is indicated by a notch near the tip.

The thorax is moderately arched, with the sides but little dilated
in the males, somewhat more so in the females. The epimera are con-
spicuous and separated from their segments by a suture above, except in
the first segment, but may not oceupy its entire lateral margin. The legs
‘differ but little in form throughout, being all more or less perfectly
prehensile, but in the first pair only is the carpus triangular.

The pleon or abdomen appears, when seen from above, to consist of four
segments, of which the first two are separated by complete sutures, but
the third and fourth by sutures at the sides only. The uropods, forming
the abdominal operculum, consist on each side of a flattened, elongated
plate, with the anterior end rounded, the sides nearly parallel for most,
or all, of its length and bearing at its truncated apex a much shorter
more or less tapering or triangular plate. Neither of these plates is
strongly ciliated in our species, but a stout, densely plumose bristle
springs from the basal plate, on the inside, near the outer end of the ar-
ticulation between the two plates. Thestylet on the second pair of pleo-
pods of the males is not elongated and may not surpass the lamella to
which it is attached. The incubatory pouch is conspicuous in the
females.

Our representatives of this genus may be recognized among the other
known Isopoda of the coast by the following characters: The pleon ap-
pears to consist of four segments, the first three short and the third
united, in the dorsal region, to the large, more or less vaulted, terminal
segment; underneath the pleon is the conspicuous two-valved operculum
and, in the antenni, the flagellum consists of several segments. The
three species may be distinguished by the form of the tip of the pleon,
which is more or less tridentate in J. irrorata (p. 343), pointed in J.
phosphorea (p. 347), and truncate in I. robusta (p. 349).

“The orthography adopted is that of Fabricius, the author of the genus.

———

—— a ee

EE ——

r MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 343

Idotea irrorata Edwards (Say).

Idotea entomon Leach, Edinb. Encye., vol. vii, (Am. ed., p. 243, pl. ccxxi, fig.
7), 1813-14”; Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. xi, p. 364, 1815 (not Oniscus
entomon. Linné. )

Templeton, Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, p. 92, 1836.
Moore, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. iii, p. 294, 1839.

Stenosoma irrorata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. i, pp. 423, 444, 1818.
Hitchcock, Rep. Geol. Mass., p. 564, 1833.
Gould, Rep. Geol. Mass., 2 ed., p. 549, 1835 ; Invert. Mass., p. 338, 1841.
Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust., p. 43, pl. ix, fig. 42,1844,

Idotea tricuspidata Desmarest, Dict. des Sci. nat., tom. xxviii, p. 373, pl. 46, fig.

11, 1823; Consid. Crust., p. 289, pl. 46, fig. 11, 1825.
‘‘ Roux, Crust. Medit., t. 29, f. 11, 12,” (B. & W.)
Latreille, Regne Anim., t. iv, p. 139, 1829.
Gould, Rep. Geol. Mass., 2 ed., p. 549, 1835 (tricuspidata ?).
Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tom. iii, p. 129, 1840.
CErsted, Naturhist. Tidssk., B. iii, p. 561, 1841.
Zaddach, Crust. Pruss. Prod., p. 10, “61844.”
Lucas, Expl. Algérie, tom. i, p. 60, 1849.
White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p.94, 1847; Brit. Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 65,
1850; Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust., p. 223, pl. 12, fig. 2, 1857.
j Hope, Cat. Crost. Ital., p. 26, 1851.
Lilljeborg, Ofvers. Vet.-Acad. Forh., Arg. 9, p. 11, 1852 (Idothea).
M. Sars, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1858, p. 151, 1859 (Idothea.)
Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1860, p. 225, 1861.
Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb., vol. i, p. 25,1865; Rep. Brit. Assoo.,
1866, p. 197, 1867; op. cit., 1868, p. 289, 1869.
G. O. Sars, Reise ved Kyst. af Christ., 1865, p. (28), 1866 (Idothea).
Heller, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, B. xvi, p. 728, 1866 (Idothea).
Marcusen, Arch. Naturges., Jahrgang xxxiii, B. 1, p. 360, 1867.
Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 379, figure, 1868.
“Senger, Fauna of Baltic, Imp. Soc. Nat. Se. Mosce., viii, 1869.”
‘¢Miinter und Buchholz, Carcin. Fauna Deutschlands, 1869.”
Czerniavski, Zoog. Pont. Comp., pp. 83, 129, “ 1870.”
Metzger, J. B. Naturhist. Ges. Hannover, vol. Xx, p. 32, 1871; Nordseefahrt
der Pomm., 187273, p. 285, 1875.
Mobius, Die Wirbellosen Thiere der Ostsee, p. 121, 1873. Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., IV, vol. xii, p. 85, 1873.
Parfitt, Trans. Devon. Assoc., Sess. Crust., p. (19), 1873.
Bos, Bijd. ken. Crust. Hed. Nederl., pp. 34, 67, 1874.
M’Intosh, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xiv, p. 273, 1874.
Stebbing, Jour. Linn, Soc., vol. xii, p. 148, 1874.
Catta, Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., VI, tome iii, p. 30, 1876.
Stalio, Cat. Crost. Adriatic, p. 206, 1877.
Lenz, Wirbellos. Thiere, Trave. Bucht, p. 15, 1878.
Idotea Basteri Audouin, Descr. Savigny’s Egypt, Crust., pl. 12, fig. 6, “1830.”
Guerin. Iconog., Crust., p. 32, pl. xxxi, fig. 1, 1829-43.
‘Roux, Crust. Mediterr., t. 29, f. 1-10,” 1830 (B. & W.).
‘“‘Rathke, Fauna der Krimm, p. 380,” 1830 (Edw.).
“6 Tdotea variegata Roux, Crust. Mediterr., pl. 30, fig. 1-9,” 1830 (B. & W.).
Idotea (pelagica?) Latreille, Cours d’Ent., Atlas, p. 12, pl. xviii, figs. 20-30, 1831.
“ Armida bimarginata Risso, Hist. nat. Eur. merid., 5, 109” (B. & W.).
Idotea irrorata Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p. 132, 1840.
White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 94, 1847.
Stimpson, Mar. Inv. G. Manan, p. 39, 1853.
Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., II, vol. iii., p. 150, 1855.

344 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Idotea irrorata—Continued.
Harger, This Report, part i, p. 569 (275), pl. v, fig. 23, 1874; Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 160, 1879.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vii, pp. 131, 135, 1874; Proc. Amer. Assoc.,
1873, pp. 369, 371, 373, 1874 ; This Report, part i, p. 316 (22), 1874.
Whiteaves, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vii, p. 217, 1874; Further Deep-sea
Dredging, Gulf of St. Lawrence, p. 15, ‘4 1874.”
Idothea tridentata Rathke, Fauna Norw., Noy. Act. Acad., B. xx, p. 21, 1843 (1.
tridentata Latreille?).
Grube, Ausflug nach Triest, p. 126, 1861.
? Idotea tricuspis Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust., p. 42, pl. 9, fig. 35, 1844.
Oniscus Balthicus (Ideotea marina) Dalyell, Powers of the Creator, vol. i, p. 228,
pl. lxiii, figs. 5-9, 1851 (O. Balthicus Pallas ?).
Oniscus (Ideotea) entomon Dalyell, op. cit. vol. i, p. 229, pl. lxiii, fig. 10, 1851
(not O. entomon Linné.).
Idothea pelagica, M. Sars, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1858, p. 151, 1859 (not of Leach).
“Tdotea acuminata Eichwald, Fauna Caspio-Caucasia, p. 232-233, tab. xxxvii, fig.
6, 1842” (Czerniavski).
Idothea balthica Meinert, Crust. Isop. Amph. Dec. Daniz, pp. 21, 228, ete.,
*€1877” (Oniscus Balthicus Pallas ?).

PLATE V, FIGS. 24-26.

Adults of this species are at once distinguished from the other species
of the genus on our coast by the tridentate abdomen, or pleon, and young
individuals, which often resemble J. phosphorea, may be distinguished by
the epimeral sutures, which extend quite across the second and succeed-
ing thoracic segments. For character separating them from the other
Isopoda of the coast, see at the close of the generic description.

The body is smooth, not tubercular nor roughened. The head is
nearly square, narrowing but slightly behind. Theeyesaresmall. The
antennule (pl. V, fig. 25 a) are short, hardly surpassing the third segment
of the antenne. The flagellum of the antenne (pl. V, fig. 25 b) is longer
than the peduncle, distinctly articulated, slender, and composed of from
twelve to sixteen segments in the adults. When reflexed it reaches the
third thoracic segment. The external lamella (/) of the maxillipeds
(pl. V, fig. 26 a) is about twice as long as broad, and is obliquely
truncated.

Thorax with the external margins, as seen from above, forming in the
adults, a pretty regular curved line, the segments being marked by in-
cisions instead of by serratures as in the other species. In the second
and third, as well as in the posterior segments, this margin is formed
wholly by the epimera.

The first three segments of the pleon terminate in acute teeth at the
sides. The fourth, or last segment, has its lateral margins straight, and
is more or less tridentate at the tip, the middle tooth being much the
largest. In the operculum (pl. V, fig. 25 ¢) the basal plate is about three
times as long as the terminal one, which is broadly truncate at the
apex. The stylet (s) on the second pair of pleopods in the males (pl. V,
fig. 26 b) is usually shorter than, or, in smaller specimens, about as long
as the lamella to which it is attached, and is abruptly bent toward the

———— a

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 345

lamella at the apex and very obliquely truncated. It is minutely serru-
late toward the tip on the side opposite the lamella.

The males of this species sometimes attain a length of 30°™ to 38™™,
with a breadth of 8™™ to 9™™ but the females are smaller, rarely, if ever,
exceeding 20™™" in length, with a breadth of 6.5™™, and are found witi
eggs when not over 7.5™™ in length. The color varies greatly. Fre-
quently it is of a nearly uniform light or dark green, or brownish with
minute blackish punctations. It is often iongitudinally striped with
light color, or nearly white on a dark background, and the stripes may
be marginal only, or accompanied, especially in the males, by a median
dorsal stripe. More rarely the colors are arranged transversely in bands
or blotches, and specimens thus marked are easily mistaken for the
next species. The females are usually darker than the males, and often
with a light lateral stripe, which may be very narrow or broken into a
series of blotches.

A comparison of specimens from both sides of the Atlantic does not
seem to furnish any characters by which to separate this species
from the common European form, J. tricuspidata Desm., and as
Say’s trivial name has priority I have adopted it. J. tridentata Rathke
appears to be the same species, but J. tridentata Latreille* is de-
seribed by that author as having antennz as-long as the body; fur.
ther, Desmarest, just before his original description of I. tricuspidata
says: ‘“ M. Latrejlle fait observer que cette idotée |J. entomon] est bien
différente de celle que M. Leach a décrite sous le méme nom, * * * *
cette derniére quwil nomme Idotée tricuspide,” &e. It would not there-
fore appear that Latreille was at that time aware that this species
had a name, much less that he had himself named it J. tridentata.
Again, in his Cours d’ Entomologie, where he copies figures, doubtless of
this species, from Savigny’s Egypt, he applies to them the name Jdotea
(pelagica?), not recognizing them as his own species. Bate and Westwood
quote I. tridentata Latreille as a synonym of I. tricuspidata Desm., and
their quotationt appears intended to refer to a work nearly twenty years
older than that of Desmarest. They do not, however, give their reasons
for deviating from the ordinary rules of priority, but, perhaps, con-
sidered as sufficient the authority of Edwards, who does the same thing.
Edwards’ description of J. tricuspidata Desm. contains, moreover, an
evident error, the species being placed in a section of the genus which he
thus describes: ‘§ 2 Espéces dont abdomen se compose de trois articles
parfaitement distincts (le second étant composé de deux anneux soudés
ensemble sur le milieu du dos, mais séparés par une scissure sur les
cotés).” I. trrorata is included in the same section, but under a sub-
section, thus correctly characterized: “‘aa Le second article de Vabdo-
men simple; le troisiéme offrant prés de sa base une fissure de chaque

*Gen. Crust. et Ins., tome i, p. 64, 1806.

t Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 380. The quotation reads, ‘‘ Idotea tridentata Latreille,

Con. Crust. et Ins. 1, p. 64,” and was doubtless intended for Gen. Crust. et Ins.,
[tome] i, p. 64, [1806].

346 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

cété.” No species of Zdotea that I have seen has the second segment
of the pleon composed of two segments, united along the back but sepa-
rated by an incision at the sides, as described in the parenthesis above,
and two certainly of the other species included by Edwards in the sec-
tion with J. tricuspidata agree with it in the structure of the pleon as
described in J. irrorata. Meinert unites this species with J. pelagica
Leach under the name I. Balthica (Pallas), and in this he may be right,
but not being able to consult Pallas’ work, I have preferred to use the
earliest name that I could certainly connect with the species, rather
than to introduce further confusion by adopting a name of the applica-
bility of which I could not satisfy myself. M. Sars also regarded J.
pelagica Leach as synonymous with J. tricuspidata, and says it is found
as far north as Tromsoe and southward to the Mediterranean, from which
statements I conclude that he intended the present species.

This species is found along the whole coast of New England! and
extends southward along the coast of New Jersey at least as far as
Great Egg Harbor! and northward to Nova Scotia! and the Gulf of St.
Lawrence, where it has been collected by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves. From
Cape Cod southward it is abundant, but toward the north it is, mostly
replaced by I. phosphorea. It is commonly found among sea-weed along
the rocky shores of bays and sounds or among the rocks, where its vari-
ety of colors affords it protection. It is also found far from land,
attached to floating sea-weed, and was thus taken by Professor S. I.
Smith and the writer on George’s Banks!, September 14 and 15, 1872,
at about 41° N. lat., 65° W.lon. One of these specimens was quite large,
measuring 38™™ in length, but most of them were of moderate size or
small. Young individuals are often taken at the surface. According to
European authors it is common on the shores of Great Britain and
Treland (B. & W.); on all the shores of the North Sea (Metzger e¢ al.);
(I. pelagica) as far north as Tromsoe (M. Sars); in the Baltic, the Medi-
terranean, the Adriatic (Heller, Stalio, et al.), the Black (Czerniavski
et al.) and the Caspian (‘‘ Hichwald”) Seas, and, as with us, is of variable
color and varies also somewhat in the shape of the termination of the
pleon, which is, however, more or less three-toothed.

Specimens examined.

~
on
cs a i 3
2 Locality. g Bottom. ee = Receivedfrom— 2 a ay
5 3 Be
A & mn
LO7S))|| Hire Island Beach, 'L. UE.) - 2.2 -c|ceecesseeeeeeeeeee — —,1870}S.1. Smith ..../ 50 Alc.
OKO Wee Os. 2 peed ies ne eke] ooabcncdl ee Coe nee eee Ee ZOE dolores 9 Glyc.
1954 | New Haven, Conn..... astaw 2 eee eee ee ee Nov. —, 1874 | A. E. Verrill .. i Alc.
TSSa Rony, Creek, Conn. 3524 \j-scs2 odl-ceeccde aeemeeaeee Oct 23, 1874/2: :dowm-teaee 00 Alc.
AGoBgibymMe: CONN. jo: >< o0n a | osasine cle caet nee eee pee pee na cecee. D.C. Eaton. -.. 2 Ale.
1963 | Long Island Sound, 4 Sand 27222. coseee Aug. 3,1874| U.S. FishCom. 2 | Ale.
oft Saybrook, Conn.
1964 | Off Stonington, Conn.. 5 Sand and gravel.| Aug. 14, 1874 |..-.do ........- 12 | Als.

1959 | Noank Harbor, Conn...|........ Surface ......... July 13,1874 !....do ......... 90 «| Ala

oT a ae

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 347
Specimens examined—Continued.
3 a So a
$ ; = When col- Received s = | Dry.
a Locality. a Bottom. lected. from— g | Alo,
5 a g
A eal Ae
1960 | Noank Harbor, Conn..|........ Eel-grass ......- Aug. 28, 1874 | U.S. FishCom. 3 Alo.
UE eG SU eG Ga ee ee a Se — —,1874 MdO\s ccwtoee 8 Ale.
MIP IUN UO ETE E dks Meow sles ecccs|Pocccoccavcecceces Oct. —, 1872 ‘D.C: Eaton. - 2 Alea,
1965 | Vineyard Sound Mass Ee ee etoeetis Soc naoe — —,1875/ U.S. Fish Com. 1 Alo.
PUI SS aR SS SIGS ee A ee ee eee — —,1875]....do ...-...... 7) Alles
2153 PALO eee tats rete iat or elaine hs [eile seine heise cic a'n Oct. 24, Ut yA eas (yee 2 eee 00 Ale.
1968 | Provincetown, Mass...| L.w. |...-...---.------- —— —,1872| Smith & Harger 2 | Alo.
SED See eS ee PINOLO eee ss cece Aug. —,1879| U.S. FishCom.} 00 Alo.
AS a eee, eG Wral sean onacesacanmase Aug. —, 1879 |....do ......... 00 Ale.
el Giastcawebececs tosen| tutte wade Eel-grass Anes — 1819): <5.d0 cesses see 00 Ale.
0 Ce eee She tle SS ae es a Sept. 4)0870,2 dO. anes. cae LO Pate
426 Beverly, hhh ee a se lie eeeb i Ee Sake Eh ap eere aie A. E. Verrill.. 8 Ale.
Gloucester, Mass......|.....-.. Tide-pool — —, 1878) U.S. Fish Com. 2 Alo.
Gloucester, Mass., | 7-10 Sauls red algw ..) —— —,1878]|....do ......... 00 Alo.
Outer Harbor.
Between Boon Island ;........|.......-.-----.-.- — —,1878 hg G.H. Mar- 5 | Alo.
and Matinicus Rocks.
SHRUOPEEN RED et en css). cle ate}/.| ons oneine te cassects — —,1873| U. ‘s Fish Com. 12) |RAdo:
1975 | Casco Bay, Ram I ..... TW odes see son cote = — —,1873|..-.do --.....-.. 4 Ale.
2150 | George’s Bank......... let, lest cosneese tases oe Sept. —, 1872 Smith & Harger 6 | Alo,
1977 | Bay of Handy; c.- 00 <- Ta nel RSA GR oe DISCO IOOr — —,1872/ U.S. FishCom. 2 Alo,
sf.
MPa OUMELAIUIAA: NG So \0cccc|esccaace| cosas sudecbeesass — —,1877}..--do......... 1 Alo,
POON POV OCOUA —e--.22--| La We |i--cecceccesececs — —,1877 SAO Vase cae al Alo.
PATNA CORSE LEP LAN; Lo.4- 2c) ..csessccmesupecec|ascdecnteeesac Rev. A. M.Nor- 4 | Alo.
man.
ie NEUE GL Ge Cee Re ioe Se Pe ee ee coe Jardin des 1 |Ale
Plantes. |
| |

Idotea phosphorea Harger.

Idotea phosphorea Harger, This Report, part i, p. 569 (275), 1874; Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 160, 1879.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vii, pp. 43, 45, 131, 1874; Proc. Amer.
Assoc., 1873, pp. 362, 367, ay 1874; This Report, part i, p. 316 (22),
1874.
Whiteaves, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vii, p. 218, 1874; Further Deep-sea
Dredging, Gulf of St. Lawrence, p. 15, ‘1874.”

PuaTE V, Fies. 27-29.

This species may be distinguished from the others on this coast
by the pointed abdomen or pleon. Young individuals sometimes re-
semble the young of J. irrorata, but may still be distinguished by the
epimeral sutures of the second and third thoracic segments, which
do not entirely cross the segment, but allow more or less of the poste-
rior part of the edge of the segment to form a part of the margin of the
animal as seen from above. From Synidotea nodulosa it may be distin-
guished by the evident epimeral sutures and by the three acute teeth
at the base of the pleon on each side, instead of a single obtuse tooth,
as in that species. For characters separating it from the other Isopoda
of the coast see at the close of the description of the genus.

The body, especially of the young, is rough and tubercular along the
median line and often also laterally. Older specimens are much smoother,
losing their large median tubercles but never becoming as smooth as in the
preceding species. The head is narrowed behind. The eyes are of mod-
erate size. The flagellum of the antenne (pl. V, fig. 28 a) is shorter than

348 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

the peduncle, and consists of about ten to fourteen segments. The
maxillipeds (pl. V, fig. 28 b) have the external lamella (/) broader than in
the preceding species, with its inner margin straight and its outer mar-
gin curving pretty regularly to a slightly attenuated tip.

The epimera of the second, third, and fourth pairs are rounded behind,
and those of the last three pairs are less acute than in J. irrorata.

Pleon ovate, a little constricted near the middle and pointed, its three
proximal segments rather less acute than in the preceding species. The
basal plate of the operculum (pl. V, fig. 28 e) tapers toward the end, and
the terminal plate is triangular, a little longer than broad. The stylet
on the second pair of pleopods in the male (pl. V, fig. 29 s and s’) is slender,
nearly straight, surpasses the lamella to which it is attached, and is
obliquely truncate.

Length 25""; breadth 7™™. The color is very varied, usually dark
green or brownish, with patches of yellow or whitish, transversely or
obliquely arranged. I have never observed a striped pattern of color-
ation, so common in J. irrorata, and it must occur very rarely if at all.
The color is usually darker than in that species.

This species is found associated with the last among rocks and sea-
weed along the entire coast of New England! and extends northward
to Halifax!, Nova Scotia, and the Gulf of St. Lawrence!. It appears
to be a more northern species than J. irrorata, as it is comparatively
rare south of Cape Cod, while it is abundant in Casco Bay, Maine, and
in the Bay of Fundy.

Specimens examined.

| Speci-

a o Wh 1 mens.
F Locality. § Bottom. legs a ~ |Receivedfrom— Ale.
~~
3 : S
Fi g No. | Sex.
1980"|'‘Southind; New Ha-)|.- 0. c2|-sceccenccce oc] Nov. —, 1874 | A. E. Verrill...|..--j------] Ala
ven, Conn.
1981 Stony Creek iConne. |i 5 aa-2-|seesee aces anes eons Sept. 23, 1874 |..-.do --...---.]--.-|-..-.- Ale.
1983 | OffSaybrook,Conn .| 4 Sande oos.2-..--- Aug. 3, 1874 ‘U.S. FishCom.|.-..|-.-... Ale,
1984 | Long Island SORT Ill ein ns cE 9 a a Amo NLO 1674 oOo ne neces 3] y-. | Ale
1985 | South Fisher’s Isl- OF) fesetis< esewsceedecs Aug 21 1874)\.2.d0)t..-.s+ ieee aoe Alc.
| and.
2087"! Vineyard ‘Siominid, i|itseoe. ce |te--sseese enone — + —, 1871 |2--2do 2-2-5 --t acs] --eete Alo,
' Mass. i
1986 GO sae: rennet [eps cel ae aS 23 eee) 1872 [222 dO! 5526. nc]- cae] eoeene | Alo.
2147 |....do. =| Pere gle as 5 Ne Se earl eae Seeger ryyde eee ee | Alc.
1990 | Off Nantucket ...... 15 PM eect eetenceeecss MON bh.) S, LOW. dO seo cee 1; y-. | Alo
Cape Cod Bay......- |. "4 Green mud....-.. Sept. 15, 1879 U. ¢ etre eee lee | Ale,
PPO 8 tee eenccencc: 7 fous yellow | Sept. 15, 1879 |....do ......... | 3) | eae | Alc.
sand. | j |
Paral abant, MARS: oe co lo x wcjoctd ano me ee eee eee | aoeeeenee tee A.E. Verrill...)' 3 |----<- Ale,
Gloucester, Mass - 7-10 | Sand and alge ..;,—— —, 1878) U. . FishCom. 00 Id Yy-| Ale.
| Ten Pound Island, ode saw elle er ee ee Seen at 1978 ||. Ole can lace Coe aleneeme Alo.
Gloucester, Mass. i
nal pegs Mass. - % (Ob eer — —,1878| A. Hyatt ...... Pl eee Ale.
1991 | Casco Bay, Me 5 :| Aug. 4,1873!U.S.FishCom.| 1] y. | Ale.
Meemmedy eee tere |. ...dp 210 ask area | Alc.
1993 | Casco Bay, > oa bey ee ee 4 esnaed Alo.
Island.
7904) | «Gav ot Man diy. <6] gaan kei Seok ace Sock ember eae de) 5) i 25 eral 1) 9) Ale
Bay of Fundy, Whit- ee ad oboce 5 cee at Sy PA Tees 00 | ¢? | Ale.
ing River.
Off Halifax, N.S - Se “| sceeews concen ee 1ST Gh |e, 3200's oh accee ranlesses Alc,
Egmont Bank, ST! PONE] ARRIGO” — -, Dien J.F.Whiteaves.| 1 |....-- Alc.

of St. Lawrence.

ee 2

eS eS

7 ">

—

i i

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 349

Idotea robusta Kroyer.
? Idotea metallica Bosc, Hist. nat. des Crust., tom. ii, p. 179, pl. 15, fig. 6, 1802.
Idothea robusta Kréyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., II, B. ii, p. 108, 1846; Voy. en Seand.,.
Crust., pl. 26, fig. 3, ‘‘1849.”
Reinhardt, Grénlands Krebsdyr, p. 35, 1857.
Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1862, p. 133, 1862.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. ii, p. 360, 1871; This Report, part i, p.
439 (145), 1874 (Idotea).
Harger, This Report, part i, p. 569 (275), pl. v, fig. 24, 1874; Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 160, 1879 (Idotea).
Liitken, Crustacea of Greenland, p. 150, note, 1875.

PLATE VI, Fias. 30-32.

This species is easily recognized within the genus by the pleon, which
is broadly truncate at the apex and not at all pointed. The pleon is also.
large and more swollen above than in the other species. For characters.
separating it from other Isopoda, see near the close of the generic des-
cription.

The entire upper surface, except perhaps that of the pleon, is some-
what rugose. The head is nearly square, with the eyes large and prom-
inent. The antenne (pl. VI, fig. 31 a) have the second segment large, the-
flagellum short, usually of less than ten articulations. Under a sufficient
power these organs are seen to be clothed with a very fine close pubes-
cence, which also occurs in a less degree upon thelegs. The maxillipeds.
(pl. VI, fig. 32 a) have the external lamella (/) short and oval.

The legs are robust and spiny. The epimera, projecting, give a ser-
rated appearance to the sides of the thorax, as seen in figure 30, plate
VI, and the dorsum is more convex than in the other species.

The pleon is large and convex, its sides are nearly parallel beyond the-
middle, and it is broadly truncate, or even somewhat emarginate, at the-
apex. The basal plate of the operculum (pl. VI, fig. 31¢) is elongated,
with parallel sides; the terminal plate less than one-fourth as long and
nearly square, but tapering slightly and somewhat broader than long.
The male stylet on the second pair of pleopods (pl. VI, fig. 32 ¢, s) reaches.
the end of the lamella, to which it is attached, and is slightly curved and
rounded at the tip.

Length of male 28™™; female 22™™; breadth 9™™. Color bright blue
or green above when alive, becoming darker and dull in alcohol, with-
out the markings of the other species, but often with metallic reflections,
when seen in the water, where it is commonly taken swimming free or
among masses of floating sea-weed.

It is thus found in mid-ocean, and was described by Kroyer from speci-
mens taken in about 60° north latitude between Iceland and Greenland.
It was taken in considerable abundance at Fire Island Beach!, on the
south shore of Long Island, by Professor 8S. I. Smith in 1870; also by the
U. S. Fish Commission at Vineyard Sound!, Mass., often in company with
I. irrorata Edw.; at George’s Banks!, September, 1872, small specimens,
5™™ in length; between Boon Island and Matinicus Rocks, near the

350 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES .

Isles of Shoals!, by Capt. G. H. Martin, of the schooner ‘ Northern Eagle,’
in 1878, and at Halifax!, Nova Scotia, by the U. S. Fish Commission in
1877, whence it extends to at least 60° north latitude.

The figure and description of Idotea metallica given by Bose corre-
spond well with small specimens of this species such as were taken by
Professor 8. I. Smith and the writer on George’s Banks, and the locality
he gives, “the high seas,” corresponds also with the habit of this species,
so that I am inclined to think that his name ought to be restored. I
have, however, retained Kréyer’s name, since he so thoroughly described
and so well figured the species as to leave no doubt of its identity.

Specimens examined.

Speci
3 mens
a Locality. Habitat. Whenool: Receivedfrom—|__ eye
E No.| Sex.
1080 | Fire Island Beach, Long Island ...| Surface....]—— —, 1870} S. I. Smith..... 46 | hQ | Alo
1998 | Vineyard Sound, Mass :2.21. 22.00! Surface....] —— —,1875| U.S. FishCom.| 1 |.-..---. C.
The eee OE Eee Oe See Seer Soe 5 epee Surfaces--4|-be esto ses-cclaaee dor? 3.528 00| So | Ale.
iB Aa ie ARB TOE Surface. ... July 1 AY ee) aes 7) {leecoci: Ale.
AOD R se OO. 350 sbi Haake ph ane ease Sector Surface....| Oct. 24, 1875 | V. N. Edwards | 00 |...... Ale.
ZOO SS MOY woe ee tn ace Sa titensctee ame me Surface....| Nov. 16, ayy ee ns Suse O0)| 222 eee Ale.
2000 George’ BS Bank. 5..s€patten meet kos Surface. ...| Sept. —, 1872 Smith & Harger 4) y. | Ale.
00K | Hinlttax, IN. S* eee. os ssemeecs o= = Surface....}—— —,1877} U.S. FishCom.| 1 |...... Ale.

Synidotea Harger.
Synidotea Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 374, 1878.

Antenne with an articulated flagellum; epimeral sutures not evident
above; pleon apparently composed of two segments, united above but
separated at the sides by short incisions; operculum with a single api-
cal plate; palpus of maxillipeds three-jointed.

Of the two species that I had referred to this genus I had been able to
examine only the first when this paper was placed in the hands of the
printer. Two specimens of the second species were collected during the
summer of 1879, and an examination of their characters leaves no doubt
of their generic affinity. Except in the particulars above specified the
description already given of the genus Jdotea will in general apply also
to the present, but the species are characterized by a firmer and more
solid structure, the segments being more closely articulated and the integ-
ument having a somewhat shelly appearance. The pleon is further con-
solidated than in that genus, the only trace of its composite nature, as
seen from above, being a slight incision on each side near the base and
running up somewhat obliquely toward the dorsal surface. The well-
developed and distinctly articulated flagellum of the antennz serves
easily to distinguish the speciegfrom those of the following genera of the
family.

q
‘
«

\
a MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 351

Synidotea nodulosa Harger (Kroyer).
Idothea nodulosa Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., II, B. ii, p.100, 1846; Voy. en Scand.,
Crust., pl. 26, fig. 2, 1849.
Reinhardt, Gr@énlands Krebsdyr, p. 34, 1857.
Liitken, Crust. Greenland, p. 150, ‘¢1875.”
Synidotea nodulosa Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 374, 1878; Proc. U.S:
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 160, 1879.
PLATE VI, Fias. 33-35.

This species may be recognized most easily by the pleon, which is en-
tire, except for a slight incision near the base on each side, and tapers
to a blunt but not at all bifid point. The articulated flagellum of the
antenne distinguishes it from Prichsonia.

The head and body are roughened and tubercular, having a prominent
median row of tubercles and coarse rug along the sides of the thorax.
The head has a median notch in front, and immediately above this a
prominent tubercle directed forward, and succeeded on the median line
by two less prominent tubercles. In front of each eye is a still larger
tubercle, directed forward and projecting over the anterior margin of
the head ; behind and within, there are two smaller oval tubercles. The
eyes are large, convex, and very prominent. The peduncular segments
of the antenne (pl. VI, fig. 340) increase gradually in length from the first
and decrease in diameter from the second, which lacks the lateral in-
cision seen in Jdotea. The flagellum is distinctly articulated, with about
nine segments, of which the last two are very minute. The maxillipeds
(pl. V1, fig. 35 a) have the external lamella (1) of an irregular shape, emargi-
nate on the inner side and obtusely pointed. The outer maxille (pl. VI,
fig. 35) are armed on their external lobe with strong, curved, pectinated
sete, which become much elongated and stout at the tip of the lobe.
The inner maxillz (pl. VI, fig. 35 ¢) resemble these organs in other mem-
bers of the family.

The first four thoracic segments have their external margins rounded.
In the last three the margins are more nearly straight, but with rounded
angles. The first pair of legs (pl. VI, fig. 34 ¢) are much shorter than
the second, and the propodus in the first pair is bristly on what is, in the
ordinary position, the upper side.

The pleon is short, and tapers from the base. It is convex, bears two
or three small tubercles on the median line near the base, and an im-
pressed transverse line in continuation of the short lateral incisions.
The basal plate of the operculum (pl. VI, fig. 34d) is oblique at the base
with rounded angles, and is somewhat vaulted, with an oblique elevation
extending from the articulation to the inner distal angle. The inner
margin is straight, and the outer parallel with it to near the end. The
terminal plate is slightly oblique at the base, and is elongated triangular,
about twice aslong asbroad. ‘Che free margins are finely ciliated, except
at and near the base, and the iimer margin of the basal plate bears also
scattered stouter hairs. The stylet of the males on the second pair of
pleopods (pl. VI, fig. 35 d, s) is longer and stouter than in any of our species

352 REFORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of Idotea. It is nearly twice the length of the lamella, to which it is
attached, and of an elongated spatulate form tapering to an obtuse point.
The lamellz are provided with but few cilia, which extend less than half
the way from the end of the lamella to the end of the stylet.

Length 10.5"".; breadth 3.5°". Females proportionally broader ;
length 8.""; breadth 3™. Color in alcohol gray, often with brown-
ish transverse markings.

This species seems to agree with Idotea nodulosa Kroyer, from South-
ern Greenland, as described and figured, except that the epimeral sutures
are not evident above ; the lateral margins of the segments are, however,
somewhat thickened and prominent with rug, as shown in his figure,
and I have no doubt that it is the same as his species. It was dredged
off Halifax! by the Fish Commission at several localities in the summer
of 1877, in from 16 to 190 fathoms on sandy and rocky bottoms, with
red algze at one locality. A specimen was brought from George’s Banks!
by Mr. Joseph P. Schemelia, of the schooner ‘Wm. H. Raymond,’ in
the summer of 1879, and Mr. J. F. Whiteaves has sent to the Museum
for examination two specimens collected by Mr. G. M. Dawson, in 111
fathoms, Dixon Entrance!, north of Queen Charlotte Island, British
Columbia. The range of the species would therefore be, as at present
known, from George’s Banks to Greenland and the Arctic Seas, and
southward on the Pacific coast as far as British Columbia...

Specimens examined.

Speci
gC Q mens:
ca) . g When col- A TY;
F Locality. 5 Bottom. leaind: Received from—} ee jae:
A & o.| Sex
iron Entrance, Q. MM Wee ec cnecatecisecceshscctecscesecic¢ J. F. Whiteaves} 2 |.....- Ale.
2006 | Off Halifax, WaS.ces] 16 Shomes, sand, red | —— —,1877| U.S. FishCom.} 2 |...... Alc.
alge
2007 | South of Halifax, 120 | 190 Gravel and peb- | Sept. 1,1877|....do ..--....- 1} Q | Ale.
miles. es
Halifax,outerharbor} 18 Sand, stones - Sept. 4,1877|..--do ......... 2 | acer Ale.
2008)| = ..00). eos nseeeceee 16 Rocks, nullipore Sept. 4, 1877 100) 45-55-55 a | pase Alc.
George's Banks. -fcchicdie -tdlosaasnwasccce cscs — —,1879 J.P. Schemelial 1 Q | Ale.

Synidotea bicuspida Harger (Owen).

Idotea bicuspida Owen, Crustacea of the Blossom, p. 92, pl. xxvii, fig. 6, 1839.
Streets and Kingsley, Proc. Essex Inst., vol. ix, p. 108, 1877.

Idotea marmorata Packard, Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 296, pl. viii,

fig. 6, 1867.

Whiteaves, Further Deep-sea Dredging in Gulf of St. Lawrence, p. 15, 1874.

Idotea pulchra Lockington, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol vii, p. 45, 1877.

Synidotea bicuspida Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 160, 1879.

This species may be most easily recognized among the known Isopoda
of our coast by the form of the pleon, which is nearly triangular in
shape, marked by a slight incision at each side near the base, and dis-
tinctly bicuspid at the tip.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 390

The body is rather more robust than in the last species, the length
being only about two and a half times the breadth, and is peculiarly
marked above by depressed and mostly curved lines, varying in length
but mostly short, and confined principally to a region on each side of
the median line and extending across the head but not the pleon.

The head is broadly emarginate in front, with a median notch, and its
antero-lateral angles are prominent. The eyes are at the widest part of
the head, and are strongly convex. The posterior outline of the head is
nearly in the form of three sides of a hexagon. The antennule attain
about the middle of the fourth antennal segment. The antenne are
about one-half as long as the body. The first two antennal segments
are short and apparently articulated so as to admit of but little motion ;
the third segment is a little longer than the first two taken together,
and is the largest of the antennal segments in diameter; the fourth
segment is somewhat longer than the third, and the fifth or last pedun-
cular segment is the longest, and is followed by a flagellum, a little
shorter than the peduncle and composed of about fourteen segments.
The last three peduncular segments of the antennz are somewhat
bristly hairy. The maxillipeds are nearly as in the preceding species.
The outer maxille are destitute of the elongated, pectinate sets found
in that species.

The thoracic segments vary but little in length measured along the
median line, but the fifth, sixth, and seventh are slightly shorter than
the preceding ones, and this difference is still greater measured along
the margins of the segments, where the first is longest, the next three
_ about equal, and the last three shorter. The legs are robust, the first
pair shortest, and all more or less bristly hairy. The lateral margins of
the segments are much less rounded than in 8S. nodulosa.

The pleon is short, the length being scarcely greater than the breadth
at base; above, it is nearly smooth, the impressed lines, so conspicuous
in the lateral region of the thorax, being continued for but a slight dis-
tance upon its surface. The incision at each side near the base is con-
tinued upward and forward by a depressed line on each side; the lateral
Inargins are gently convex to near the tip, which is distinctly bicuspid.
The basal plate of the operculum is traversed obliquely by a longi-
tudinal ridge on the external surface, and is rounded in front, slightly
narrowed behind, and bears a short, triangular, terminal plate, its length
being but little greater than its breadth.

Length 15.5""; breadth 6°". Color in alcohol grayish, with white
cloudings. Lockington says: ‘‘ When recent, the coloration of this spe-
cies is very beautiful, consisting of red cloudings on a lighter ground.”

There seems to be no doubt in regard to the synonymy of this species
as published by Streets and Kingsley, adopted by the writer in a previous
publication, and given above.

The only specimens that I have examined were two, brought from the
Grand Banks!, in the summer of 1879, by Mr. Charles Ruckley, of the

23 ¥F

304 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

schooner ‘ Frederick Gerring, jr.’, Capt. Edwin Morris. Dr. Packard’s
locality is “Sloop Harbor, Kynetarbuck Bay [Labrador], seven fathoms
on a sandy bottom.” Whiteaves records the species from Orphan Bank,
Gulf of Saint Lawrence. Lockington’s specimens were collected on the
“west coast of Alaska, N. of Behring’s Strait, by W. J. Fisher, natu-
ralist of the U. 8S. S. Tuscarora, Deep-Sea Sounding Expedition.”
Owen’s locality is “‘ the Arctic Seas.”

Erichsonia Dana.
Erichsonia Dana, Am. Jour. Sci., II, vol. viii, p. 427, 1849.

Antenne six-jointed, the terminal or flagellar segment not articulated,
clavate; palpus of the maxillipeds four-jointed; legs all nearly alike,
prehensile or sub-prehensile ; pleon with its segments consolidated into a
single piece.

This genus is represented within our limits by two well-marked spe-
cies, which further agree in the following characters: The head is quad-
rate, with the eyes lateral. The antennule are short, not surpassing the
third segment of the antenne. The antennz are well developed, more
than half as long as the body, with a very short basal segment articu-
_ lated with little or no motion to the second segment, which is two or
three times as long as, and of greater diameter than the first. It is, as
usual in the family, incised at its distal end on the under surface. The
next three segments are nearly cylindrical. The last or flagellar seg-
ment is the longest, and is slightly clavate.

The legs are all terminated by a prehensile or sub-prehensile hand, the
dactylus being capable of considerable or complete flexion on the more
or less swollen propodus. This flexion is most complete in the first pair.
The first two pairs of legs arise near the anterior margin of the segments
to which they belong. The place of attachment to the segment moves
gradually backward in the following pairs until the last two pairs arise
near the posterior margin of the last two segments. The epimera are
more or less evident from above, at least in the last two segments.

The pleon constitutes about one-third the length of the body, and is
consolidated into a single piece; it bears a more or less evident tooth on
each side near the base, and is dilated and obtusely triangular at the
apex. The basal plate of the operculum is oblique at the anterior end
and abruptly narrowed posteriorly, where it bears a densely plumose
bristle, as in Idotea ; the terminal plate is triangular. The stylet on the
second pair of pleopods in the males is well developed, surpassing the
cilia; it is minutely denticulated or spinulose near the end and very
acute.

The two species found on our coast have but a slight external resem-
blance to each other, and may be distinguished at a glance, as will be
seen from the specific descriptions, and from the figures (pl. VI, fig. 36,
and pl. VII, fig. 38). The long, clavate terminal segment of the antenna

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 355

distinguishes them at once from young specimens of Idotea, especially
I. phosphorea, which sometimes resemble LZ. filiformis. This character
of the antenne serves, indeed, to distinguish the two unlike representa-
tives of the present genus from all the other Isopoda of our coast.

Erichsonia filiformis Harger (Say).

Stenosoma filiformis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. i, p. 424, 1818.
Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tom. iii, p. 134, 1840.
Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust., p. 44, 1844.
Idotea filiformis White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 95, 1847.
Erichsonia filiformis Harger, This Report, part i, p. 570 (276), pl. vi, fig. 26,
1874; Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 160, 1879.
Vertill, This Report, part i, p. 316 (22), 1874.

PuaTE VII, Fias. 38-41.

This species may be at once distinguished from the following by the
strongly serrated outline of the sides, as seen from above. The clavate
terminal segment of the antenne distinguishes it from the other known
Isopoda of our coast.

The body is slender and elongated, but less so than in the next spe-
cies, the sides are nearly parallel and there is a median row of promi-
nent tubercles, one, large and bifid, on the head, and one upon each
thoracic segment. The eyes are prominent. The antennule (pl. VII,
fig. 39 a) surpass the middle of the third antennal segment. The first
segment of the antenne (pl. VII, fig. 39 b) is very short; the terminal
segment is bristly hairy toward the apex. The external lamella of the
maxillipeds (pl. VI, fig. 41 a) is emarginate on the outer side toward
the apex.

The thoracic segments each bear a prominent median tubercle near
their posterior margins, and the first bears also a smaller tubercle near
its anterior margin. In the first two segments the posterior external
angles are salient and much elevated. The angulated epimera are evi-
dent from above in front of these projections. In the third and fourth
segments both lateral angles are salient but not elevated. In the last
three segments, only the anterior angles are produced, but the epimera
fill the places of the posterior angles. This arrangement gives the
appearance of fourteen teeth upon each side of the thorax, and the
prominent divergent tooth on the pleon makes, in all, fifteen.

The operculum (pl. VII, fig. 39 d) is a little more vaulted than in the
next species and shorter; the basal plate is less than three times as long
as broad; the terminal plate is triangular. The stylet on the second
pair of pleopods in the male (pl. VII, fig. 41 b, s) is slightly eurved,
finely spinulose near the apex on the side toward the lamella, and
minutely and sharply denticulate on the opposite side at the apex,
as shown in the enlarged figure (s’) of the distal portion of the stylet.

Length 11™™; breadth 3.4™". The color is a usually dull neutral tint
without bright markings, but sometimes more or less variegated with
brown or reddish, fading in alcohol.

356 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

This species was originally described from Great Egg Harbor, New
Jersey, where Say found it in company with Idotea irrorata. It is not
uncommon along the shores of Long Island Sound! and as far east as
Vineyard Sound, Mass.! but has not yet been found north of Cape
Cod. It is usually found in tide-pools or among eel-grass and alga,
and has been taken from a depth of 7 fathoms.

Specimens examined.

'
; | og
B Fs When col- ; SH |D
= Locality. g Bottom. | lected. |Receivedfrom— 2 3 ri
B & =}
A A”
|
2010" | Longuisiand Sound a| (2. ose ca| sac oe cee neces so | Same e kei neemien toot seca mee eer 00 Ale.
2014))| ehhimbledslands onal. oo sel sees Sos seeee ese eel Se maceme neers A. E. Verrill. - | epee) dls,
2012 | Long Island Sound, 7 Sand and shells .| —— —, 1874 U.S. FishCom. 1 Ale.
Fisher’s Island
Sound.
2013 | Long Island Sound..| 43 Sand and gravel.| —— —, 1874 |....do ......--- 2 Ale.
iE om G ett) pom sos ees 6 see loceadsna|laéadse goqhe Soc deb — —,1874|....do ........- 1 Ale.
2015 al hee ed O) aes so ase sae eerie sae] Seinelieem cine Seema Sept: 10i1874 |fe-sdOe os. eee 2 Ale.
2016) | Noam Kees se eset eeccecas Eel-grass ..-...- —— —,1874|....do .......-- 2 Ale
2017 | Vineyard Sound ..-..}.-----.-|....--------......| —— —, 1875 |....do -.......-. 2 Alc.

Erichsonia attenuata Harger.

Erichsonia attenuata Harger, This Report, part i, p. 570 (276), pl. vi, fig. 27,
1874; Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 160, 1879.
Verrill, This Report, part i, p. 370 (76), 1874.

PuaTEs VI and VII, Fies. 36 and 37.

This species is at once distinguished from the preceding by its slender
form and regular outline; the clavate antennal flagellum distinguishes it
from other Isopoda.

The body is smooth throughout and about six times as long as broad,
without prominent irregularities and narrowly linear in outline. The
eyes are small and black. The antennule (pl. VII, fig. 37 a) are short,
slightly surpassing the second antennal segment. The antenne (pl. VII,
fig. 37 b) are stout and smoother than in the preceding species. The
external lamella of the maxillipeds (pl. VII, fig. 37 ¢, 1) is oval and
regularly rounded at the tip.

The thoracic segments increase in size to the third, which is equal
to the fourth, and the last three are of a gradually decreasing size. The
epimera are nowhere conspicuous, but may usually be seen from above,
pspecially in the posterior segments.

The pleon presents only slight traces of a lateral tooth near its base
wd is but little dilated toward the tip. The operculum (pl. VI, fig.
d7 d) is longer than in the preceding species, the basal plate is more
than three times as long as broad, the terminal plate elongated trian-
gular and obtuse. The male stylet on the second pair of pleopods
(pl. VII, fig. 37 e, s) is nearly straight, hardly surpasses the cilia, and
is minutely denticulated near the acute apex.

eee

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. B57

Length 15™"; breadth 2.5™™. Alcoholic specimens are of a light
grayish yellow, with minute black punctations.

It was abundant in eel-grass at Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey! in
April, 1871, and has also been found at Noank, Conn.! on eel-grass, but
isnot common. It has not been found north of Cape Cod.

Specimens examined.

Epelys Dana.
Epelys Dana, Am. Jour. Sci., II, vol. viii, p. 426, 1849.

Antenne shorter than the anntennule and with only a rudimentary
flagellum; palpus of the maxillipeds three-jointed ; legs all terminated
with prehensile hands; pleon consolidated into a single segment with a
basal lobe on each side.

Two small and closely allied species from this coast have been referred
to this genus. They resemble each other very closely and may be at
once recognized by their depressed ovate form, very short antenne, and
generally dirty appearance. The form of the body and absence of power-
ful mandibles distinguish them from the male Gnathia. The length of the
body is between two and three times its width. It is marked by a de-
pressed line on each side, running from the posterior part of the head,
across the thoracic segments, nearer to their lateral margins than the
median line, except perhaps in the last segment, thence continued to in-
close a prominent hemispherical protuberance on the anterior part of the
' pleon, giving the animal somewhat the appearance of a trilobite. The
body is slightly roughened under a lens, or sometimes minutely hirsute.
The head is slightly dilated at the sides, with the anterior angles pro-
duced, and bears a pair of broad, low, triangular tubercles on its anterior
part, and acurved posterior depression. The eyes are lateral and prom-
inent, the antennule are longer than the head, surpass the antenne, and
have the basal segment but little enlarged. The antenne (pl. VIII, fig.
45 b) are shorter than the head, not surpassing the third antennular seg-
ment, the segments increasing in length to the fourth; fifth as long as
the fourth, but more slender, bearing a minute, slender rudiment of a
flagellum, which is setose at the tip.

The thoracic segments have thick evident margins; first segment
smallest, somewhat embracing the head; third and fourth largest;

358 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

last segment curving around the base of the pleon. The epimera are
not evident from above. The legs (pl. VIII, fig. 46 a) are slender and.
all terminated by a slender prehensile hand, of which the finger, or
dactylus, becomes almost acicular in some of the posterior pairs. All
the legs are more or less hairy.

The pleon bears on each side, near its base, a rounded lobe, which is
separated from the large posterior portion by a more or less evident
incision. Dorsally it is convex, and presents two hemispherical eleva-
tions, the proximal more convex than, but only half as large as, the
distal. They are separated by a broad and deep groove, and the distal
convexity is continued upon the obtusely-pointed apex of the pleon.
The operculum (pl. VITI, fig. 46 b) is vaulted; its basal plate is rounded.
anteriorly, carinate near its inner margin, contracted externally for the
distal third of its length and truncate at the tip, where it bears a stout
elongated-triangular finely ciliated terminal piece. The basal plate is
coarsely ciliated on its inner margin, and bears a few plumose hairs
along its outer free margin. The stylet on the second pair of pleopods
in the males is short and stout, surpasses the lamella but not the cilia,
and is spinulose just below the blunt apex.

Both species are of a dull neutral color, and commonly covered with
particles of mud or other foreign matter. They occur on piles, or under
stones, in muddy places, and are dredged on muddy bottoms.

Bpelys trilobus Smith (Say).

Idotea triloba Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 425, 1818.
Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p. 134, 1840.
Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust., p. 43, 1844.
Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., II, vol. iii, p. 150, 1855.
Jaera? triloba White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 97, 1847.
Epelys trilobus Smith, This Report, part i, p. 571 (277), pl. vi, fig. 28, 1874.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vii, p. 135, 1874; Proc. Amer. Assoc.,
1873, p. 372, 1874; This Report, part i, p. 370 (76), 1874.
Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 160, 1879.

PLATE VII, Fias. 42 and 43.

This species may be recognized among our Isopoda by its appearance
when seen from above, recalling the form of the trilobites, the flattened
dorsal surface being marked, as in those animals, by two lateral longi-
tudinal depressions. The pleon is consolidated into a single piece and
the antennze have only a rudimentary flagellum. It closely resembles
the next species, but is smaller and most readily distinguished by the
lateral margin of the thorax, which is, especially in the anterior part,
nearly even instead of zigzag from the projecting angular segments. The
anterior angles of the head are also less produced.

The pleon is shorter and broader, its breadth being to its length as
six to ten. The deep transverse groove across the pleon is continued
to the margin, with only, at the most, traces of a tubercle at each side.
The stylet on the second pair of pleopods of the male (pl. VU, fig. 42 8,

—

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 359

s, and s’), is a little less elongated than in the next species, not attain-
ing the middle of the cilia.

Length 6"; breadth 2.3°", The color is uniform, dull, usually

obscured by the adhering particles of dirt.

4 . . .

This species was described by Say from Egg Harbor!, New Jersey,
where specimens were also collected by Professors Verrill and Smith, in
April, 1871, among eel-grass. It has also been found at Savin Rock!,
near New Haven, and Noank Harbor!, on piles and among eel-grass; at
Vineyard Sound!; Mass., at Provincetown!, Mass., near Cape Cod in

e : : ny

1879; sparingly near Gloucester! Mass., in 1878, and even as far north

as Quahog Bay!, about thirty miles northeast of Portland, Me., where it

_ was taken by the United States Fish Commission, in 1873, along with

_ Venus mercenaria and other southern forms.

Specimens examined.

! =

| 8 Z When col gs

3 2 Locality. EB Bottom. lected. |Receivedfrom— 25 ay

= ¥ oO :
5 3 Be
A Fi | a2
1227 oe! Egg Harbor, |....-..-.- Eel-grass -..---- Apr. —, 1871 | S. I. Smith..... 7 Alc.
2019 Savin Roe Naw | Tiwi }.22)-52.0-0 248 1871-1872 | A.E.Verrill ..| 2 | Alo.
aven.
PERE AM OS caacs| enone lone nascecn cls cacmns Aug. 12, 1874| U.S. FishCom.} 12 Alc.
MOM Cy eo nd BM ade oe tN oh July 13, 1874|....do ......-.- 7. | Ale.
RY) | 2. Go aS ie | On piles) 5525. - July 27,1874 |.-..do -........ 1 Ale.
2024 it Se ee ee ees Eel-grass ...-..- — —, 1874|....do ....-.... 00 Alec.
Mune 2 | VMAS te) O18 1 C0 5d Cae aE SS a en eee Apr. —, 1873 ‘A. E. Verrill.- + Alc
2025 Vineyard = SSE IP SL BO aes SR Pe a — —,1871/ U.S. Fish Com. 2 Alc
SE ORE GO Ao aie, 8 a Re — —, 1871} sae Os same if Ale
2027 | eae ees Nee L. w. Sand. — —,1871|.-..do ........ 2 Ale
Provincetown, Mass..| L. w. |----------- Aug. —, 1879 Uv. s Fish Gom 2 Alc
PEON S {5 Soo -2 82's oeeb 2 3 Eel-grass —— —, 1879|....do .....-... 1 Alc.
QO fae oes sn. all veers Shore a = 1879) | Ka eS aetna 9 Ale.
| Gloucester, Mass ...-..|.--..--. Tide — —,1878}....do ........ 2 Alc.
2028 | Quahog Bay, Me...... L.w. | Mu — —,1873|....do -....-... 3 Alc.

Epelys montosus Harger (Stimpson).

Idotea montosa Stimpson, Mar. Iny. G. Manan, p. 40, 1853.
Epelys montosus Harger, This Report, part i, p. 571 (277), 1874; Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 161, 1879.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vii, p. 45, 1874; Proc. Amer. Assoc.,
187 3, p. 367, 1874; This Report, part i, p. 370 (76), 1874.
Smith and Harger, reais Conn. Acad., vol. iii, p. 3, 1874.
Whiteaves, Further Deep-sea ppoapitie Gulf St. Lawsdnies) p. 15, ‘°1874.”

PLATE VIII, Frias. 44-47.

This species closely resembles the preceding, and may be recognized
among our Isopoda by the characters mentioned under the former spe-
cies, from which it is distinguished by the following characters: The
eyes are prominent; the anterior angles of the head salient. The tuber-
cles on the head are more prominent than in the former species. The
lateral margins of the thoracic segments, especially the second, third,
and fourth, are angulated and salient. The pleon is more elongated

360 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

than in the last species, its breadth being to its length as 5.5 to 10, and
the depression crossing it is partially interrupted at each side by a tuber-
cle which often projects, as seen from above, just behind the basal lobe,
forming a shoulder to the large terminal lobe. The stylet on the second
pair of pleopods in the males (pl. VII, fig. 47, s and s’) attains about
the middle of the cilia.

Length 10°"; breadth 4™"; color, as in the preceding, dull, and
usually much obscured by adhering dirt.

A few specimens were collected in Whiting River, near Eastport, Maine,
in 1872, which are much more decidedly hirsute than is usual, both on
the upper surface and on the legs as well. In other respects they appear
to be referable to this species, although the posterior thoracic segments
are rather less angulated at the lateral margin. They may be worthy of
a variety name hirsutus.

Dr. Stimpson’s specimens were “taken in deep water on sandy and
muddy bottoms” in the Bay of Fundy, and this species usually replaces
the last in the northern localities. It has, however, been taken as far
south as Block Island Sound!,near the eastern end of Long Island
Sound, in 18 fathoms, sandy bottom, and in 29 fathoms Vineyard Sound !.
North of Cape Cod it is more common. It was dredged in 25 fathoms
on St. George’s Bank!, at Stellwagen’s Bank ! in 20 to 40 fathoms, rocky
and sandy bottom; Casco Bay!, 16 to 17 fathoms mud; Bay of Fundy !,
at many localities, usually on muddy bottoms, and in 16-18 fathoms
mud and stones, off Halifax!, Nova Scotia, by the Fish Commission, and
in 14 fathoms off Richibucto, in the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, by Mr.
J. F. Whiteaves. The greatest depth positively recorded is 29 fathoms,
but it may very likely have come also from a depth of 40 fathoms near
Stellwagen’s Bank.

Specimens examined.

on
oa
A 4 When col 8 5 Dry.
© . * n _ . oO .
c Locality. s Bottom. lector: Received from— 28 Als:
BR Ba
A Fa mie
2029 | Vineyard Sound ....-. AO A eecieticte ere Ane ocak Sept. 14, 1871 | U.S. FishCom.} 8 Alec.
2030 | Block Island Sound. . SAAS ands sere. — —,1874|....do ......... | 1 Alc.
Off Boston Harbor ..-. 16 Spepeled sand, | Sept.13, 1879 |.£..do ... ...-.-| 2 Ale.
shells.
Gloucester Harbor, N=Skl snc GO sweesee veee —— —,1878)|.-...do ..-.---.- | 30 Ale.
ass. |
2032 | George’s Bank ....-..-. 25 ||| Peemoaclemertacetoe — —, 1872).--.......-..02- 2 Ale.
2031 | Stellwagen’s Bank ...-| 20-40 | Rocks and sand.| —— —, 1873| A. S. Packard.| 1 Alc.
2033 | Casco Bay ..-....--.-- 16) Mind Peston ee July 12,1873) U.S. FishCom-.| 00 Ale.
AUNT acc 6 (ORS Seen aes aa LT? |. ses paneencem-s- FANT 30; 18%e i200 oaacucee 00 Ale.
eed O) eocnPeca' costed cialis. o3e se! eee eee ee —— —, 1873 |....do .....::.. 00 Alc.
B0sB. || bay of Hundy, Hast- |i.-.25-|sascesse sere e eee — —,1872)....do ......... 6 Ale.
port.
PEDO Were Olce 22 sais wae cence aa) jccnce EIR eee — —,1872|....do......... 2 Alc.
2040 | Bay at Fundy, Whit- 2° Mrad eo eee a — 1872 |. =. dose eee 6 Ale.
ing R.
2041 | Seal. Cove, Grand| 8-10 |...........-..-.-- Bete 58 1879 L:. AOL. EEE 10 | Ale.
Menan.
2042 | Off Halifax, N.S ...... 16 See sand, red | —— —, 1877 |....do ......... 4 Alec.
2.
2043 I EO Ober emacs sone 18 Mud fine sand ..| Sept. 15, 1877 |....do ......... 2 Ale.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 361

VI.—ARCTURID 4

Form elongated; antennz large and strong; first four pairs of legs
directed forward, ciliated, last three pairs ambulatory; segments of
pleon more or less consolidated ; uropods opereuliform.

This well marked family is as yet represented on our coast by a single
species of the genus Astacilla Fleming, Leachia or Leacia of Johnston
and other authors. The family can be easily recognized by the four
anterior pairs of legs, which are directed forward and strongly ciliated
on their inner margins with long slender hairs. The form of the body
is elongate and may be very much so, as in our species the length of the
body in the male is twenty times as great as its diameter at the middle;
in the female eight times. The head is of moderate size and the eyes
prominent. The four-jointed antennule have the basal segment large
and swollen. The antenne are large and powerful organs, approaching
or even surpassing the body in length, with the first two segments short,
the second deeply incised below as in Idotea, the next three segments
elongated, and the flagellum varying in the genera, being multiarticu-
late in Arcturus, and composed of not more than four segments in Asta-
cilla. The mouth parts resemble, in general, those of the [doteide. The
fourth thoracic segment is more or less elongated. The last three pairs
of legs are ambulatory, differing much from the first four pairs. The
segments of the pleon are more or less united, and the uropods are mod-
ified, as in the preceding family, to form an operculum for the more del-
icate anterior pleopods. They are wholly inferior, and consist on each
side of a large basal segment, straight on the median line, where it meets
its fellow of the opposite side, and bearing, in our genus, two small ter-
minal plates at the apex.

This structure of the pleon and its appendages, together with the
structure of the antennule, antennz, and the parts of the mouth, point
to a close relationship between this family and the Idoteide. With the
Anthuride, however, with which they have often been associated, they
seem to have little in common, except, perhaps, the elongate form of
body. Even this feature is approached also in the Idoteide, in Hrich-

sonia, for example.
Astacilla Fleming.

Leacia (Leachia) Johnston, Ed. Phil. Jour., vol. xiii, p. 219, 1825 (non Lesueur).
Astacilla Fleming, Encyc. Brit., 7th ed., vol. vii, p. 502.
Johnston, Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. viii, p. 494, 1835.

Antennal flagellum short, not more than four-jointed ; fourth thoracic
segment elongated, and, in the females, bearing the incubatory pouch
on its inferior surface.

The characters given above seem sufficient to warrant the separation
of this genus from Arcturus, notwithstanding the fact that the young
of some species, and probably of all, have the fourth thoracic seg-

362 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

ment no longer than the others as noticed by Johnston*, and later
by Stebbingt, who draws from the fact an argument against the validity
of the genus. I fail to see, however, why the argument would not be
equally valid against the use, among mammals, of characters drawn from
the horns and teeth. Nothing is more common, in case of a genus or
family possessing a special development of some organ or set of organs,
than to find that the young of such a group resemble the adults of less
specialized groups. If, however, as may be possible, a gradation can
be established between forms which, like Arcturus Baffini, have the fourth
thoracic segment large but only slightly elongated, and forms like Asta-
cilla longicornis or A. granulata, in which this segment is much elongated,
equaling or surpassing the other six in length, there would then be, per-
haps, no sufficient reason for retaining both genera. For the present it
seems desirable to keep them separate, and to the characters given above
we may add the following:

The head is produced at the sides around the bases of the antennula,
and is united dorsally with the first thoracic segment, the sutures being
evident only at the sides where the segment is produced around the
hinder part of the head. The flagellum of the antenne consists of three,
or sometimes only two, distinct segments and a terminal spine, which is
perhaps to be regarded as a third or fourth segment. The maxillipeds
(pl. IX, fig. 52 a) are robust and operculiform, with a thick external
lamella and a five-jointed palpus, but little flattened. The mandibles
are destitute of palpi.

The first three thoracic segments are subequal and short; the fourth
much elongated in both sexes; in the males it is slender and cylindrical ;
in the females it is more robust, and bears on its inferior surface the incu-

-batory pouch. This pouch is thus confined to a single segment, and is
composed of a pair of elongated lamelle, attached along their outer mar-
gins, and overlapping widely along the ventral surface. It occupies
nearly the entire inferior surface of the segment. The last three thoracic
segments are short and subequal, and the articulation at the posterior
end of the fourth segment is capable of considerable motion, and, in our
species, is usually flexed backward nearly at a rightangle. The first pair
of legs (pl. VIII, fig. 49 b) have the basis directed backward and the re-
maining segments ciliated and turned forward, and is more robust than
the three succeeding pairs, which are slender, of nearly equal size, and con-
sist of only five segments, which are turned forward from the basis and
held beneath the head. They are strongly ciliated, especially on the last
three segments. One of the fourth pair of legs is shown on plate VIII,
figure 50. The last three pairs of legs are of entirely different structure,
being robust and prehensile with strong short dactyli.

The pleon is consolidated into a single segment, which, however, shows
traces of its composite nature. It is vaulted above and excavated on

*Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, p. 81, fig. 15, 1836.
tAnn. Mag. Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xv, p. 187, 1875.,

ee ee et een oe

uni

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 363

its inferior surface for the delicate pleopods, which are protected by the
operculiform uropods. Both rami of the uropods are present in our
species, but the outer is much the larger and conceals the delicate inner
ramus in’ an exterior view. The outer ramus only is thickened and of
functional importance as an operculum.

The habits of these animals are described by Goodsir in the Edinburgh
New Philosophical Journal, vol. xxxi, p. 311. He says, “With the
dredge I have procured specimens * * * * alive, and have kept them
in glass jars of sea-water with sand and corallines, and have thus been
enabled to watch their habits closely.

‘* Under the circumstances just stated, each individual will select a
branch of coralline, will keep that branch exclusively to itself, and will
defend it with the greatest vigor against all intruders. It fixes itself to
its resting-place by means of its true thoracic feet, and seldom uses these
for progression. When it falls to the bottom of the vessel, it fixes its
long pointed antenne firmly into the sand, and, with the assistance of the
true feet, drags and pushes itself forward. This, however, may not be
a natural mode of progression, but may be adopted in consequence of
the artificial circumstances in which the animal is placed.

“ Swimming is the natural mode of progression. It is amusing to see
one of these animals resting, in an erect posture, on a branch of coralline,
by means of its true thoracic feet, waving its body backwards and for-
wards, throwing about its long inferior antenne, and ever and anon
drawing them through its anterior fringed feet, for the purpose of clean-
ing them. It frequently darts from its branch, with the rapidity of
lightning, to seize with its long antenne some minute crustaceous ani-
mal, and returns to its resting-place to devour its prey at pleasure.

“In this manner the antenne are the only organs employed in seiz-
ing and enclosing the prey, which they drag to the anterior thoracic
feet, which hold it while it is being devoured.”

Ihave discarded Johnston’s name Leachia, or according to his orthog-
raphy Leacia, proposed in 1825, as being preoccupied by Lesueur * in the
Molluseain 1821. Astacilla is used by Fleming in the 7th edition of the
Encyclopedia Britannica; 1842 is given as the date in the copy of the
seventh volume of the Encyclopzedia that I have seen, but Johnston re-
fers to Fleming in 1835 as authority for the name, quoting the Encyclo-
pedia. Fleming says in the Encyclopedia (vol. vii, p. 502): ‘The ge-
nus was instituted by the Rev. Charles Cordiner of Banff in 1784 for the
reception of a British species which has been denominated Astacilla lon-
gicornis.” Ihave not been able to find whether Cordiner published the
name at that early date or whether it was a manuscript name only. If
actually published in 1784 it would have many years’ priority over
Arcturus, and the author who would unite the genera should use the
name Astacilla. Even if not published until 1835 it appears to have the
best claim to recognition as the generic name of the type here treated of.

* Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. ii, p. 89, 1821.

364 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Astacilla granulata Harger (G. O. Sars).

Leachia granulata G. O. Sars, Arch. Math. Nat., B. ii, p. 351 [251], 1877.
Astacilla Americana Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 374, 1878.
Astacilla granulata Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p, 161, 1879

Puates VIII anv IX, FiGs. 48-52.

The elongated fourth thoracic segment distinguishes this species at
once from all the other Isopoda of our coast.

The body is in the female eight times and in the male about twenty
times as long as broad, the breadth being measured across the fourth
thoracic segment. It is roughened and tuberculated throughout. The
head is produced at the sides in front beyond the middle of the basal
segment of the antennuls, and is tuberculated above and crossed by
two transverse grooves, the first between, and the second behind the eyes,
while a third similar groove evidently marks the place of the suture be-
tween the head and the first thoracic segment. The eyes are lateral,
prominent, round-ovate, broadest in front. The antennulz in the female
slightly surpass the second segment of the antenne, in the male they nearly
attain the middle of the third segment, the flagellar segment being
elongated in the male, longer than the three peduncular segments
together (pl. VIII, fig. 48 a). The second and third segments of the
antennule are in both sexes short and slender. The antenne are fully
three-fourths as long as the body; the first segment is shorter than that
of the antennule, being surpassed at the sides by the lateral processes of
the head and thus concealed in a lateral view; the second segment is
large, scarcely longer than broad, and presents below a deep angular
sinus in the distal margin, as in Idotea; third segment about as long as
the head; fourth segment longest, slightly exceeding the fifth, which is
equal to the first three taken together. The flagellum* (pl. VIII, fig. 49 a)
is less than half the length of the last peduncular segment and usually
consists of three distinct segments, of which the first is as long as the
other two; the second is equal in length to the third, which is tipped
with a terminal spine or claw, probably to be regarded as a fourth seg-
ment. Sometimes, however, only two distinct segments exist in the
flagellum besides the claw. The flagellar segments are finely and
sharply denticulate along the margin which is inferior when the an-.
tenn are straightened. The character of this denticulation is shown
in figure 49 a’ on plate VIII, where a small section of the margin is shown
enlarged 100 diameters. The maxillipeds (pl. LX, fig. 52 a) are robust
and cover the other parts of the mouth; the external lamella (1) is
ovate and in the figure is somewhat bent outward from its natural
position. The palpus of the maxillipeds is five-jointed and but little
flattened, strongly ciliated along the inner margin. The terminal lobe

* The figure of the animal (pl. VIII, fig. 48,) was sent to the engraver before I had
seen any specimens except the imperfect ones collected in 1877, and the flagellum of
the antennze was dotted from the young specimens. Fig. 49 a@ on plate VIII was
made from a specimen obtained in 1878.

et ee as

oe * he

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 565

(pl. TX, fig. 52 a, m’) is quadrate, scarcely ciliated at the apex, and
distinctly articulated with the maxilliped. The outer maxille (pl. LX,
fig. 52 b) are three-lobed and strongly ciliated. The inner maxille
(pl. LX, fig. 52 ec) are two-lobed, the lobes robust and short, the outer
armed with short spines at the apex, the inner with three slender curved
sete.

The thoracic segments are coarsely granulated or tuberculated; the
first is produced at the sides around the head nearly to the eyes; the
others have their anterior and posterior margins transverse. The fourth
segment in the female is a little less than three times as long as broad,
and is longer than the other six segments taken together, but is only
four-fifths as long as the last three segments together with the pleon.
It is tuberculated, especially above, but bears no prominent tubercles or
spines, and is subeylindrical. In the male this segment (pl. VIII, fig. 48 b)
is more elongate and much more slender, exceeding in length the three
following segments with the pleon. In the ordinary position the thorax
is geniculate at the posterior articulation of the fourth segment, forming
nearly a right angle with the rest of the body. The last three segments
have their epimeral regions angulated and salient. The first pair of
legs (pl. VIII, fig. 49 b) are of moderate length and, beyond the basal seg-
ment, flattened; the basal segment is directed backward but the leg is
bent upon itself at the ischium and the remaining segments are directed
forward and applied to the under surface of the head. The ischium and
merus support but few cilia,and these mostly along their inner margins,
but the carpus, propodus, and dactylus are not only ciliated on the in-
ner margin with slender simple cilia, but also bear on the side toward
the body stout scattered spinulose setz, which are specially abundant on
the propodus. The opposite side of the leg is nearly smooth. The sec-
ond, third, and fourth pairs of legs are five-jointed and similar to each
other, except that the basal segments of the second and third are some-
what shorter than in the fourth (pl. VIII, fig. 50). The second pair is
shorter than the third, and the fourth is a little the longest. All these
legs are directed strongly forward and habitually held nearly in the
position shown in the figure, under the anterior surface of the body and
the head. The last three segments are furnished with elongated sete
along their inner margins. These sete are inserted in two rows and so
placed as to diverge at anopen angle. The dactyli appear to be obsolete
in these legs. _ The fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs of legs are of quite a
different and more ordinary structure. They contain the full number of
segments, and are terminated by robust, slightly curved dactyli. A
young specimen obtained has only two pairs of legs of the ordinary form,
the last or seventh pair being represented only by rounded tubercles,
one on each side of the seventh segment.

The pleon is elongate-ovate, narrower in the male (pl. VIII, fig. 48 c).
Dorsally it is strongly convex, especially in front. It is two-thirds as
long as the fourth thoracic segment in the female, and three-fifths as

866 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

long as that segment in the male. It is provided with rather coarse
tubercles in front, which are arranged transversely in three rows, and
behind the third row is a deep transverse groove, behind which the tu-
bercles are less prominent and more of the character of granulations.
On each side before the middle is a prominent, sub-acute tooth, directed
outward and backward immediately above the articulation of the uropods.
The tip of the pleon is not spiniform, but only slightly attenuated and
obtuse. The pleopods are delicate in structure, and the anterior pairs
are ciliated. The uropods or opercula are more than nine-tenths as long
as the under surface of the pleon (pl. VIII, fig. 48 c), but cannot be seen
from above. They consist on each side (pl. VIII, fig. 51) of an elongated,
semi-oval, basal, lamellar segment, thickened and vaulted externally, with
the anterior end rounded, and bearing a salient semi-circular process on
the outer margin near the anterior end, for articulation with the pleon.
Posteriorly this plate is tapering and it is broadly truncated at the tip,
where it bears two lamelliform rami. Of these the external is thick,
like the basal segment, and is of an elongate triangular form and com-
pletes the operculum behind, while the inner ramus is a small and
delicate oval plate, articulated to the basal segment near its inner distal
angle, and completely covered and concealed by the outer ramus when
the operculum is closed. The inner ramus is sparingly ciliated at the
tip. The pleopods are very delicate, and the anterior pairs are ciliated

In the females the lamellae forming the ineubatory pouch are thick-
ened and tuberculated or granulated along the outer edge where they
are attached to the segment. The thickened area is bounded by a lon-
gitudinal ridge, beyond which the lamella is thin, smooth, and translu-
cent, permitting the eggs to be seen through it, and the thin portion of
the right lamella (in the specimen examined) overlaps its fellow of the
opposite side so far as to bring its edge along the base of the ridge bound-
ing the thickened portion of the opposite lamella. Near the anterior
end and on the outer side is a rounded lobe in the margin of the lamella
for articulation with the segment. fb

Length of female 10™"; male 11™; diameter of fourth thoracic seg-
ment, female 1.2"; male 0.52""; color in alcohol, nearly white.

This species was described by the writer without having seen Sars’
description of Leachia granulata. The volume containing his description
has since been obtained by the Yale College Library, and a careful com-
parison of our specimens with his description leaves little doubt that the
species is identical with his. His specimens were somewhat larger than
ours, females measuring 14" and males 17". The females in A. longi-
cornis Sowerby are much larger than the males, and the reverse rela-
tion of size in this species appears to be unusui! in the genus.

Specimens were first collected on this coast on Ceorge’s Bank !, in the
summer of 1877, and the three then obtained were found adhering to
Primnoa, and had been dried and somewhat broken. Better specimens
were collected adhering to the cable of the schooner ‘Marion,’ at Ban-

:
;
‘
f

0 emt Mas ball ete

aor

i a Se Ae

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 367

quereau!, by Capt. J. W. Collins, August 25, 1878, and a fine specimen
was obtained in seven fathoms off Miquelon Island!, south of Newfound-
land, by Capt. C. D. Murphy and crew of the schooner ‘Alice M. Will-
iams,’ July 3,1879. Sars’ specimens were collected between Norway and
Iceland at stations 18 and 48, of which the respective localities as given
by him are latitude 62° 44.5’ north, longitude 1° 48’ east, in 412 fathoms,
clayey bottom, and latitude 64° 36/ north, longitude 10° 21.5’ west, in
299 fathoms, clay and sand.

Specimens examined.

i Q | Specimens.
Ee Locality. = Bottom. Wen sor Received from— == eke
2 é | No. | Sex.
2045 | George's Bank......|......-.|...-...0200---- ——~—, 1877 | U.S8.FishCom.| 2/9 y/ Ale.
TSS CIDE EES RO | | eee oe — —, 1877 | ...do......... 1 3 | Alo.
Banquereau, N. S..-| 250 | Rocky .--..... —— —, 1878 ore: J. W. Col- 3 Q | Alo.
ins.
Off Miquelon Island.| 7 |.........-...... July 3, 1879 | Capt.C.D.Mur- 1 Q | Alc.
phy and crew.

VIIL—SPH A ROMID A.

Body short and convex; head transverse; antennule and antenns
multiarticulate, with evident distinction into peduncle and flagellum;
mandibles palpigerous; epimera united with the thoracic segments;
anterior segments of the pleon short, united and articulated with the
large terminal segment; uropods lateral with only one movable ramus.

This family is sparingly represented on the eastern coast of the
United States, and within our limits only a single species is found,
belonging to the typical genus Sphewroma. The animals are usually of
small size, and have the body short, broad, and convex. The head is
transverse, and both pairs of antenne are inserted near together below
its anterior margin. These organs are much better developed than in
the following family. The epimera are faintly indicated in the thoracie
segments by impressed lines. The anterior segment of the pleon is sim-
ilarly marked with transverse sutures indicating the segments of which
itis composed. The last segment is large, and one or more of the pos-
terior segments may be notched, tuberculated, spiny, or variously modi-
fied, as occursin many foreign genera. Below, the pleon is much exca-
vated for the pleopods, which, as usual, are in five pairs, the anterior
three ciliated. In the males aslender stylet is articulated near the base
of the inner lamella of the second pair, and lies along its inner side, so
that in the natural position they lie close together on opposite sides of
the middle line of the body. These pleopods, though received into a
cavity in the under surface of the pleon, are not protected by any oper-
culum nor opercular plates, as in most of the preceding families, nor is
the external pair thickened, as in the Anthuride. |

368 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Sphzroma Latreille.
Spheroma Latreille, Hist. nat. des Crust. et des Ins., tome vii, p. 11, 1804.

Body contractile into a sphere; antennule and antenne short or of
moderate length; maxillipeds with a five-jointed palpus; legs all ambu-
latory; dactyli short and thick; uropods short, ramus and basal seg-
ment subequal.

The name of this genus is derived from the peculiar habit of many
of the species of rolling themselves into a ball when alarmed. The body
is so constructed as to facilitate this operation, the antennule and
antennz being received into a groove at the side of the head; the epi-
meral regions of the thoracic segments behind the first are narrowed
nearly to a point and project well downward so as to meet very close
together and still leave room for the included legs, while the uropods,
shutting together like a pair of scissors, fold also partly under the large
terminal segment of the pleon and fill the crevice between the pleon and
the head. The maxillipeds:in this genus are provided with a long
densely ciliated five-jointed palpus. The maxille are much as in the
Idoteide, the outer pair three-lobed and strongly ciliated, the inner
two-lobed with the inner lobe small and tipped with pectinate sete, the
outer larger and armed with curved denticulated spines. The mandibles
have a strong molar process, a dentigerous lamella armed with acute
teeth, and a three-jointed palpus.

The legs are rather weak and nearly alike throughout, all ambulatory.
The pleon is searcely narrower than the segments of the thorax and ap-
pears to consist of two* segments only, of which the first is much like the
last thoracic segment, but more strongly produced at the sides than is
that segment and marked with impressed lines. It is articulated with
considerable motion to the large scutiform terminal segment, which, in
this genus, is rounded and entire at the tip, and not strongly tubereu-
lated nor spiny. Anteriorly, the angles of this segment are produced
downward into a rounded lobe in front of the shoulder from which arise
the uropods. These organs are not greatly elongated; the basal seg-
ment is produced into a plate about equal in size to the single ramus.

Sphezroma quadridentatum Say.
Spheroma quadridentata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 400, 1818.

Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust., p. 44, 1844.

White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 102, 1847.

Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, v., p. 314, 1873; This Report, part i, p. 569
(275), pl. v., fig. 21, 1874; Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, 1879, vol. ii, p. 161,
1879.

Verrill, This Report, part i, p. 315 (21), 1874.

PLATE IX, Fra. 53.

The outline of the body when extended is a pretty regular ellipse, but
the animal, when disturbed, rolls itself into a ball with facility, and by

* The pleon is inadvertently described by Bate and Westwood in the British Sessile-
Bead Crnctarean val iit n ANT. as ‘Shavine all the seoments fused tocether.”

ee eS eee

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 369

this habit may be distinguished from the other marine Isopods of our
coast.

The head is rounded in front with an elevated margin, and a slight me-
dian projection between the bases of the antennule. The eyes are
small and sub-triangular, widely separated. The antennule and the
antenn are inserted on the inferior surface of the head, and, when the
animal contracts, they are received into a groove along the margin of
the head and anterior thoracic segment. The antennulee (pl. LX, fig. 54a)
have the basal segment large, the second segment small and conical,
the third slender, cylindrical; the flagellum about ten-jointed, ciliated,
shorter than the peduncle. In the antenne (pl. IX, fig. 545) the peduncu-
lar segments decrease but little in diameter, and increase in length from
the first to the fifth, and are followed by a flagellum about as long as
the peduncle, tapering from the base, with the basal segments strongly
ciliated along their inner or anterior distal margins. The antenne are
separated at the base by a triangular, somewhat projecting epistome,
which also partly separates the bases of the antennule. The maxilli-
peds have the basal segment short and somewhat triangular, with plu-
mose sete at the acute apex, and a five-jointed palpus, of which the first
segment is short and smooth, and the following segments strongly ciliated
along more or less of their innermargins. The outer maxille are termi-
nated by three ovate rather acute lobes, which are strongly ciliated. The
inner maxille have the inner lobe tipped with four pectinated curved
sete, and the outer armed with strong denticulated spines. The mand-
_ibles are robust and bear on their external surface at the apex a dentig-
erous lamella, or usually two such on the right mandible, receiving the
lamella of the left between them; below the lamella is a strongly ciliated
ridge supporting the dentigerous lamella and connecting it with the mo-
lar process, which is large and strong. The mandibular palpi are slender,
with the last segment sub-semicircular, bearing at its apex a few serrated
spines, and below a comb of straight sets; the middle segment bears a
similar comb with stouter spiny setz at the ends.

The first thoracic segment is longer than the others, and much elon-
gated at the sides,embracing the head as far as its anterior margin.
Above this lateral expansion on each side the segment is excavated for
a projecting lobe of the head behind the eye. The second, third, and
fourth segments are somewhat shorter than the first and longer than the
fifth, sixth, and seventh. The margin of the last segment bends slightly
backward at the middle. In the thoracic segments behind the first the
epimeral sutures are indicated by a faint depressed line, below which
the lateral margin of the second segment tapers to an obtusely rounded
point, the third is more acutely pointed, the fourth oblique and acute
behind, the fifth and sixth also oblique but less acute, and the seventh
rounded. The legs are weak, hairy, and much alike throughout, formed
for walking, and none of them chelate. The dactylus in all is short and
robust, armed with a stout curved spine or claw at the tip, and a smaller

(24 F

370 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

' straight spine below it. In the first pair of legs the carpus is short and
triangular, the ischium and merus bear on their upper margin a row of
long slender plumose hairs. In the second and third pairs of legs these
hairs are also found, and the carpus is longer. The fourth pair of legs
are robust, the following pairs more slender to the seventh. All are well
provided with slender hairs, with a few stouter ones intermixed.

The anterior segments of the pleon are consolidated into a single piece
somewhat resembling the last thoracic segment, but marked at the
sides by depressed lines, indicating sutures, as shown in pl. IX, fig. 53.
At the sides this segment is broadly rounded and projects much below
the seventh thoracic when the animal is contracted. The large terminal
segment has a similar lobe in front of the bases of the uropods. At the
insertion of the uropods the segment is considerably contracted laterally,
but is rounded and strongly margined behind. Its anterior lobe, all the
thoracic segments, and the head are also margined by an elevation run-
ning completely around the animal except where it is interrupted by
the uropods. The uropods extend nearly to the tip of the telson, and
consist on each side of a basal segment continued backward into a nar-
row oval plate with entire margins, flattened below, where a similarly-
shaped ramus is articulated near its base, the two shutting together like
the blades of a pair of scissors. The articulated plate bears four more or
less acute serrations on its exterior margin, whence the specific name.
The pleopods are ciliated, and the second pair (pl. IX, fig. 54¢) bears, in
the male, on the inner lamella, a slender curved stylet, longer than the
lamella, and articulated near its base.

Length about 8"™", breadth 4"". The color, as usual in shore species,
is variable; some are of a uniform slaty gray, many are marked on the
dorsal surface with a whitish, cream color, or rosaceous patch, bordered
more or less with dark or black. This patch has commonly a longitud-
inal direction, and is usually symmetrical, and may be broad or much
narrowed in the middle. On the dark or barnacle-covered rocks, where
these animals are often found, the colors are evidently protective, but
they are imperfectly preserved in alcohol.

This species was described by Say, who “found these animals very
numerous on the beach of Saint Catherine’s Island, Georgia, concealing
themselves under the raised bark, and in the deserted holes of the
Teredo, &c., of such dead trees as are periodically immersed.” He also
gives East Florida as a locality, and there are specimens in the Yale
Museum from Florida! It extends as far north as Provincetown, Mass.!
near the extremity of Cape Cod. It is common on the southern shore
of New England!, and is usually found among algz or rocks.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 371

Specimens examined.

; s a
3 E When col $8 |p
‘ ts) - P »
E Locality. 4 Bottom aah ae Received from— 28 rte
S
A cy my o
SM UBTUENIEE Oat tits Steet eh cain al okt Gee cen ime swacine se belleup sce ena'cmi'sis Smithsonian
Inst. canbe 0 | Ale.
feet: | Great Kee Harbor, N. J. 2). 2.2.20). 2.sceseenescess April, 1871 Smith & Verrill siueea Alc.
Ee PN awn av ens CON. ose ce sae sinae veneer cnmmeane ams|<9 2-0 serinnseme 8. I. Smith. - 5 Ale.
avin hook, New Haven...) i. w. | Rocky 2.22.6) 0c- oo elec canteen cen ne 00 Ale.
2052 | Stony Creek, Cannes ee--<- 1b AEC? Sac eneee AER eeee Seereee enrar - laser = aes 00 | Ale.
2049 Wie ard Suand, Masa 2:..|.0265..-}.cces~cc-- sees — —, 1871 | U. 2 oe Com.| 3 | Alc.
PERM Jew atidananeis maaaiss 1 ey Sa ce Gar Sane ae —— —, 1871 |...-do ......... Zi: Ale.
SOM EPEP OR ae ae Seen conse atom en loan ea~ aansin nes —— —, 1875 vice dedaedees 5 | Ale.
Provincetown, Mass ...... as Wr rete ale ciasd inte aa Aug.—, 1879 |....do ......... 00 | Ale.
Shc ditt (3A EE RS Ee 4 Eel-grass......| Aug.—, 1879 |-...do .-......- 1 Ale.

VIII.—LIMNORIID Ah.

Body compressed; antennulz and antenne short, subequal; mandi-
bles palpigerous, formed for gnawing; feet not prehensile, all similar,
with short, robust dactyli; epimera united with the thoracic segments ;
pleon of six distinct segments; pleopods similar in form throughout;
uropods lateral, biramous.

This family as constituted above contains the single genus Limnoria
Leach, which appears also to contain but few, or perhaps a single, species*
of wide distribution. This genus was placed in the tribe Asellotes
homopodes with the Asellide by Edwards, without, however, having
examined the animals himself. He has been generally followed in this
arrangement by later authors. Previous authors had associated the
genus, as it appears to me more justly, with Sphwroma and the Cymo-
thoide in the wide signification of the latter term. White, in his List
of British Crustacea, used the name Limnoriade to include this genus
with the Asellide. I have preferred to constitute a new family for the
genus, which has, however, evident relations with the Spheromide, and
perhaps should yet be united with that family.

Under the circumstances family characters can scarcely be separated
with certainty from those of generic or even of specific value only, but
for the purpose of comparison with other families certain important char-
acters may be here stated. The body is somewhat depressed dorsally,
but is also compressed at the sides, and when extended is subvermiform.
It is nearly capable of being rolled into a ball, as in the genus Spheroma.
The head is of moderate size and strongly rounded above, as in Sphe-
roma, and the eyes are widely separated and on the sides of the head, a
condition not usual in the Asellide. The antennule are short and stout
and the basal segment is but little larger than the second; the flagellum

*Tt is perhaps hardly necessary to remark that L. xylophaga Hesse, Ann. Sci. nat.,
tome x, p. 101, pl. ix, 1868, is not an Isopod. According to Prof, Smith it is Chelura
terebrans Phillipi, a boring amphipod often found associated with Limnoria. See an
article by that author in the Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, 1879, vol. ii,
pp. 232-235.

372 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

consists of a single, almost rudimentary segment. The antenne differ
widely from any in the Asellide, since they are less robust than the anten-
nul, and but little longer; the peduncular segments are all short, having
almost the same proportion to each other as in Spheroma (see pl. TX,
figs. 54b and 565), the last two being together about equal in length to the
first three, instead of far surpassing them as in the Asellide; the flagel-
lum is short and few-jointed, mostly made up of a tapering basal seg-
ment, and not at all resembling the slender multiarticulate flagellum of
the Asellide. The mandibles are adaptively modified in accordance
with the boring habits of the species, but the other mouth parts do not
seem to present characters from which comparisons need be drawn with
other families.

The legs are somewhat similar to those seen in many Asellide, being ©
furnished with short dactyli, each armed with a strong curved claw, and
a Shorter spine below. A similar form of leg is, however, seen in Sphe-
roma. ‘The epimera are united to the lateral margins of the thoracic
segments almost precisely as in Spheroma, an arrangement that does
not prevail in the Asellide.

The pleon has all its six segments well developed and perfectly separated
from each other, while in the Asellide they are united into a single scuti-
form segment, or at most, the basal segment only is more or less distinct.
The pleopods are of the normal number and similar in form and texture
throughout; the anterior pairs are ciliated. Each pair of pleopods consists
of a basal segment, bearing an inner narrow lamella and an outer oval one,
which, except in the fifth pair, are well ciliated. In the male the inner la-
mellaof the second pair bears, on its inner margin, astylet, as in Spheroma
and many other genera of Isopoda. In the Asellide the branchial pleo-
pods are in fewer than five pairs, and are protected in front by a simple
or compound operculum of firmer texture than the other pleopods. Dr.
Coldstream * fell into an error in describing the respiratory organs as con-
sisting of “six pairs of scale-like bodies, pendant from the anterior seg-
ments of the tail, * * arranged in three rows, in an imbricated man-
ner, one of each kind (‘oval’ and ‘nearly quadrangular’) being articu-
lated together on a common peduncle on either side.” He further
describes, loc. cit., p. 324, ‘ two vesicular bodies of an oval form” behind
the branchiz. These organs were without doubt the external lamelle
of the fifth pair of pleopods, as shown by his figure. There are, how-
ever, four instead of three ciliated pairs anterior to the last pair, one
of which was overlooked by Dr. Coldstream, and in this error he has
been followed by Bate and Westwood.t If the observations of Dr. Cold-
stream had been correct, an affinity might have been indicated with the
Asellide. The terminal segment is flattened and scutiform, in shape
resembling that of Jwra, but the uropods are strictly lateral, being
attached at the broadest part of the segment and in front of the middle.

* Edinburgh New Phil. Journal, vol. xvi, p. 323.
t Brit. Sessile-Eyed Crustacea, vol. ii, p. 350.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 373

The relations of the present family with the Sphaeromide appear to
be more close, but the structure of the mandibles and perhaps also that
of the maxillipeds, the fully segmented pleon and the biramous uropods
seem to be characters of family value, which, however, a fuller investi-
gation of the boring Spheromide might go far to break down.

Limnoria Leach.
Limnoria Leach, Edinburgh Encye., vol. vii, p. 433” (Am. ed., p. 273), 1813-14.”

Mandibles with a nearly even chisel-like cutting-edge at the tip and
no molar process; maxillipeds elongate, with a well-developed external
lamella and a five-jointed palpus; first thoracic segment large; uropods
with the outer ramus very short and almost obsolete.

genus from Cymothoa and the Spheromide, with which he associated it.

Limunoria lignorum White (Rathke).
““Cymothoa lignorum Rathke, Skrivt. af Naturh. Selsk., v. 101, t. 3, f. 14, 1799”
(White).
Limnoria terebrans Leach, Ed. Encye., vol. vii, p. ‘433’ (Am. ed., p. 273),
“¢1813-14”; Trans. Linn. Soe., vol. xi, p. 371, 1815; Dict. Sci. nat., tome
xii, p. 353, 1818.
Samouelle, Ent. Comp., p. 109, 1819.
q Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 312, 1825.
Latreille, Regne Anim., tome iv, p. 135, 1829.

;
if
;
The above characters differ from those by which Leach separated this
>
q

Coldstream, Edinb. New Phil. Jour., vol. xvi, pp. 316-334, pl. vi, 1834.
‘Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., vol. i, p. 119” (B. & W.).
; Thompson, Edinb. New Phil. Jour., vol. xviii, p. 127, 1835; Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., vol. xx, p. 157, 1847.
1 Templeton, Loud. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. ix, p. 12, 1836.
; Moore, Charlesworth’s Mag. Nat. Hist., n. s., vol. ii, p. 206, 1838; ibid.,
vol. iii, pp. 196, 293, 1839.
Edwards, Annot de Lamarck, tom. v, p. 276, 1858; Hist. nat. des Crust.,
tom. iii, p. 145, 1840; Régne Anim. Crust., p. 197, pl. 67, f. 5, 1849.
1 Gould, Invert. Mass., pp. 338, 354, figure, 1840.
| Fleming, Encye. Brit., 7 ed., vol. vii, p. 502, 1842.
: Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust., p. 48, pl. ix, fig. 33, 1844.
$ ‘Kirby and Spence, Int. Entom., 5th ed., p. 238; 6th ed., p. 203” (White.)
| White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 96, 1847; Brit. Crust. B. Mus., p. 68, 1850.
Dalyell, Powers of the Creator, vol. i, p. 241, pl. Ixv, figs. 7-15, 1851.
7 Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., II, vol. iii, p. 150, 1855
| Gosse, Man. Mar. Zool., vol. i, p. 136, fig. 242, 1855.
Steenstrup and Liitken, Vidensk. Meddel., II, vol. ii, p. 275, 1861.
Hesse, Ann. Sci. nat., Zool., V, tome x, p. 113, 1868.
Jones, Trans. Nova Scotian Inst. Nat. Sci., vol. ii, pt. iv, p. 99, 1870.
Verrill, Proc. Am. Assoc., 1873, p. 367, 1874.
Macdonald, Trans. Linn. Soc., II, Zool., vol. i, p. 67, 1875.
Andrews, Q. Jour. Mic. Sci., I, vol. xv, p. 332, 1875.
Timnoria lignorum White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust., p. the pl. 12, fig. 5, 1857.
Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1860, p. 225, 1861.
Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 351, figure, 1868.

374 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Limnoria lignorum—Continued.

Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1868, p. 288, 1869.

Mobius, Wirbellos. Thiere der Ostsee, p. 122, 1873.

Parfitt, Fauna of Devon, Sess. Crust., p. (19), 1873.

Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vii, pp. 133, 185, 1874; Proc. Am. Assoc.,
1873, p. 371, 1874; This Report, part i, p. 379 (85), 1874.

Harger, This Report, part i, p. 571 (277), pl. vi, fig. 25, 1874; Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 161, 1879.

M’Intosh, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xiv, p. 273, 1874.

Stebbing, Trans. Devon. Assoc., 1874, p. (8), 1874. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
IV, vol. xvii, p. 79, 1876.

Whiteaves, Further Deep-Sea Dredging, Gulf St. Lawrence, p. 15, 1874,”

Metzger, Nordseefahrt der Pomm.., p. 285, 1875.

Meinert, Crust. Isop. Amph. Dec. Dani, p. 77, 1877.

Smith, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 232, fig. 2, 1880.

Timnoria uncinata Heller, Verh. k. k. Zool. bot. Ges. Wien, B. xvi, p. 734, 1866.
Stalio, Cat. Crost. Adriatic, p. 211, 1877.

PLATE IX, Frias. 55-57.

This species may in general be recognized by its habits, being usually
found burrowing in submerged timber, to which, notwithstanding its
insignificant appearance, it often proves very destructive.

The body is subeylindrical, tapering slightly at each end and covered
above with short hairs to which more or less dirt usually adheres. The
head is narrower than the first thoracic segment. The eyes are lateral and
consist of about eight ocelli, one central and the others around it. The
antennule (pl. IX, fig. 56 a) are short and seem to arise from near the
middle of the front of the head. The basal segment is the largest; the see-
ond and third are of slightly decreasing size; the fourth or flagellar seg-
ment is, much the smallest, and tipped with sete. The antennze (pl. IX,
fig. 56 b) are more slender than the antennule, and arise just below their
bases and a little farther apart. The first two segments are short; the
third slightly longer; the fourth and fifth increasing somewhat in length;
the flagellum is not longer than the last two peduncular segments, and
consists of a tapering segment, followed by a few short terminal seg-
ments provided with a terminal brush of sets. The maxillipeds (pl. LX,
fig. 56 c) are slender; the external lamella is semi-ovate, with the inner
margin nearly straight, acute, and ciliated at the tip; the palpus is
five-jointed but short, with the segments flattened, and all but the first
ciliated along their inner margins. The outer maxille (pl. LX, fig. 56 d)
are slender, three-lobed, and ciliated at the tip. The inner maxille (pl.
IX, fig. 56 e) are also slender, the inner lobe tipped with pectinate bristles,
the outer with robust spines. The mandibles (pl. LX, fig. 56,7) are some-
what elongate, but of a simple form, being curved inward, flattened and
chisel-shaped at the tip; below there is a slight tubercle, apparently the
rudiment of the molar process; externally, above the origin of the palpus,
is a prominent tubercle ; the palpus is short, of three subequal segments,
the last furnished with a rather imperfect comb of setz.

The first thoracic segment is about twice as long as any that follow;

itis crossed by a broad, shallow depression, and is rounded at the sides.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 375

The second and third segments are each about half the length of the
first. The epimeral sutures are evident, and the epimera are rounded
behind in the second segment, but a little more prominent in the third,
becoming acute and increasing in size and extension backward to the
seventh. The fourth segment is slightly shorter than the third, and per-
haps a little broader; the last three are short, decreasing in length to
the seventh, but maintaining about equal width. The legs are short and
rather robust. The first pair have the carpus triangular, but this seg-
ment becomes more elongate in the succeeding pairs. The dactyli are
robust, and are armed with a strong curved spine or claw at the tip and
a smaller one below it. The merus, and usually the ischium and carpus,
bear a few spiniform tubercles on the lower surface except in the last
pair, which are also more elongated and slender than the others.

The pleon is scarcely narrower than the thorax, and tapers but little;
the first four segments are of equal length; the fifth is longer with a
median elevation and a transverse depression on each side. The last
segment (pl. LX, fig.57a)is transversely oval or subcircular, broader than
long, with the anterior margin raised, especially at the middle, where the
elevation is continued a short distance on the segment, but posteriorly
it is flattened. The posterior margin is ciliate with hairs of various
lengths. The uropods (pl. [X, fig. 57b) are attached just in front of the
middle of the segment at its widest part. They consist on each side of
a somewhat wedge-shaped basal segment, ciliated and bluntly denticu-
lated distally on the outer side, and supporting two rami, between which
it is produced below into a strong tooth-like process. The outer ramus
is very short and curved outward; the inner is not asiong as the basal seg-
ment, and is ciliated externally and at the tip. Underneath, the pleon is
much excavated for the pleopods, which are strongly ciliated. The first
pair (pl. LX, fig. 57¢) consist on each side of a short basal segment bear-
ing two lamelle; the inner lamella is almost four times as long as
broad, with nearly parallel sides, ciliated at and near the tip; the outer,
which is also in front of the inner, is sub-oval with the outer margin
more convex than the inner, ciliated near the tip and along most of the
outer margin, and inserted a little obliquely upon the basal segment.
The next three pairs of pleopods are similar to the first pair on each
side, except that in the males the second pair (pl. IX, fig. 57 d) bears a
stylet (s) articulated to the inner margin of the inner lamella about the
middle. The posterior pair of pleopods are smaller than the others and
not ciliated.

Length 4.5™"; breadth 1.5"; color light grayish.

Much has been written upon the destructive habits of the Limnoria or
“sribble” and the means of preventing its attacks on woodwork, for
which the reader may consult especially the publications of Leach, Cold-
stream, Hope, Thompson, Moore, Gould, Bate and Westwood, Verrill, and
Andrews, who has observed it attacking the gutta-percha of submarine
telegraph cables.

376 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

It is found boring in submerged wood along our coast from Florida! to
Halifax!, N. S., and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. It occurs above low-
water mark, but does not usually live far below that line; it has, however,
been found by Professor Verrill at a depth of 10 fathoms in Casco Bay,
and was dredged by the U.S. Fish Commission in a depth of 74 fathoms,
Cape Cod Bay!, Mass., in the summer of 1879. It is abundant, according
to European authors, in many localities on the coast of Great Britain
and in the North Sea. ZL. wneinata Heller, from Verbosca, in the Island
of Lesina, Adriatic Sea, appears to be the same species, as the differences
pointed out by Heller do not really exist, but were doubtless suggested
by the incorrect figures that have been published representing the uro-
pods with rami composed of two or more segments. The form of these
appendages, as shown on plate IX, fig. 57 b, corresponds well with Hel-
ler’s description. It was found by Heller associated with Chelura tere-
brans. Limnoria is said also to occur in the Pacific Ocean, and from its
habits might be expected to have a wide distribution.

Specimens examined.

‘sa

J Bg
E Locality. Habitat. pene Received from— ae rc

A a
20480 |UMlorida)és-c-sse-=--es% = Boring in wood....|.--..----.-.- | Smithsonian Inst .- 6 Alc.
Provincetown, Mass...-. ee nOO tec sc a meeenee Aug., 1879|U.S.FishCom..-.| 00 Alc.
2047 | Casco Bay .-..--1-...---: Scot daneaboocace — —, 1873 |....do ...........-- 30 Alc.
Bay of Fundy ..--.- bestia [econ Owie a.nisaeicie eer — —, 1872 |...-do ......-.....- 00 Ale.
Alibi tiN, 845.1 occ sce eetido 2st tietemees —— —, 1877 |....do ........-..-- 00 | Ale.

IX.—CIROLANID 4.

Front formed of the approximate basal segments of the antennule,
which are not covered by an anterior projection of the head; antennulze
and antennze presenting an evident distinction into peduncular and
flagellar segments; maxillipeds with a five-jointed palpus; mandibles
formed for biting, palpigerous; legs all terminated by nearly straight
dactyli; epimera distinct behind the first thoracic segment; pleopods
at least the anterior pairs, ciliated; uropods biramous, the rami flattened
and ciliated.

This family is represented on our coast by two closely allied species
apparently belonging to the typical genus Cirolana, although approach-
ing the allied genus Conilera, to which I formerly referred them. They
have been hitherto usually referred to the following family, but the dif-
ferences in the structure of the mouth parts, first pointed out by Schiddte,
seem to warrant their separation as a distinct family. The mandibles
are formed for biting, being armed with long and powerful teeth, which,
closing together like the blades of scissors, are well adapted for lacerat-
ing the flesh of fishes on which they feed. The first three pairs of legs
are fitted for prehension, but they are destitute of the strongly curved

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 377

dactyli found in the Wgide, and still better developed in the Cymothoide,
In the Cirolanide the propodus, in the first three pairs of legs, is some-
what curved and the dactyli are nearly straight, so that while the first
three pairs of legs are powerful organs of prehension, they are also
eapable of letting go preparatory to the seizure of another victim. The
posterior pairs of legs are ambulatory or fitted for swimming by their
form and armature of bristly hairs. The ciliated pleopods are also
powerful swimming organs, so that these animals are well fitted for the
predatory life they lead. The epimera are well separated by sutures
in all the thoracic segments behind the first. The pleon is scarcely nar-
rower at base than the last thoracic segment, and is composed of six
distinct segments, of which the last is much the longest, but not broader
than the preceding segments, and tapers posteriorly. ‘The uropods are
lateral, articulated near the base of the last segment and distinctly
biramous.

The mouth-organs of this and the two following families have been
the object of special research by J. C. Schiddte, whose papers in the Natur-
historisk Tidsskrift have been in part translated in the Annals and
Magazine of Natural History. He regards Cirolana as representing “ the
highest development of the crustacean type among the Isopoda,” and
even hints that Cirolana and A?ga should be removed to opposite ends of
the series of Isopoda. The same author would closely unite the Bopy-
ride, Aiga, and the Cymothoide into a single group, the Cymothoe,
while acknowledging that the young of Cymothoa estrum, “ according
to the classification hitherto current, * * * would rather be allied
to Cirolana than to Cymothoa.” His classification, however, appears to
be based almost entirely upon the structure of the mouth, disregard-
ing the totality of structure upon which alone morphological classi-
fication can securely rest. In deference, however, to his views I have
here regarded Cirolana as the type of a distinct family, which must still
be considered as closely related with the two following families, on the
principle that it is ‘more important that similarities should not be neg-
lected than that differences should be overlooked.”

Among the more important of the similarities by which these fami-
lies seem to be united may be mentioned the following, as exemplified
by our species. The segments of the thorax and pleon are all distinct
from each other, so that the body, in the adults, appears to consist of
thirteen segments behind the head, although in the genus Ourozeuktes
Edwards* the segments of the pleon are consolidated. The epimera
are distinct in all the segments behind the first thoravic. The pleon
may or may not taper from the base, but it is terminated by a large
scutiform segment, sometimes more or less sculptured, and bearing at
the sides, near the base, a pair of uropods, in which the basal segment
is more or less oblique distally and the rami lamelliform, though one of
them may be narrowly so. The pleopods are unprotected by any form

* Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p. 275, 1840.

378 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of operculum and the anterior pairs are ciliated in the young of all three
families, but this ciliation, as well as that on the uropods, may be lost
in the sedentary adults of the Cymothoide. In all our species the dorsal
surface is smooth throughout, or minutely punctate under a lens, but
destitute of distinct roughness, tuberculation or sculpture, except that
the telson may be faintly grooved or sculptured, and in some foreign
species more distinctly so.

Cirolana Leach.
Cirolana Leach, Dict. des Sci. nat., tome xii, p. 347, 1818.

Thoracic segments subequal; eyes small, well separated; mandibles
armed with strong acute teeth; dactyli straight, or but slightly curved;
pleon of six distinct segments; basal segment of uropods with the inner
angle produced.

Two closely allied species are found on this coast, which I formerly
referred to the genus Conilera Leach. Further consideration induces
me to refer them rather to the present genus, although they have some
features which point toward Conilera, and are perhaps between that
genus and the typical forms of Cirolana.. From Conilera, as described
by Bate and Westwood, our species differ principally in the more
robust four posterior pairs of legs, in the produced angle of the basal
segment of the uropods, and in the structure of the first pair of pleopods,
which are not operculiform either in size or texture. Of these two
species one is abundant and is described at length. The description
will, however, apply almost equally well to the other except in the few
points mentioned in the appropriate place. The characters given,
though slight, appear to be constant, and I have therefore retained the
two specific names.

This genus differs from_dZga in the structure of the legs, and was placed
by Professor Dana in a separate subfamily. In Cirolana the first three
pairs of legs are strong, and armed with minute spine-like claws at the
tip of the nearly straight dactyli; the propodi in these legs are robust,
spiny, and somewhat curved, and some of the preceding segments are
also armed with spines. These legs thus form powerful organs for seiz-
ing living prey, and are not, as in the Cymothoide, and, in a less degree,
in Aga, merely fitted by their curved dactyli to retain the hold of the
animal upon its host in a parasitic existence. The last four pairs of
legs are well ciliated and capable of use either for walking or swim-
ming, and these animals are thus fitted for their active and predaceous
life.

Cirolana concharum Harger (Stimpson).

Aga concharum Stimpson, Mar. Inv. G. Manan, p. 42, 1853.
Liitken, Vidensk. Meddel., 1859, p. 77, 1860.

Conilera concharum Harger, This Report, part i, p. 572 (278), 1874.
Verrill, This Report, part i, p. 459 (165), 1874.

Cirolana concharum Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 161, 1879. -

—

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 379
PLATES IX AND X, F1as. 58-63.

This species may be most readily recognized among our Isopoda by
the distinct thoracic and abdominal segments, the small lateral eyes,
and the evident distinction, in both antennule and antenne, of pedun-
ele and flagellum. From the next species it is distinguished by the tip
of the telson, which is truncated, or slighty emarginate, and grooved on
the median line above near the end.

The body is, when extended, about three times as long as broad, and
is smooth and polished throughout. The head is quadrate, a little broader
in front than behind, and embraced at the sides by the first thoracic
segment. The eyes are triangular, with the angles rounded, and are
often partially covered below by the projecting anterior lobes of the first
thoracic segment. They are separated by about three times their long-
est diameter. The antennule (pl. X, fig. 60) are robust, with their
basal segments in contact; the first segment is short and sub-spherical ;
the second also short; the third cylindrical and as long as the first two
taken together and followed by a robust, but short, tapering flagellum, ©
consisting of about fifteen segments, of which the second is as long as any
other two, but the rest are all short. The flagellar segments beyond
the first are provided each with a tuft of “ olfactory sete.” The antenns
(pl. X, fig. 61a) are longer and more slender than the antennule, and
are separated at their bases. The first four peduncular segments are
robust; the first two short; the third and fourth each about twice as
long as the first or second, and the fifth or last peduncular segment
slightly the longest and much the most slender. The fourth and fifth

‘ segments bear along the distal portion of their outer margins long

| ee tee)

bristle-form hairs. The flagellum is slender and composed of from 15
to 18 segments, each bearing a few short bristles. The maxillipeds
(pl. X, fig. 62a) are elongated and almost pediform but flattened;
the external lamella is small and subtriangular, rounded and hairy at
the tip; the palpus is five-jointed, with the last four segments broad,
flattened, and well ciliated; the tip of the maxilliped, nearly concealed
by the large palpus, is provided with very densely plumose bristles.
The outer maxill (pl. X, fig. 61b) are short and robust; the two articu-
lated lobes narrow ovate, rounded at the tip, armed, especially the inner
one, with spines and plumose or pectinated bristles. The inner maxille
(pl. X, fig. 61 ¢) are robust, with the outer lobe armed with strong smooth
spines; the inner lobe rounded at the end and bearing three straight
rather blunt spines, densely covered toward the tip with soft hairs.
The mandibles (pl. X, figs. 61 d) are robust and horny at the tip, armed
with one strong acute tooth, and in the right mandible with one acute
and one obtuse tooth along a cutting edge, while the left mandible has
three less acute teeth along this edge. Each mandible is, moreover,
provided with a molar process or area (m), on its inner surface set along
its interior and upper margin with spines. A narrowly lanceolate leaf-
like appendage is attached just below the molar area. This appendage

380 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

‘is furnished with a few bristles near the base, and its upper edge is

armed with minute denticles; it is movable and ordinarily concealed
behind the mandible. On the external surface, just above the origin
of the palpus, each mandible bears two elevated, conical, obtuse tuber-
cles. The palpi are slender, the second segment longest and hairy on
the margin beyond the middle, the last segment slender and curved,
with the usual hairs or slender bristles along the inner curvature.

The second and third thoracic segments are a little shorter than the
others, which are of about equal length. The fourth and fifth segments
are widest. The first segment is produced at the sides around the head
so as to very nearly attain the anterior lateral angles of the head, and
often so as to obscure the lower margin of the eyes. The epimeral su-
tures are scarcely distinguishable in this segment, but evident in the
following segments. The epimera are rounded behind as far as the
fourth, but the fifth is slightly angulated, and the sixth and seventh
acute and produced backward beyond the margin of the corresponding
segment. The first pair of legs are short and stout, and well armed
with spines and bristles; the basis is of the ordinary form ; the ischium
is nearly triangular, having the upper margin much produced in the
distal portion and bristly ; the merus is expanded in a somewhat similar
manner, but the angle is bent forward beyond the short carpus over
the base of the propodus; the opposite or lower margin of the merus
is armed with short stout spines; the carpus is short and small and
possesses but little motion on the propodus, which is robust, somewhat
curved, and bears a strong short dactylus. The second and third pairs

of legs resemble the first pair, but the carpus increases somewhat in .

size, and there is more motion in its articulation with the propodus.
They are directed forward, while the remaining pairs are usually
directed backward and are more flattened. The fourth pair of legs
are short like the first three (pl. X, fig. 62 b), but, except in size, resem-
ble the following pairs. They are well provided with bristles in tufts,
and along the margins of the segments, and especially the merus and
two adjacent segments, are armed with long stout spines. The pro-
podus is straight and much more slender than the carpus. The fifth
and sixth pairs of legs increase in size, and the propodus especially be-
comes more elongated, but the seventh pair are a little smaller than the
sixth.

The pleon is scarcely narrower at base than the last thoracic segment,
and the first segment is often nearly concealed by the last thoracic. The
fifth segment is longer on the back but shorter at the sides than the
preceding segments. The last segment, or telson, is triangular with the
ciliated apex truncated and emarginate or notched at the end of a short
median furrow at the tip. The uropods (pl. X, fig. 63) slightly surpass
the telson and are strongly ciliated; the inner ramus bears also a few
spines near the tip; the basal segment has the inner angle produced
along the margin of the inner ramus, which is broad and expanded

- =

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. o8l

. distally, with a notch at the external angle; the outer ramus is slender

’

= aided

and tapering, slightly surpassing the inner.

Length of large specimens 32™, breadth 10™", but usually smaller;
22™™Jong, 7™™ broad. The ground color in life is yellowish, with reddish
brown on the anterior margin of the head and on the posterior margins
of the segments, especially in the dorsal region, where the segments are
also marked with black dots. In life the body is somewhat translucent
in the thinner parts. In alcohol the translucence disappears and the
color fades to a nearly uniform yellowish or buff with black dots.

This species was described by Stimpson from Charleston, S. C. Most
of the specimens in the collection are from Vineyard Sound !, where it
occurs sometimes in great abundance, and is common especially during
the winter. It is found swimming about in shallow water, and may be
taken in a scoop-net, and is found also in lobster-pots. It was dredged in
45 fathoms off Block Island!, near the eastern end of Long Island Sound,
in 1874, but has not yet been found north of Cape Cod. ;

Specimens examined.

on
rs Z When col. & g Dry.
i Bottom. ~ |Receivedfrom—| & a
Z Locality E ‘ottom looted. eceived from. 25 Ain

A Fi Bo
Bel WO Hishers Wsland: -6.<2..5|2s5-scne|essseos--- === -- May —, 1875 | J. H. Latham..| 100+) Alc.
Pir eV MGVALC SOUNG: - 32. .25225|s—55-nce|omscereamnan=-=- Mar. —, 1874 V.N.Edwards| 10 | Alc.
velit | 506 60 (eee ee ea She) Alene eS eee Aug. 25, 1875 | U.S. FishCom.| 1 | Ale.
2062 | Eel-pond, Wood’s Holl ....|....---. Muddy. ..---. Sly 23) TBS eae Oee saat 100+} Ale.
male) CHL NOW SHOLONAMD |5- cb o|oo<-coo+| a cccencccasne = Aug. 19, 1874)... 2-d0\.-5-.252. 1 | Ale.
2064 | Off Martha’s Vineyard....| 18 Sandy .......- Sept. 20, 1875 |....do ........- 1 | Alc.

Cirolana polita Harger (Stimpson. )

4iga polita Stimpson, Mar. Inv. Grand Manan, p. 41, 1853.
Liitken, Vidensk. Meddel., 1859, p. 77, 1860.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. v, p. 16, 1873.

Conilera polita Harger in Smith and Harger, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. iii, pp. 3,

22, 1874.

Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vii, p. 411, 1874.

Cirolana polita Harger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 161, 1879.

This species so closely resembles the preceding, that a full description
would be little else than a repetition of that given above. It appears,
however, to differ constantly from the form already described, by its
somewhat more elongated and cylindrical body; in the eyes, which are
“ elongate trapezoidal in shape, narrowest anteriorly,” and in the tip of
the telson, which is regularly rounded or slightly pointed at the tip with-
out any truncation, much less any emargination, and is not at all grooved
above.

Length 25™™, breadth 6.5"; color much as in the preceding species.

Dr. Stimpson’s specimens were “found on the fine sands at low-water
mark on High Duck Island,” in the Bay of Fundy, and the specimens
that I have examined are from Cape Cod Bay!; from near Salem!, Mass. ;

382 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

‘George’s Banks!, and east of Banquereau!, or Quereau, latitude 40° 367
north, longitude 57° 12’ west, where seven fine specimens were taken
from a halibut (Hippoglossus), June 2, 1879, by Capt. J. W. Collins. It
appears to replace the preceding species at the north.

Specimens examined.

ra
om
5 : Z } When col- 5 3 D
Fi Locality. g Bottom. lected. [Received from— 2s ‘Ale
Z es easy
Cape Cod Bay.....-....--- 7 Aearae, yellow | Sept. 15, 1879| U.S. FishCom.| 2 | Ale.
sand.
1314 sae hs Bank, ee 41° 40/ 25 | SAMs te. cic ———, 1872 |SmithandHar-|} 1 | Ale.
-, lon. 68° 10’ W. ger.
1399 eorece poy se 42° 11’ 150 | Soft, —— dy | ———, 1872 ali are and 1 | Ale.
Y., lon. 679 71/ W. mud. ooke.
Salen: WMIRAS. Cara lick coo kon| cnee ee te] eee nneeeeemiee — —, 1878 | J.H.Emerton.|} 1 | Ale.
East Quereau ......--. Bee ec! el eee eee aa ee June 2, 1879 Capt. J.W.Col-| 7 | Ale.
8.
X.—AHGIDA.

Front formed of the approximate basal segments of the antennulz,
which are not covered by an anterior projection of the head; antennule
and antenne presenting an evident distinction into peduncular and
flagellar segments; maxillipeds operculiform; mandibles formed for
piercing, palpigerous, mouth suctorial; first three pairs of legs ancoral,
last four ambulatory ; epimera distinct behind the first thoracic segment;
uropods lateral, biramous, ciliated, and flattened.

This family was represented within our limits by a single species of
the typical genus until the summer of 1879, when a single specimen was
collected of a second genus belonging to the Agide, but having evident
relations with the next family, and in many characters intermediate be-
tween d7ga and the Cymothoide. The two genera by which the family
is at present represented on our coast may be further characterized as
follows: Both the antennule and the antenne are directed laterally, the
former arising near together on the anterior margin of the head and
forming part of the outline of the animal as seen from above. They,
as well as the antenne, present an evident distinction into peduncular
and flagellar segments. The maxillipeds are operculiform, and have
the palpus armed with short hooks for adhesion to the surface of the
fish on which they may be feeding. The mandibles are armed with a
horny point, but not toothed as in the Cirolanida, and, while fitted for
piercing, are not capable of lacerating and biting off pieces of flesh as in
that family.

The first three pairs of legs are ancoral, or armed with strong curved
dactyli, which, once implanted in the body of a victim, retain their hold
without effort—a structure which attains its fullest development in the.

— eS ae ee ee ee oe ee

EEE ST ee ee eee ee eee

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 383

following family. The remaining pairs of legs are fitted for walking.
The thoracic segments are subequal in length and have the epimera well
separated, except in the first segment.

The pleon may or may not be suddenly narrower than the last thoracic
segment, and, in our species, is composed of six distinct segments, of
which the last is large and secutiform. The uropods are composed of
a basal segment, oblique at the apex with the inner angle more or less
produced, and bearing two flattened, ciliated rami; they are distinctly
lateral, being inserted high up on the sides of the last segment.

This family contains our largest Isopod, Aga psora, and to it should
probably be referred the huge Bathynomus giganteus A. Edwards, from
the Gulf of Mexico, measuring more than eleven inches in length. It
has usually been regarded as embracing the Cirolanide. I have already
given my reasons for separating them, but have to regret my inability to
examine many types of genera apparently more or less intermediate in
position between ga and, on the one hand Cirolana, and on the other
Cymothoa and Livoneca. I have therefore retained the old classification
rather than to unite the following genera with the Cymothoida.

Our two genera are most easily distinguished as follows: Eyes large
and approximate, diga, p. 89; eyes wanting, Syscenus, p. 93.

OO Se ee ee

ga Leach.
diga Leach, Trans. Linn. Soce., vol. xi, p. 369, 1815.

Byes large; palpus of maxillipeds five-jointed ; three anterior pairs of
legs terminated by strong curved claws; posterior pairs slender, with
slender nearly straight dactyli; pleon not suddenly narrower than the
thorax; pleopods ciliated.

This genus is represented within our limits by a single species, which
may be easily distinguished by its large approximate eyes. The basal
segments of the antennule are flattened and the flagellum is compara-
tively slender. The maxillipeds have a five-jointed palpus, which is
short and flattened and bent around the oral opening, and the inner
margins of the three terminal segments are provided with a row of
strong hooked spines, which are also found upon the outer maxille, thus
forming two rows of short hooks on each side of the mouth, by means
of which the opening of the mouth can be closely applied to the fish on
which these animals prey. The inner maxille are slender and styliform
and armed with sharp curved spines at the apex, and the mandibles are
also acute and fitted for piercing. The body is moderately convex, and
the last four pairs of legs are nearly alike ambulatory and of moderate
length, the last pair, when extended, scarcely surpassing the telson.
The pleon is composed of six distinct segments, and the basal segment
of the uropods is strongly produced at its inner angle, as usual in the
family. The pleopods are ciliated in the adults as well as in the young.

384 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

#Gga psora Kroyer (Linné).
Oniscus psora ‘‘Linné, Fauna suecica, ed. ii, 1761”; Syst. Nat., ed. xii, tom. i,
p. 1060, 1767.
“Pennant, Brit. Zool., vol. iv, pl. 18, fig. 1, 1777 (certe)” (B. & W.).
O. Fabricius, Fauna Greenlandica, p. 249, 1730.
Mohr, Islandisk Naturhistorie,.p. 110, 1786.
Aiga emarginata Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. xi, p. 370, 1815; Dict. Sci. nat.,
tome xii, p. 349, 1818.
Samouelle, Ent. Comp., p. 109, 1819.
Desmarest, Consid. Crust., p. 305, pl. 47, figs. 4, 5, 1825.
Griffith and Pidgeon, Nat. Hist. Crust., p. 218, pl. viii., fig. 3, 1833.
Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p. 240, 1840; Regne Anim., Crust.,
pl. iv, fig. 4, and pl. Ixvii, fig. 1, 1849.
Gould, ? Rep. Geol. Mass., p. 549, 1835; Invert. Mass., p. 338, 1841.
Gosse., Man. Mar. Zool., vol. i, p. 134, 185%.
Alga (Oniscus psora) Kroyer, Grénlands Amfipoder, p. 318, 1838,
Aga psora Lilljeborg, Ofvers, Vet.-Acad. Férh., 1850, p. 84, and 1851, p. 24.
Liitken, Vidensk. Meddel., 1858, pp. 65, 179, 1859; ibid., 1860, p. 181 (7)
1861; Crustacea of Greenland, p. 150, 1875.
Schiddte, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IV, vol. i, p. 12, 1868.
Bate & Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 283, figure, 1868,
M. Sars, Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1868, p. 261, 1869.
G. O. Sars, Hard. Fauna, Crust., p. 275 [32], 1872.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. v, p. 16, 1873.
Smith and Harger, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. iii, p. 22, 1874.
Whiteaves, Further Deep-Sea Dredging, Gulf St. Lawrence, p. 15, 1874.”
Metzger, Nordseefahrt der Pomm., p. 285, 1875.
Meinert, Crust. Isop. Amph. Dec. Danie, p. 89, ‘¢1877.”
Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xix, p. 134, 1877.
Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 161, 1879.
Aiga ertaillée Latreille, Regne Anim., tome iv, p. 134, 1829.

PLATE X, Fig. 64.

The present species is the largest Isopod, and indeed the largest
Tetradecapod known on the New England coast, reaching a length of
nearly or quite two inches and a breadth of one inch, and has even at-
tained to the dignity of a popular name, “salve-bug”, by which it is
known among fishermen. It may be further distinguished by its large
approximate eyes, covering a large proportion of the upper surface of
the head, and by the possession of ancoral legs in three pairs only, the
last four pairs of legs being fitted for walking.

The body is oval, broadest at the fourth and fifth thoracic segments,
where the breadth is about half the length. The dorsal surface is
moderately convex and smooth except for minute and rather scat-
tered punctations, which occur also on the legs, especially on the basal
segments, on the antennule, the uropods, and even the pleopods.
The head is transverse and sub-triangular, salient in front between
the bases of the antennule. Much of the upper surface of the head is
covered by the large oval or somewhat reniform eyes, which do not quite
meet on the median line. The antennulze when bent backward nearly
or quite attain the anterior margin of the first thoracic segment, and

“MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 385

have their first two segments large and flattened, and wedge-shaped in
front; of these the basal segment is quadrate in outline, as seen from
above, and nearly as broad as long; it closely approaches its fellow of
the opposite side in front, but is separated from it behind by a median
process of the head ; the second segment is triangular in outline, as seen
from above, with the apex of the triangle extending beyond the origin
of the third slender cylindrical segment, which is followed by a tapering
flagellum of about a dozen segments. The antenne when reflexed
extend beyond the first thoracic segment and have the first two seg-
ments short and compressed, the third somewhat longer, the fourth
and fifth longer and nearly cylindrical, followed by a tapering flagellum
about as long as the peduncle and composed of fifteen to twenty seg-
ments. The mavxillipeds have a short triangular external lamella and
a five-jointed palpus, of which the first segment is short and transverse;
the second is triangular and bears, on its inner apex, a few slender
hooked spines; the third segment is broad and flattened, with the inner
margin short, and armed with about three robust hooked spines; the
fourth segment is flattened and transverse and armed along its inner
margin with about six similar spines; while the fifth segment is small,
sub-oval, and armed with much more slender curved spines. The outer
maxillz are provided with curved spines at the apex much like those of
the maxillipeds. The inner maxille are rod-like and terminate in sharp
somewhat curved spines placed close together. The mandibles support
a'slender palpus of three segments, of which the middle one is much the
longest, and the last is robust and sickle-shaped, with a comb of short
spines along the inner curve. This segment lies, in the ordinary posi-
tion, just at the base of the antenna of the same side.

The first thoracic segment is, at its anterior margin, scarcely broader
than the head, but expands rapidly backward. It is excavated in front
for the eyes, which project somewhat beyond the posterior margin of the
head. The second, third, and fourth thoracic segments are each a little
shorter than the first; the fifth and sixth are somewhat longer; the
seventh is shorter than the sixth. The epimera of the first thoracic seg-
ment are not separated by suture, but in the second and following seg-
ments they are so separated, and, especially on the anterior segments,
marked with two oblique depressed lines. The epimera of the second,
third, and fourth segments are rounded or truncate behind, but in the
posterior segments they become acute and extend beyond the angles of
the segments to which they are attached. The first three pairs of legs
are short and armed with strong hooked dactyli. The propodal seg-
ments are also curved, and the carpus is short in the first pair but
somewhat longer in the second and third pairs. The merus is almost
crescent-shaped in the first pair of legs, its horns embracing the carpus
above and below, but it becomes more elongated in the succeeding pairs;
in all three pairs its inferior margin is armed with a few short, stout
spines. The fourth and succeeding pairs of legs are of quite a different

25 F

386 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES >

“type from the first three. The four segments following the first or
basal one are straight, cylindrical, or slightly compressed, armed with
short spines, especially below and at the distal end, subequal in length
but decreasing in diameter to the propodus, which bears in each pair a
short, slightly curved and comparatively weak dactylus. The seventh
pair is only imperfectly developed in the young specimen figured, but
never quite attains the size of the sixth pair, which is the largest.

The pleon is scarcely narrower than the last thoracic segment and
tapers but little to the fifth segment. The last segment is triangular,
with the sides but little dilated, and is pointed at the tip without grooves
or carinations. The uropods searcely surpass the telson; the basal seg-
ment has its inner angle long and spiniform, extending the whole length
of the inner margin of the inner ramus and ciliated toward the tip; the
rami are flattened, the outer elongate ovate, obtuse; the inner with the
inner margin straight, the outer curved and emarginate near the tip.
Both rami and the posterior part of the telson are ciliated.

Length 16-50", breadth 7-25™"; color in paleohol light brown, darker
toward the head; eyes black.

Linné’s oneapaiin of Oniscus psora is too indefinite to be certainly
recognizable, and in using his trivial name I have followed the au-
thority of Liitken and others. Our specimens agree well with the de-
seription of O. psora by O. Fabricius, and are undoubtedly identical with
that species, which he describes as infesting the cod. They appear to
correspond also with Bate and Westwood’s figure and descriptions, al-
though those authors make no mention of Fabricius under 4. psora. As
Kroyer referred the species to its proper genus, I have adopted his name
as authority for the combination.

The specimen figured was dredged in the summer of 1872, a little to
the northeast of St. George’s Bank !, in latitude 42° 11/ north, longitude
67° 17’ west, in 150 fathoms, soft sandy mud with a few pebbles, and is
young, as shown by its size and imperfectly developed seventh pair of
legs. Adults may surpass the size of the figure, but the specimen drawn
was enlarged three diameters. Adult specimens were obtained from the
Provincial Museum, Halifax, Nova Scotia, labeled as found on the cod,
and were probably from the fishing banks of that region, or from the
Banks of Newfoundland. During the summer of 1879 a considerable
number of specimens were received by the Fish Commission through
the Gloucester fisheries, of which only a few are included in the table of
specimens examined. These specimens were parasitic on the cod (Gadus
morrhua),; and on the halibut (Hippoglossus). Specimens have also been
obtained from the skate (Raia). Whiteaves records this species from a
halibut, on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Fine speci-
mens were obtained by Mr. N. P. Scudder from off Holsteinborg,
Greenland, in Davis’ Straits!, parasitic on the halibut, and collected in
July and August, 1879. It extends to Iceland (Edw. e¢ al.); the British
Isles (B. and W.); the North Sea (Metzger); Finmark (Sars), and Spitz-
bergen (Miers).

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 387

Specimens examined.

ml
. = n
: : 58
F Locality. : Parasitic on— ba oi Received from— me rid
3 BS
A ce i
1398 toe s Bank, lat. HOO} [eatece sented —— —, 1872} PackardandCooke| 1 | Ale.
OntT N., lon. 67°
i W.
OED | 3. ok SSE eB EE, To ERE BeRenn ie rote Seed Soc rar ao De mee Giants Mus.,Hal-| 2 | Ale.
lax.
George's Bank. ......2|-<2-0---|-s20-0/.--5.<-46- —— —, 1878| Schooner Alice G.| 3 | Ale.
‘Wonson.
a AG ion seeectes eee en|-sese=2- | GOs -... 3.) May 8),1879)| 0.) Shemelisy =.=. 3 | Ale.
2oeae eee me cecelecn ee cles GO} secs 6s | May £5, 1879 pet J.Q.Getchell| 9 | Ale.
N. E. George’s Bank. . 47 B00 Reece Nov. 29, 1878 Shemelia. ....| 3 | Ale
aoz | Gult or Maine. .-...5--].-2-.2<- “Skate (Raia) ..| —— —, 1878| U.S. Fish Com’n..| 20 | Ale.
2156 | Banquereau...........|.-....-- Halibut....... —— —, 1878| Schooner Marion..| 1 | Ale.
Cig | Se ee he a 40-50 | Codfish ....--.. —— —, 1878| Schooner Rebecca} 1 | Ale
Bartlett.

2158 | Grand Menan Bank... JO) |Secacscs ants codes —— —, 1878 yard Peter D. 3 | Ale

mith.

2155 |.----- Gaeiceeen cian aaa a eee eee eee —— —, 1878| U.S. Fish Com’n..| 1 | Ale.
Brown's Bank. ...-.---. 52 | Codfish :...... Dee. 19,1878} Mr. Isaac Butler - 2 | Alec.
ena OG) see oteenacnen ae|asoees <-(oeesOO 55. 225-5| HOD. 13, 1879 Capt. J. Q. Getchell 2 | Ale.
oe OG Sse SII 3. S050 222 L 0.2 | Miay 1, 1879.|.0..do siocas occu les|) (82 feAiles
Lat. 48° 25’ N., Lon. 180 | Halibut ...... Aug. 21, 1879 Capt. S. W. Smith |...... Alc.

60° W. and crew.
TDS VIS’S SEPAIUS< 60 30 ccehtinwesiens|acus OO! a sccsenan —— —, 1879) Mr. N.P.Scudder.} 10 | Ale.

Syscenus* gen. nov.

Eyes wanting; palpus of maxillipeds two-jointed; sixth and seventh
pairs of legs elongated; pleon suddenly narrower than the thorax;
pleopods naked.

This genus is unfortunately represented in the collection by a single
specimen. It differs from Aga by characters that point toward the
Cymothoide, as in the reduction of the segments of the palpus of the
maxillipeds, the sudden constriction at the base of the pleon, and the
naked pleopods. The absence of eyes, although a conspicuous charac-
ter can hardly be regarded as of great taxonomic value. It is separated
from the Cymothoide by the form of the head, which is not produced
over the bases of the antennule but merely projects slightly between
them. The antennulz moreover are composed of three peduncular seg-
ments and a flagellum; the basal segments are much smaller than in
Afga and less flattened, but still form a part of the anterior outline
when seen vertically. The last four pairs of legs differ from the first
three, and are more or less elongated and fitted for crawling. The
uropods are distinctly ciliated.

Syscenus infelix sp. noy.

This species may be recognized among our Isopoda by the possession
of the full number of segments, the ciliated uropods, naked pleopods,
and the absence of eyes.

* Yhoxnvoc, a messmate.

388 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

The body is more than twice as long as broad and only moderately
convex. The head is small and as seen from above is transversely
somewhat diamond-shaped with rounded angles. It presents in front
a slight prolongation between the antennulz, and on each side of the
short median process its outline is excavated above the bases of the
antennule. The posterior margin is curved, but near each end is a
faint indication of a lobe, projecting backward like the ocular lobes in
Afga, but the eyes are wanting. The antennule arise near together on
each side of the front and are short, extending when reflexed but little
beyond the lateral margins of the head and only slightly surpassing the
fourth antennal segment. They are readily distinguishable into pe-
duncular and flagellar segments, the first three segments being of com-
paratively large size and about equal length; the second segment much
flattened below against the antennz; third more slender than the first
two and followed by a short, tapering six-jointed flagellum. The anten-
nule are in their natural position reflexed, the second segment being
articulated at an angle with the first. The antennez are considerably
longer than the antennule and, when reflexed, slightly surpass the pos-
terior border of the third thoracic segment. They are inserted below
and a little outside of the antennule. The first segment is short and
flattened below; the second is also short, the two together being hardly
longer than the basal antennular segment; the third segment is about
as long as the first two together, and the fourth is a little longer than
the third, but of slightly less diameter; the fifth is more than one-half
longer than the fourth, but is more slender and is followed by a slender,
tapering flagellum of about twenty-four segments. The last two pe-
duncular segments bear a row of elongate bristly hairs along the margin
which, when reflexed, is brought next the body, and the row is continued,
though with shorter hairs, along the flagellum. The palpus of the maxil-
lipeds is composed of two segments of which the first is nearly square
and armed at the inner distal angle with a minute hook; the second
is bluntly triangular and armed at the apex, which is directed inward,
with three hooklets. The external lamella is small and subcireular.
The outer maxille are armed with short hooks at the tip; the inner with
minute denticles. The mandibles are flattened and denticulate at the
tip and bear a three-jointed palpus of which the three segments decrease
in size to the last.

The first thoracic segment is twice as long as the second; its anterior
margin is adapted to the head; its posterior margin is nearly straight
above and rounded at the sides until the epimeral region is reached,
when a short, pointed projection juts backward, being the tip of the
epimeron on each side, here united with the segment. The next three
—second, third and fourth—thoracie segments are of about equal length,
and each a little over half the length of the first segment; their pos-
terior margins are nearly straight above and rounded at the sides; the

third segment is broadest. The fifth and sixth segments are each a-

———

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 389

little longer than the second; the seventh about as long as the second.

The last segment, and in a less degree the sixth and fifth segments,
have their posterior margins excavated along the back; .all have their
lateral angles rounded, although the angles of the seventh segment are
but slightly so. The epimera are short and pointed; those belonging
to the second and third segments are larger than the following ones,
and are applied directly to the lateral margin of the segments; the
posterior four pairs of epimera are shorter and smaller, and are separated
from the lateral borders of the segment by a fold of the integument
cutting off a portion of the anterior lateral angle and increasing in size
to the last segment.

The first three pairs of legs are alike, distinctly ancoral and directed
ferward. In each the basis is much the longest segment; the ischium
' is strongly flexed upon it; the merus is expanded distally around the
base of the carpus and bears a few bristles at the outer angle; the
carpus is short, less than half as long as the propodus, and the dae-
tylus is strong and curved. The fourth pair of legs, like those that
follow, is directed backward; the basis is the longest segment and the
ischium is strongly flexed upon it and of more than half its length; the
merus, carpus and propodus are each about two-thirds as long as the
ischium, and all four segments are armed distally with a whorl of spines
around the articulation with the succeeding segment; the dactylus is
slender, sharp and curved. The fifth pair of legs is longer than the
fourth by a little more than the length of the dactylus, the elongation
being in the segments from the ischium to the propodus inclusive. The
sixth pair is the longest, being, when extended, as long as the thorax
and pleon together. This elongation is confined also to the four seg-
ments above indicated, and of these the ischium is about as long as the
basis; the merus falls a little short of the ischium in length; the carpus
and propodus are of equal length, and are as long as the ischium; all
these segments are slender and slightly curved, and are armed distally
and along their inner side with short spinules. The dactylus is slender
and curved. The seventh pair of legs resembles the sixth but is shorter
by about half the length of the propodus. The fifth pair does not
attain the middle of the carpus of the sixth.

The pleon is of less diameter than the last thoracic segment and

about as long as the last five thoracic segments. Its transverse diame-
ter increases slightly to the base of the last segment, where it is broad-
est; the fifth segment is a little longer than the preceding one, and
the last segment is of a broad ovate form, acuminate and ciliated at the
tip, truncated at the base and smooth above, except for a faint trans-
verse impression on each side near the base, and a still more faint im-
pressed median line toward the tip. The uropods attain the tip of the

telson but do not surpass it; they have the basal segment oblique but |

not produced at the inner angle, and bearing two elongate-elliptical

390 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES. ©

rami, tapering at the base and ciliated, the inner about one-third longer
than the outer. The pleopods are quite naked and destitute of cilia.
Length 23"™; breadth, 9™™; breadth of pleon 4™™; length of head 3"™;
breadth 4.2™" ’
A single specimen of this species was dredged by the U. 8S. Fish
Commission, about fifteen miles northeast of Cape Cod!, in 130 fathoms
brown mud, September 10, 1879. .

XI.—CYMOTHOID i.

Head produced anteriorly over the bases of the antennule ; maxillipeds
few-jointed, operculiform; mandibles palpigerous; mouth suctorial; legs
armed with strong curved dactyli; epimera distinct behind the first
thoracic segment; telson large and flattened; pleopods not ciliated;
uropods articulated near the antero-lateral angles of the last segment,
and composed of a more or less flattened basal segment bearing two
flattened rami; habit parasitic; body often unsymmetrical by distortion
in the adults.

This family is represented within our limits by three genera and as
many species. They are parasitic in habit, usually on fish, and fix them-
selves by their strongly-curved claws to their host, often within the
mouth, or about the branchial cavity, and frequently become distorted
when fully grown. Im all our species the head is small, and has the
anterior margin produced, concealing the bases of the antennule and
the antenne. The head is three-lobed behind, and the first thoracic
segment is adapted to it. The antennule and antenne are both short
and tapering, without very evident distinction into peduncular and
flagellar segments. This distinction is, however, usually more or less
evident on examination.

The epimera are well separated, except in the first segment, and may
be projecting and conspicuous. The legs are of nearly the same form
throughout, but increase in length and become more slender posteriorly.*
The basal segments are in some genera enlarged and flattened, but not in
ours; the joint between the basis and ischium is strongly flexed, and
the segments, at least beyond the ischium, to the dactylus, are short and
capable of but little motion on each other. The dactylus is strongly
curved and admirably fitted for firm attachment to the host on which the
animal may be living. In our species the legs, in the natural position,
are concealed in a dorsal view beneath the body of the animal, to the
under surface of which they are appressed, the first three pairs being
directed forward, and the last three backward, as represented in plate
X, fig. 66.

The pleon in our species is not suddenly narrower than the thorax,
as it is, however, at least in the adults, in some genera belonging to this
family. The segments of the pleon are distinct, the last one scutiform

“In ArtystoneSchiddte the seventh pair of legs ‘‘reach to the extremity of the tail and
are slender, compressed crawling legs, with a small, almost rudimentary, straight claw.”

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 391

and of moderate size, not being greatly enlarged. The pleopods are
destitute of cilia in the adults.

This family is evidently closely related to the preceding and may yet
have to be united with it, or even be extended so as to include also the
Cirolanide. Our representatives of the three families are so few that
T have had little opportunity to study the genera, and as before stated,
I have separated the Cirolanide principally in deference to the opinions
of Schiddte. Alitropus Edwards, Syscenus Harger, and Afgathoa Dana
may be mentioned as genera pointing toward a transition between the
Aigide and Cymothoide, and it is evident that the latter family is made
up of forms degraded by parasitism. They have thus exchanged the
ambulatory legs of the Agide for strictly ancoral legs, for the most part
in seven pairs, and have lost the natatory cilia of the pleopods. Their
antennary organs are also much less perfect than in that family. All
these modifications are in the line of the sedentary life of a parasite.

The interesting observations of Mr. J. F. Bullar have shown that in
certain genera of the Cymothoide (Cymothoa, Nerocila, Anilocra) a peculiar
form of hermaphroditism occurs, the young at a certain stage of devel-
opment being males with well developed testes and external organs,
but possessing at the same time ovaries with the oviduct ending blindly.
As development proceeds the male organs are lost by molting, the ovi-
duct obtains an external opening, the incubatory pouch is developed,
and the animal becomes a female. Mr. Bullar’s statements provoked
considerable discussion, but they have recently been verified by Mayer,
who has, however, shown that self-fertilization does not occur.

Three genera of Cymothoide are represented within our limits by as
many species, and a fourth species, Cymothoa pregustator Say* (La-
trobe) may yet be found, being not a rare parasite in the mouth of the
menhaden (Brevoortia menhaden Gill) in southern waters. The projec-
tion of the front of the head over the bases of the antennary organs,
and the strongly hooked or ancoral legs are characteristic of the family,
and the genera may be distinguished by means of the following table:

ciliated, eyes large conspicuous, Aigathoa, p. 393 .
Uropods) ales heads { symmetrical ; posterior epimera elongated, Nerocila, p. 391
unsymmetrical; epimera short, Livoneca, p. 394

Nerocila Leach.
Nerocila Leach, Dict. Sci. nat., tom. xii, p. 351, 1818.

Body oval; head small; eyes of moderate size; posterior thoracic seg-
ments and epimera angulated or spiniform, giving a sharply serrated
or dentated outline to the thorax; first two “abdominal epimera” also
spiniform; pleon of six distinct segments.

Our species of Nerocila has the characters of the genus much less pro-
nounced than some foreign ones, as the posterior epimera are nearly

* Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. i, p. 395, 1818.

392. REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

- or quite concealed from above by the projecting angles of the segments,
and the “abdominal epimera” are mostly concealed beneath the pleon.
These organs are the much elongated inferior angles of the segments,
which in allied genera, as -Agathoa, are short and not produced. Ina
lateral view they considerably resemble the posterior epimera, giving
the appearance of two additional pairs. The specimen first described is
smaller than others that have since been obtained.

Nerocila munda Harger.
Nerocila munda Harger, This Report, part 1, p. 571 (277), 1874; Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 161, 1879.
Verrill, This Report, part i, p. 459 (165), 1874.

PLATE: X, Fre. 65:

This species may be recognized among our Isopoda by the projecting
posterior epimera, and the two pairs of spiniform “abdominal epimera”
beneath the pleon.

The body is oval, twice as long as broad, smooth, polished, and mod-
erately convex. The head is flattened, broader than long, narrowing
anteriorly, broadly rounded or subtruncate in front, three-lobed behind,

with the middle lobe largest. The eyes are black and consist of an

irregularly rounded patch of small indistinct ocelli, and are visible
both above and below. The antennule are about as long as the head,
and composed of eight segments, of which the first is short, the second
is the longest, and the remaining six decrease pretty regularly in size
to the last.. The antenne are a little longer and more slender than the
antennul and have the first segment short, the second subglobose, the
third, fourth, and fifth cylindrical, and a little larger than the segments
of the flagellum, which areabout fiveinnumber. The mandibular palpi
are longer than any three segments of the antenne, and the first seg-
ment is large, the second elongate conical, the third shorter, cylindrical.

The first thoracic segment is much longer than the succeeding ones
and adapted to the head in front. It is slightly produced at its lateral
angles behind, or rather appears so from the union of the epimera, which
really constitute the projecting angles to the segment. In the second,
third, and fourth segments the posterior angles are. but little produced,
and are equaled or slightly surpassed by the epimera, but in the last three
segments the posterior angles are acutely produced much beyond the
epimera of the corresponding segments, the angle of the sixth segment
nearly attaining the end of the seventh epimeron. In a lateral view,
only the last two epimera are decidedly acute, while those of the second
and third segments are obtuse and rounded behind. Seen from below,
the posterior angles of the epimera are acute throughout. The first pair
of legs are slightly more robust than the second and third ; the last four
pairs are still more slender, the last pair longest, and the last two pairs
armed with a few short spinules.

The pleon is shorter than the thorax and much narrower, though

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 393

not suddenly so and tapers but little posteriorly; the telson is flat-
tened, and regularly rounded behind. The ‘ abdominal epimera” are
acute, the second smaller and more slender than the first, but their ex-
tension backward varies with the state of contraction of the pleon. The
uropods (pl. X, fig. 65 a) surpass the telson, and have the inner angle of
the basal segment sharply produced. The rami are flattened; the ex-
ternal one twice the length of the basal segment, narrowly ovate or lan-
ceolate, sometimes slightly curved, and surpassing the telson by half its
length. The inner ramus is narrowly oval, obliquely truncate behind
and about three-fourths as long as the outer.

The length of the specimen figured, which was the one first described,
is 15™™, breadth 7™™, but specimens measuring 25"™ in length have
since ise collected ; ales brown or greenish, with two narrow dorsal
bands of lighter ies, most evident at the extremities.

The original specimen was obtained on the dorsal fin of Ceratocanthus
aurantiacus at Wood’s Holl!, Vineyard Sound, in 1871, and two more
specimens of larger size (oie since been obiained, also from Vineyard

Sound!, Mass.
#igathoa Dana.

Aigathoa Dana, Am. Jour. Sci., II, vol. xiv, p. 304, 1852.

Body elongate oval; pleon not suddenly narrower than the thorax ;
head large, subtriangular; eyes large; legs nearly alike throughout,
with strong curved dactyli; epimera of moderate size or small; pleon
long and large, composed of six distinct segments; pleopods not cili-
ated; uropods more or less distinctly ciliated, rami subequal.

This genus is represented in our fauna by a species parasitic in the
mouth of a squid. The large, granulated eyes remind one of Aga, and
the ciliated uropods also indicate the approximation of this genus to the
preceding family. The ciliation is, however, nearly rudimentary in our

species, and is present, at least in the young, of other members of the
Cymothoide.

égathoa loliginea Harger.

Aigathoa loliginea Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 376, 1878; Proc. U. 8.
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 161, 1879.

PLATE X, FIG. 66.

The legs all armed with strong curved claws, the large conspicuous
eyes and the slightly ciliated uropods serve to distinguish the present
species from the other ISopoda of our coast.

Body elongate oval in outline, nearly four times as long as broad,
slightly dilated near the posterior end. Head broadly rounded in front,
subequally, but not deeply, trilobed behind. Eyes large, with evident
facets, lateral, semi-hexagonal, visible from below, covering nearly half
the area of the head above, projecting posteriorly beyond the middle

394 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

lobe of the head. Exteriorly they form about two-thirds of the lateral
margin of the head. Their interior boundary is in the form of three
sides of a hexagon, separated at their nearest points by a little more
than the transverse diameter of the eye. The antennulz are about as
long as the head, composed of eight segments and separated at the base.
The first segment is short and stout; the next two a little longer, but
scarcely distinguishable from the following five flagellar segments, which
decrease in size to the last. The antenne are composed of ten segments.
They are more slender than the antennule, and surpass them by about
two segments. The first two segments are broader than the following
three, which are also somewhat larger than the five flagellar segments.

The first thoracic segment is shorter than the head, but much longer
than any of the succeeding segments, which to the sixth are of equal
length, each about one-third shorter than the first. The seventh segment
is about one-third shorter than the sixth. The fifth and sixth are broadest,
each being about one-third broader than the first. The epimera do not
project behind the angles of the segments to which they are attached.
The legs differ but little throughout. The first pair are shortest, and
the first three pairs are somewhat stronger than the last four, which are
armed with a few scattered short spinules. The seventh pair are the
longest.

The pleon is a little longer than the seven thoracic segments. The
fifth segment is broader behind than in front, and the last segment is as
broad at the insertion of the uropods as the third segment, and is rounded
behind. Anterior pleopods with the basal segment nearly square. The
uropods are unlike on the opposite sides in the specimen figured. The
normal form is probably seen in the right uropod, which surpasses the
telson by less than half the length of the outer ramus. This ramus is
longer than the inner, narrow, with nearly parallel sides and is obliquely
truncated at the tip. The inner ramus is somewhat diamond-shaped.
The ciliation is nearly rudimentary and might be overlooked. The basal
segment is alike on the two sides and has the inner distal angle acute and
but slightly produced.

Length 13", breadth 3.6"; color in alcohol yellowish, with minute
black specks most abundant on the pleon; eyes black, conspicuous.

The specimen was obtained June 1, 1874, by Mr. S. F. Clark, at Savin
Rock!, near New Haven, from the mouth of a squid (Lokigo Pealit), whence
the specific name. Two specimens “ parasitic on young mullet” are in the
Yale College Museum, collected at Fort Macon!, N. C., by Dr. H. C.
Yarrow, which appear to belong to this species, showing that it is not
confined to the squid.

Livoneca Leach.
Livoneca Leach, Dict. Sci. nat., tome xii, p. 351, 1818.

Head small, projecting in front over the bases of the antennule, which,
like the antenne, are short; legs all alike and armed with strong curved
dactyli; body broad, oval, often obliquely distorted.

. MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 395

- This genus is represented by a single species, in which the body is of

a broadly oval form and depressed. All the legs are short and armed
with strongly curved dactyli, and, in the natural position, are closely
appressed to the ventral surface, which, however, is more or less exposed

below along the middle.

Livoneca ovalis White (Say).
Cymothoa ovalis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 394, 1818.
Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust., p. 48, 1844,
Livoneca ovalis White, Cat. Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 109, 1847. (Lironeca).
Harger, This Report, part i, p. 572 (278), pl. vi, fig. 29, 1874; Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 162, 1879. -

PLATE XI, F1G. 67.

this Isopod serves to distinguish it from any other species yet recog-
nized within our limits.

Body broad, oval, usually oblique, and not, as represented in part I
of this report, pl. VI, fig. 29, with the sides of equal length. The legs,
moreover, in that figure are in an unnatural position, as they are, dur-
ing life, concealed beneath the body of the animal and appressed to the
ventral surface, the first three pairs directed forwards and the last four
pairs backward. The dorsal surface is moderately convex. The head is
small, rounded in front, trilobed behind, the middle lobe much the larg-

est, the two lateral lobes extending beyond the eyes, which are not con-
spicuous, small and broadly separated. Antennule (pl. XI, fig. 67a)
widely separated at the base, with the first segment short and stout; the
second longer and somewhat tapering; the third about as long as the
first. These peduncular segments are somewhat flattened. The flagel-
: lum is longer than the peduncle, tapering and five-jointed, curved back-
ward in the natural position, each segment bearing a row of short blunt

The broadly oval, more or less distorted and unsymmetrical form of

seta, near the distal end, on the inner curve. The antenne (pl. XI, fig.
67b) are about as long as the antennule, with the first two segments
short and stout, the next three more slender; flagellum three or four
jointed, with the last segment imperfectly divided and tipped with a
few short sete. The maxillipeds are narrow, with the outer lamella
partially united to the basal segment and the palpus tapering and two-
jointed, tipped with a few short curved sete, at least in young individ-
uals. The mandibles are pointed; their palpi (pl. XI, fig. 67 c) tapering
from the base and composed of three segments of about equal length, the
first subquadrate, the second tapering, the third nearly cylindrical.
The first thoracic segment is longest; the next three a little shorter
and about equal; the fifth and sixth still shorter; the seventh shortest
measured along the median line, which is usually a curved line except
‘in young specimens. The anterior margin of the first thoracic seg-
ment is adapted to the posterior margin of the head and presents three
sinuses, the middle one largest, for the median lobe of the head, and two
smaller ones for the ocular lobes. The posterior margin of this segment
is strongly convex backward throughout. In the succeeding segments

396 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES,

this convexity rapidly diminishes so that the fourth has nearly a trans-

verse margin and the last three segments become coneave behind in an
increasing degree. The epimera are narrow and obtusely pointed behind,
and do not surpass the posterior angle of the segment to which they are at-
tached except in the last two segments. The first pair of legs (pl. XI, fig,
67d) are short and stout, the basal segment large but short; the next
three segments short and with little motion on each other; the propodus
stout and somewhat curved; the dactylus long, curved, and strong. The
second and third pair of legs are much like the first, as are the four suc-
ceeding pairs, but somewhat larger and longer. The seventh pair (pl. XI,
fig. 67 e) have the basal segment about twice as long as in the first pair,
and the succeeding segments are also proportionally longer than in the
first pair, except the dactylus, which is slightly weaker and not longer
than in the first pair.

The pleon tapers rapidly at the sides; its first five segments are sub:
equal in length; the last segment forms about half its length, and is flat
and broadly rounded behind. Uropods (pl. XJ, fig. 67/) surpassing the
telson with the basal segment, about as long as the rami and but little
produced at its inner angle; outer ramus linear oblong, rounded at the
end; inner ramus shorter and broader, oblique at the tip.

Length 17-22™™, breadth 10-12™™. These animals when preserved
in alcohol are of a leaden color, with the posterior margins lighter.

They are often parasitic on the blue-fish (Pomatomus saltatrix Gill).
The details figured on plate XI are from small specimens collected on
young blue-fish at New Haven!, by Mr. F.8. Smith. Other localities are
Thimble Islands!, Long Island Sound; Vineyard Sound!, Fish Commis-
sion 1871, one specimen among scup (Stenotomus argyrops Gill). A
specimen was sent to the Museum in 1878, collected by Dr. T. H. Bean,
from the gill of Micropogon undulatus caught at Norfolk!, Va., July 9,1878.

Specimens examined.

3
Oo
H | Bo
eeeai| Locality. Parasitic on— pes Received from— | ~ 8 Pee
g . Sg :
zi | Z
3eueee ANOLIOLES Viaecac-tcme Cocca ee rab Sc ae July 9,1878| T. H.Bean.....-.| 1 | Alc.
2071.| New Haven.......-.-c-..2.-- Bites H Sek Eu eS Soe E.S. Smith Shey! hs 15 | Alc.
2072 See SOUNG). + -caseecorsee pe dO see ented —— —, 1871} U.S. FishCom. - 1 | Ale
21S Pee a ee ee SMe so o8 a Seup Pa Satties oe Aug. 17, ASIEN Jo:do' ss 4te tase 1 | Alc.
1 OEE ea eee ee eee | (A one Oe ae eI eee See me eee Te Cc.
2075 | Vineyard Sound .............. Blue-fish........ Sept. 2,1871| U.S. FishCom.-...| 1 | Ale.
ZU ASAE eee Sees te cobain eee coe sects pie en cimwnin ell aia mm efeaima nie min F. H. Bradley..... 1 | Ale.

XIT.—ANTHURID i.

Body elongate, cylindrical; mouth suctorial; legs ambulatory and pre-
hensile, the first pair enlarged; first pair of pleopods thickened and
crustaceous, protecting the following pairs; uropods articulated at the
sides of the last segment, standing in a more or less vertical position and
forming with the telson a sort of cup or flower at the end of the body.

:
|

‘MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 397

ing to as many genera, which, in addition to the characters given above,
agree further in the following particulars: The body is elongated and
vermiform, often more than ten times as long as broad, and of nearly
uniform size throughout. The head and thoracic segments are all dis-
tinetly separated from each other, and the head and last thoracic seg-
ment are shorter than the intervening segments, which are subequal.
Both pairs of antenne are approximate at their bases, and the lower pair
or true antenn are short, not greatly surpassing the head in length.
These organs have the basal segment short, the second segment flat-
tened internally and adapted to its fellow of the opposite side, while
above and externally it is excavated for the basal segment of the anten-
nule. The mandibles are palpigerous, and the mouth parts are fitted
for piercing and for suction.

In the first pair of legs the first, second, and penultimate segments are
enlarged and thickened; the two intervening segments, merus and car-
pus, are short; the dactylus forms a curved finger tipped with a stout
spine and capable of complete flexion on the robust propodus. In one —
or two of the succeeding pairs of legs the propodus may be slightly en-
larged. The first three pairs of legs have the carpus, or antepenulti-
mate segment, triangular, and their basal segments are directed strongly
backward. In the last four pairs the carpus may be short, but is not
triangular, and always distinctly separates the merus from the propodus ;
they are so articulated to the body that their basal segments are directed.
forward. The first three pairs of legs are articulated to the anterior part
of the segment to which they belong, the next three near the middle of
the corresponding segments, and the last pair near the posterior margin
of the last segment.

The pleon is short, with the segments more or less consolidated, and the
pleopods are of the normal number and form. The “ operculum” is not
formed as in the Idoteide and Arcturide of the uropods, but is nothing
more than the enlarged and thickened first pair of pleopods, the greater
part of it being formed of the external lamella, while the uropods have an
entirely different and peculiar structure. They are biramous, and con-
sist'on each side of a more or less elongated, flattened, basal segment,
so articulated as to lie alongside the telson, and bearing at the apex a
terminal plate, the inner ramus, in the same plane with itself, while, on
its upper side near the base, stands a more or less perpendicular, oval
plate, the outerramus. The telson is directed obliquely downward, and,
with the uropods, forms a ciliated cup-like or flower-like termination of
the cylindrical body, whence the name Anthura, from the Greek aos,
a flower, and odpd, a tail.

The structure of the mouth in this family has been investigated by
Prof. J. C. Schiddte, to whose original papers in the Naturhistorisk
Tidsskrift I have not had access. The paper on Anthura is translated
and partly condensed in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History,

| This family is represented within our limits by three species belong-

398 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

where that author states that “next the Cymothoide, though as a type
of a separate family, the genus Anthura must be placed.”

The species of this family may be at once recognized by the peculiar
cup-like termination of the body. This cup or “flower” is formed by
the telson below, and the uropods at the sides and above; the outer
rami of the latter organs being placed nearly vertically, and approach-
ing each other on the median line above, where, however, the “flower”
is more or less imperfect. Our three genera may be distinguished as
follows: First five segments of pleon consolidated above, Anthura (p. 104) ;
segments of pleon distinct, antenne and antennul subequal, Paranthura
(p. 108); segments of pleon distinct, antennule greatly enlarged in th
male, Ptilanthura (p. 111). y

Anthura Leach.
Anthura Leach, Ed. Encye., vol. vii, p. “404” (Am. ed., p. 243), “181314.”
Antennule and antennze short, subequal; thoracic segments not
separated by constrictions; pleon with the five anterior segments con-
solidated above and resembling the last thoracic segment.

Our species of Anthura appears to agree in all generic characters with
A. gracilis Leach upon which the genus was founded. In A. polita, how-
ever, the consolidated portion of the pleon is seen at the lower part of
the sides to be composed of five consolidated segments, and bears the
normal number of pairs of pleopods, while Bate and Westwood * say that
“the four anterior segments are soldered closely together” in A. gracilis,
and that “the pleopoda consist of, at least, four pairs of oval plates,
strongly ciliated, on each side of the ventral surface of the basal seg-
ments of the tail” They had not, however, fresh specimens of the spe-
cies, which is evidently closely related to ours.

The ineubatory pouch of the females in the genus is confined to the
third, fourth, and fifth segments, and is composed of three pairs of
Jamellz, which overlap from behind forward, while the anterior margins
of the first pair are united to the anterior part of the third segment.

Anthura polita Stimpson.
? Anthura gracilis Dekay, Zool. New York, Crust., p. 44, pl. ix, fig. 34, 1844 (not of
Montagu and Leach).
Anthura polita Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. vii, p. 393, 1856.
Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 162, 1879.
Anthura brunnea Harger, This Report, part i, p. 572 (278), 1874.
Verrill, This Report, part i, p. 426 (182), 1874.

PLATE XI, Fias. 68 and 69.

This species is distinguished among its allies on our coast by the nearly
complete union of the basal segments of the pleon, which have together
the appearance of an eighth thoracic segment. The cup or “flower” at
the end of the body serves to distinguish it from other Isopoda.

* British Sessile-Eyed Crustacea, pp. 157 and 160,

—

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 399

The body is smooth, shining and flattened above and broadly keeled
in the males below. The head is a little broader than long, deeply ex-
cavated on each side of the front for the bases of the antennule, and
produced at the sides. The eyes are small and lateral but distinct, and
are placed on the outer side of the anterior prolongations of the head,
about on a line with the bases of the antennule. They are too indistinct
in the figure, and the eye was even omitted on the right side by the en-
graver. The antennul (pl. XI, fig. 68 a) consist of a tapering three-
jointed peduncle and avery short flagellum. The first peduncular seg-

ment is the largest, and is flattened above and on the inner side; the
second segment is smaller, cylindrical, and provided with a comb of hair-
like sete along its outer side; the third is smaller and shorter than the
second; the flagellum consists of a single very small segment, with
indications of a rudimentary second segment at the end, where it is also
tipped with setz. The antenne (pl. XI, fig. 68d) consist of a five-jointed
peduncle, and a short flagellum much like that of the antennule. The
basal segment of the peduncle is short; the second segment is the
largest and is of peculiar shape, being excavated on the outer side to
adapt it to the antennula, which lies in the groove thus formed, while
the segment is bent upward and inward, and exposes a slender triangu-
lar area with the point backward, between, and on a level with, the an-
tennule; the next three segments are sub-cylindrical and diminish in
_ size, and are followed by one or two small flagellar segments tipped with
| sete.

The maxillipeds (pl. XI, fig. 69a) are thick and strong, and are com-
posed of a basal quadrate segment, a little longer than broad, with its
proximal external angle elided for the short, sub-triangular external

: lamella, and bearing two segments representing the palpus. Of these
.

SE ——

segments the first is but little smaller than the basal segment and
is sub-quadrate, tapering a little at the sides beyond the middle. The
terminal segment is straight at its articulation with the preceding, and
nearly so along the inner side, then rounded in the remainder of the out-
line. The segments of the palpus are finely ciliated along their margins,
except along the external margin of the first segment, where the cilia-
tion nearly disappears; they are also provided with coarse sete, a few
of which occur on the maxilliped, near the outer distalangle. The inner
maxilla (pl. XI, figs, 69b and b’) is rather robust, and terminated by
astrong tooth or spine, below which, on the inner side, is a row of
smaller curved teeth. The mandibles are terminated by a horny tooth,
below which is a serrulated lobe; the mandibular palpus is robust; the
second segment much the longest and provided with stout setz; the last
segment with a comb of rather short sete. The maxillipeds are of much
firmer texture than the other parts of the mouth.

The first thoracic segment is the longest, and is closely adapted to
the head behind so as to allow but little motion. The second segment
is shorter but somewhat broader than the first, and is rather freely

— a a he ee

“

400 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

articulated with it, and still more freely with the third; it is car-

inated below, but its articulations are much less free than in the next
genus. The third, fourth and fifth segments are each about the length
of the second; the sixth and seventh are progressively shorter. The
first pair of legs (pl. XI, fig. 68) are quite robust and have but little free-
dom of motion, being directed forward under the head and hardly capa-
ble of further lateral extension than is shown in the figure of the animal.
The basis and ischium are large and articulated so as to form a curve,
bringing the legs forward; the merus is short; the carpus is triangular
and extends along the side of the thickened propodus for about half
its length, projecting like a tooth at the end; the propodus is ovate,
much thickened and armed with a tooth near the middle of the palmar
margin, along which it is ciliated, as is also the carpus; the dactylus is
short and stout and tipped with a slender, curved, chitinous claw about
as long as the dactylus itself. The figure (pl. XI, fig. 68 c) represents the
inner surface of the leg, the merus being much less conspicuous on the
outer side. The second and third pairs of legs are nearly alike and
much more slender than the first pair. Oneof the third pair is represented
on plate XI, fig. 68d. In both these pairs of legs the carpus is small and
triangular and wedged in between the merus and propodus, which meet:
above; the merus is a little larger in the second than in the third pair,
and in both pairs it is provided with a few sete at the upper distal
angle and along the opposite or palmar side, where the carpus is also
armed with set; the dactylus bears a few very short set. The re-
maining pairs of legs are rather more slender than the second and third,
and the merus is separated from the propodus above by the carpus,
which is, however, short. These legs are somewhat hairy, like the pre-
ceding pairs.

The anterior part of the pleon (pl. XI, fig. 68 g), consisting of the first.
five segments consolidated, appears much like an eighth thoraci¢ seg-
ment a little longer than the seventh; traces of the sutures between the:
segments can be seen at the sides. The last segment is distinctly
articulated, a little elevated dorsally, where it is also somewhat hairy ;;
at the lower part of the sides it is covered by a slightly projecting
lobe of the preceding segment, which extends over the proximal part
of the basal segment of the uropods. Distally the terminal segment
is depressed at a steep angle, and is in the form of a plate, ovate and
ciliated at and near the tip, where it is obtuse; the sides are nearly
parallel, and it is surpassed by the uropods, which consist, on each side,
of a large basal segment, carinated on the outer side and toothed at
the articulation with the outer ramus, obliquely truncated at the end,
where it bears a short, obtusely-triangular, ciliated, inner ramus, or
lamella, in the same plane as the basal segment. The outer ramus, or
lamella, forms nearly a right angle with the basal segment, and stands
upon its superior outer margin. This ramus is elongate reniform in out-
line, being notched below for the tooth on the basal segment, and is.

|
:
|

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 401

ciliated along its free superior margin. The first pair of pleopods
(pl. XI, fig. 68e) are composed on each side of a short, quadrate basal
segment supporting two rami, of which the outer is, like the basal seg-
ment, of firm texture, and acts as an operculum; in shape it is semi-
oval, with the inner margin nearly straight, and is ciliated distally, and
along the outer margin. The inner ramus is much smaller than the
outer and of delicate texture, and, in the natural position, is covered and
concealed by the outer ramus; it is slender, with nearly parallel sides,
rounded at the tip, and not ciliated. In the males the second pair
of pleopods (pl. XI, fig. 68 /) bears, near the middle of the inner margin
of the inner ramus, a slender stylet, slightly surpassing the lamella to
which it is attached.

The lamelle forming the incubatory pouch of the females are of con-
siderable antero-posterior dimensions, and the posterior widely overlap
the anterior ones, while the anterior border of the first lamella is united
with the third thoracic segment, to which the lamella belongs.

Length 15-18™"; breadth 1.8-2™™. The color is brownish above,
mottled with yellowish or honey eolor, lighter underneath.

This species was described as new by the present author in the first
part of this report under the name A. brunnea, but there appears to
be no sufficient reason for regarding it as distinct from Dr. Stimp-
son’s A. polita. It is apparently closely related to A. gracilis Leach,
although sufficiently distinct according to Bate and Westwood’s* de-
scription and figures. Those authors, however, seem to have had but
very poor and imperfect material on which to base their work. They
figure and describe the telson and uropods as truncated and crenulated,
and Montagu;,t in his original description of the species, says: that “the
body is terminated by five large caudal appendages truncated. at their

-ends.”

‘Kréyer’st deseriptions and figures of A. carinata:approach much more
closely to the-present species. His figure of the antennula considerably
resembles. ours, but-in his description he gives as the relative lengths
of the four segments composing it 11, 4, 3,5. In our species the last or
flagellar segment is much the ‘shortest, as may be seen by the figure,
‘plate XI, fig. 68a. He further speaks of the telson as crenulated, while
it is entire in A. polita, and his figure (Voy. en Seand., pl. 27, fig. 3.n‘)
shows no tooth-like projection or angle on the basal segment of ‘the
uropods, as seen in a lateral view, and the corresponding margin.of the
outer or superior plate is destitute of the notch shown in the lateral
view of these organs on plate XI, fig. 68g. The inner ramus or lamella
of the first pair of pleopods is also figured as much larger and more
expanded distally than in our species, for which see plate XI, fig. 68 e.
Unfortunately I have had no European specimens for comparison.

* Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 160, 1868.

tTrans. Linn. Soce., vol. ix, p. 103, pl. v, f. 6, 1808.

t Naturhist. Tidssk., II, B. ii, p. 402, and Voy. en Scand., Crust., pl. xxvii, fig. 3 a-o,

1849,
26 F

402 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

This species was described by Dr. Stimpson from specimens taken at

Norfolk, Va., and has since been collected by Professors Smith and Ver- —

rill at Great Egg Harbor!, N. J., in 14 fathoms shells and mud; by the
U. S. Fish Commission in Long Island Sound!, especially at Noank
Harbor !, among eel-grass (Zostera marina) and mud; off Block Island!
in 17 to 194 fathoms sand, mud, and stones; at Vineyard Sound!, atlow
water and in sand, and in 1878 at Gloucester !, Mass., in mud and among
alge.

Specimens examined.

Gets

a ye
3 Locality 8 Bottom. yen va Receivedfrom— 25 ped

ei RB Ba

cester, Mass.

Gloucester, Mass ......|..--.--. Mud and algaw..... — —,1878|....do ........- 1 | Alc.

Paranthura Bate and Westwood.

Paranthura Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 163, 1866.
Pleon articulated, composed of six segments; thorax deeply con-
stricted at each end of the second segment; antennulz and antennz
subequal; palpus of maxillipeds three-jointed; inner maxille acicular.

The first character given above is the only one given by Bate and West-
wood, who, however, mention that the pleon bears the normal number
of pleopods; a character that would not distinguish our species from the
other genera. The distinctly articulated flagellum of the antennule is
provided with a partial whorl of bristles, which, however, forms only the
most rudimentary approach toward the structure of those organs in the
males of the following genus. The segmentation of the pleon is indis-
tinct in the dorsal region, but is apparent at the sides when seen from
above, and the pleon does not at all resemble an additional thoracic
segment as in Anthura. Both pairs of antenne are provided in our
species with a distinctly articulated flagellum, and are of nearly equal
length.

Paranthura brachiata Harger (Stimpson).

Anthura brachiata Stimpson, Mar. Iny. G. Manan, p. 43, 1853.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. v, p. 101, 1873; ibid., vol. vii, pp. 42, 411,
502, 1874; Proc. Am. Assoe., 1873, pp. 350, 357, 1874; This Report, parti,
p. 511 (217), 1874.
Whiteaves, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. vii, p. 213, 1874; Further Deep-sea
Dredging, Gulf of St. Lawrence, p. 15, ‘‘1874.”
Harger, This Report, part i, p. 573 (279), 1874.
Smith and Harger, Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. iii, p. 16, 1874.
Paranthura brachiata Harger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 162, 1879.

sl ll

= . an

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 403
PLATE XI, Fie. 70.

The deep constrictions, by which the second thoracic segment is sepa-
rated from the first and third, serve to distinguish this species from the
allied forms on our coast, and the “ flower” at the end of the pleon dis-
tinguishes it from other Tyas.

Body moniliform, with evident segments; head narrower than, and
about half as long as, the first thoracic segment, flattened and quadrate
above, with a groove behind a raised anterior border, wedge-shaped
below, deeply emarginate on each side of the projecting front above for
the bases of the antennule; eyes lateral, not conspicuous, extending
behind the emarginations. Antennule (pl. XI, fig. 70a) with the first
segment large but longer than broad, flattened above; second and third
segments cylindrical; flagellum of twelve or more segments in adult
specimens, with the first segment short, second twice as long and the
longest segment of the flagellum, which tapers from the second segment
and bears on the distal end of each segment an imperfect whorl of hairs.
The antenne (pl. XI, fig. 70 b) slightly surpass the antennule. They have
the first segment short; the second flattened on the inner side, where it
is usually in contact with its fellow of the opposite side, and excavated
on the outer side above to accommodate the basal segment of the anten-
nule; the third segment is short; the fourth and fifth longer and cylin-
drical. The flagellum consists of about twelve segments, tapers from
the base, and is somewhat hairy. Both the antenne and antennule
are a little less developed and have one or two less segments in the
females. The maxillipeds (pl. XI, fig. 70 ¢) are elongated, with a short,
oval external lamella, and a two-jointed palpus. The large basal seg-
ment of the maxilliped projects on the inner side nearly to the end of
the first segment of the palpus. The palpus has its segments of about
equal length and provided with a few scattered bristles. The inner
maxille (pl. XI, figs. 70d and d’) are evident at the tip in an under
view of the head; they are elongate and acicular, and minutely and
sharply retro-serrate toward the tip. The three-jointed palpus of the
mandibles is also conspicuous below; all three of its segments are
short, and the last, which lies ordinarily between the bases of the an-
tenn, is flattened, oval, and provided with the usual comb of setze.

The thorax is somewhat flattened above, carinate anteriorly below,
and has the last segment much the shortest. The first segment is wider
than the head and about twice its length, and is more closely united
with it than are any of the thoracic segments with each other; it is
strongly carinate below, especially on its anterior part, where the carina
ends in a prominent tubercle; a much more slender carina bounds the
flattened dorsal portion laterally. The second segment is separated
from the first by a deep constriction, and is articulated so as to allow
considerable motion, especially in a vertical plane; its antero-lateral
angles are prominent in the form of low, rounded tubercles, and be-

404 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

tween them are two less evident tubercles on the front margin of the
segment; the dorsal surface tapers behind, and is bounded laterally
by carinee; below, the segment is wedge-shaped, but not carinated ;
behind, it is separated from the third segment by a constriction not
quite as pronounced as that in front. ‘The third segment presents two
rather more evident median tubercles in front on the dorsal surface,
which is defined laterally by carinz, fading away at about the middle
of the segment; below, it is wedge-shaped and carinate in the males,
but membranous along the median line in the females, as are the
remaining segments more widely in that sex. In the males they are
hard and chitinous throughout, rounded and scarcely wedge-shaped.
The fourth segment is slightly longer than any of the others, and bears,
near the anterior end of its dorsal surface, an oval depression with slight
elongated elevations at each side. A similar structure occurs on the
fifth and sixth segments, which are of decreasing length. The seventh
is much the shortest thoracic segment, not being longer on the median
line than the head; it is somewhat produced laterally.

The first pair of legs (pl. XI, fig. 70 e) are not as stout as in Anthura
polita, and are more flexible; the carpus is the shortest segment, and
is triangular, broader than long; the preceding segment, or merus, -
shows but little in an external view, but is more evident in an inner
view, as shown in the figure, and is much broader than long; the pro-
podus is much swollen proximally on its anterior or upper side; im-
mediately in front of the end of the carpus it bears a stout tooth; the
dactylus is strong, and tipped with a curved claw. In the second and
third pairs of legs the carpus is triangular, but in the posterior pairs
it is more elongated so as to distinctly separate the merus from the .
propodus.

The pleon is short, the telson triangular, acute at the apex. Uropods
with the basal segment strongly carinate externally, terminal plate
acutely triangular, proximal superior plate oval, curved and attached
by its side, nearly meeting its fellow of the opposite side above. First
pair of pleopods (pl. XI, fig. 707) with the external ramus semi-oval;
internal ramus less firm in texture, ligulate, ciliated distally. Second
pair of pleopods in the males (pl. XI, fig. 70g) furnished with a slender
stylet articulated at about the middle of the inner, posterior, lamella,
ind extending beyond its end. Both the lamelle are crossed by a trans-
verse suture just beyond their middle, at the point where the stylet is
ittached to the inner one.

Length 28"; breadth 2.2"; females about one-third smaller. The
olor is usually light yellowish brown, or sometimes somewhat darker,
but not as pronounced as in the other members of the family, and nearly
che same throughout.

From P. norvegica G. O. Sars* our species is distinguished by the eyes,
which, though inconspicuous, are present. It lacks the tubercle de-

* Chr, Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1872, p. 88, 1873.

es = ~F

405

scribed and figured by Heller on the head of P. arctica,t and the flagel-
lar segments of both pairs of antenne distinguish it from P. costana
Bate and Westwood.t

This species was dredged by Dr. Stimpson ‘on a shelly and some-
what muddy bottom in twenty fathoms off the northern point of Duck
Island,” Bay of Fundy. It is rare south of Cape Cod, but was taken
in Vineyard Sound! by the Fish Commission in 1871; alsoonSt. George’s
Bank!, in 110 fathoms, mud and sand; Gulf of Maine!, down to 115
fathoms; Bay of Fundy!, down to 80 fathoms on muddy, shelly, and
sandy bottoms; and off Nova Scotia!, 59 fathoms, pebbles, sand and
rocks, and at other localities as detailed below. It was dredged by
Mr. Whiteaves in 200 fathoms in the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, between
Anticosti and the mainland of Gaspé.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC.

Specimens examined.

Ptilanthura Harger.
Ptilanthura Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 376, 1878.

Antennule with the flagellum remarkably developed in the male,
multiarticulate; second and succeeding antennular segments provided

t Denkschrift, Acad. Wiss. Wien., B. xxxv, p. [14] 38, pl. iv, figs. 9-12, 1875.
t Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 165, 1866.

406 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

with an incomplete, very dense whorl of fine slender hairs; pleon seg-
mented, elongated; palpus of maxillipeds one-jointed.

The most important character of this genus is doubtless found in the
structure of the antennule in the male sex. In the females the anten-
nul are small, and the flagellum consists of a few slender rapidly
tapering segments. They thus bear considerable resemblance to
young specimens of Anthura polita, and being collected with them,
were at first mistaken for them. They are distinguished by the larger
and more conspicuous eyes, and by the more elongated and distinctly
segmented pleon. In the presence of eyes our species differs from a
form described by G. O. Sars, Paranthura tenuis, from near Stavanger,
Norway, in which the males have a well-developed, eight-jointed and
densely hairy or setiferous flagellum on the antennule.

Ptilanthura tenuis Harger.

Pitilanthura tenuis Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 377, 1878; Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 162, 1879.
Puates XI and XII, Fires. 71-74.

Males of this species are at once recognized by the greatly developed
antennule, resembling miniature bottle-brushes; females may be dis-
tinguished from the young of the other species by the conspicuous eyes;
they are much smaller than the adults of the other species.

The body is smooth, flattened above, narrow at the middle, broadest
at the base of the pleon. Head broader than the first thoracic segment
and nearly as long, on the median line; longer than broad, narrowing
to a point in front and much less acutely behind. The eyes are promi-
nent, black, situated within the margin of the head and visible both
above and below. The antennule in the males (pl. XII, fig. 74a), when
reflexed, attain the third thoracic segment; the first segment is large,
but not longer than the second; the third is shorter than the second
and followed by a short, subtriangular segment, which must be regarded
as the first segment of the flagellum, although resembling the last
peduncular segment much more than it does the succeeding or second
flagellar segment; this segment is small at its base, but expands rapidly
above and below and on the side which is next the body in the ordinary
reflexed position of the antennula, and on these sides it bears, at its dis-
tal end, a fine and dense fringe of long slender hairs, which attain, when
appressed, about the fifth following segment. Similar segments, to the
number, in some specimens, of eighteen or twenty follow, forming an
organ resembling a minute bottle brush or plume, whence the generic
name. On one side, however, of the organ, which corresponds nearly
with the outer or anterior side, according as the antennula is more or
less reflexed, the whorl of hairs is interrupted. In the females (pl. XI,
fig. 73) the antennule are shorter than the antenne, with a short flagel-
lum consisting of a small basal segment and a minute terminal one
tipped with a few sete. The antenne (pl. XII, fig. 740) are short,

' - MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. A407

_ differing little in the sexes, hardly surpassing the peduncle of the anten- .

- nule in the males, with a short three or four jointed flagellum bear-
ing a few hairs near the tip. The maxillipeds (pl. XI, fig. 71b) have
a quadrate basal segment, somewhat emarginate externally for the
subtriangular external lamella, and bearing a single suboval terminal
segment, or palpus, somewhat truncate and ciliated at the tip. The
inner maxille (pl. XI, fig. 71c) are five-toothed, one tooth being strong
and terminal and the other four lateral. The mandibles bear a single-
jointed palpus.

' ‘The thoracic segments are subequal in length except the last, which
is but little over half as long as the others, though broader behind than
any of them. They are slightly narrower than the head and margined
laterally with a somewhat raised ridge. The third, fourth, and fifth have
an elongate oval depression on the median line near the anterior margin.
The first pair of legs (pl. XI, fig. 72) have the segments well separated,
the carpus nearly equilaterally triangular, the propodus moderately thick-
ened, and the dactylus strong and tipped with a stout claw; the carpus
and propodus are bristly on their palmar margins. The remaining pairs
of legs are slender and nearly equal in size.

The pleon is about as long to the tip as the last three thoracic seg-
ments. The first five segments are consolidated along the dorsum, but
distinct at the sides. Each segment rises into a low broad tubercle on
each side of the median line. The last segment is about as long as the
preceding five, and is elongate-ovate, and obtusely pointed behind. The
basal plate of the uropods is about half as long as the telson; the
terminal or inner lamella is triangular-ovate, and about equals the
telson. The proximal or superior lamella is narrowly semi-ovate,
with an emargination on the upper side near the tip. The first pair of
pleopods (pl. XI, fig. 71d) are shorter than the abdomen, and have the
outer plate semi-obovate and the inner shorter, with nearly parallel
sides. The second pair of pleopods (pl. XI, fig. 7le) bear, in the males,
a slender straight stylet, articulated below the middle of the inner
lamella and slightly surpassing it. The outer lamella is imperfectly
articulated near the middle.

Length 11""; breadth 0.9""; females about one-third smaller; color
brownish and more or less mottled above, lighter beneath, margined with
translucent at the sides, extending on the sides of the head as far as
the eyes.

This species is rare on the coast. It has been taken by the United
States Fish Commission, on muddy bottom, in Noank Harbor, Long
Island Sound!; off Watch Hill!, R. I., in 18 fathoms, sand; and off Block
Island!, in 17 to 194 fathoms, sand, mud, and stones; at Waquoit,
Vineyard Sound!, in sand, at low water, September 8, 1871; in Casco
Bay!, sand and mud, from 9 fathoms, in 1873, and by Prof. A. E. Verrill,
at Grand Menan, in the Bay of Fundy! in 1870.

It is nearly related to and doubtless congeneric with Paranthura

A408 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISITDRIES.

tenuis G. O. Sars,* but is at once distinguished by the presence of eyes,
from which character, as distinctive, the name P. oculata might be applied
to our species if a new trivial name should be thought necessary.

Specimens examined.

Speci
u a mens.
® . | When col- P Dry.
E Locality. E Bottom. lected, Receivedfrom—!___| ag
5 é No.| Sex.
2099 | Noank Harbor, Conn]. .-...-.. 2 U keer — —,1874| U.S.FishCom |} 1] o | Ale.
BMPMILE Cdote linet sisi irae l eta Mts seeks kkoe se Peas ae Pee eee 1| 9 | Ale.
2100 | Off Watch Hill, R.I.] 18 San@eevass wee aac July 31, cee g PRG gee De Qh rates
2105 | Off Block Island .... 17-194 | Sand, mud, and | —— —,.1874]|.-..do...-.----| 1] 2 | Ale.
stones.
2103 Li aaa Sound, } L. w. | Sand...-........ Sept. 8) 187i). --:dos<sc...-2- 1}, Q@ | Ale
ass.
2101 | Casco Bay, Me ...-.- Leer re Mie Seco July 16; 1873 |.....do:..-.-L=== 1| ¢& | Ale.
PANT || ooecft 2 tern Saeee see 9 Sand and mud --) Aug. 4, 1873 GGpsesszece= 1) o& | Ale.
2106 | Bayof Fundy,Grand |......-.|..........-..-.-..|——. —, 1870 | A. E. Verrill_.| 1] Q | Ale.
Menan. |
|

XTI.—GNATHIID A.

Thorax with only five pairs of legs of the normal form in the adults,
and apparently consisting of only five segments; antennule and an-
tenn short, with evident distinction into peduncle and flagellum;
mouth organs suctorial in the larval state, more or less aborted in the
adult; pleon with its segments distinct, bearing the normal number of
pleopods; uropods inserted at the sides of the base of the last segment,
biramous and resembling the pleopods but of firmer texture.

This family is represented on our coast by a number of forms, all of
which, however, appear to be referable to a single species, in which,
contrary to what is ordinarily observed in the order, a considerable
transformation occurs, especially in the males, after the young leave
the incubatory pouch, and before they reach the adult form. The
sexes are very unlike at maturity, but in both the thorax may be seen,
by a little inspection, to consist in reality of seven segments, of which
the first is united with the head, but separated from it by a sutural line
near its posterior margin, while the seventh is small and resembles the
segments of the pleon, which appears as if consisting of seven seg-
ments. The last thoracic segment does not bear a pair of legs. The head
is large in the adult male and armed with a powerful pair of curved jaws
projecting strongly forward and curved upward. The antennule are
short and widely separated at base. The antenne are inserted nearly
below them.

The five pairs of pediform legs are ambulatory and site alike
throughout; the propodal segments are somewhat elongate, and the
dactyli weak. All the thoracic segments except the first are distinct in

the male, and all are distinct in the larval forms, but the fourth and fifth

“Chr. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1872, p. 89, foot-note, 1873.

a ee Ue. ath, ene

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 409

(third and fourth free segments) are indistinctly separated in. the adult
females.

The pleon is much alike in both sexes and the young, and consists of
six distinct segments, each of which bears a pair of appendages. The
first five pairs of these appendages, or pleopods, are carried beneath the
pleon and subserve the purposes of respiration, while they are also used
in swimming. They consist of a short basal segment supporting two
rami, ciliated at the tip in the young. The uropods are directed back-
ward and are of firmer texture than the pleopods. They are ciliated
near the tip.

Only a single species has yet been recognized within our limits, and
the male, female, and young will be described under the specific name.

The striking sexual differences in this family have caused much econ-
fusion, the males having been referred to one genus (Anceus), and the
females to another (Praniza), and even these genera have been referred.
to different tribes or subfamilies. The true relationship of these forms,
long ago suspected by Leach, was first made known by M. Hesse,* who,
however, seems not to have stated it very clearly and perhaps did not
correctly apprehend it at first. His descriptions, however, of the
females of Anceus apply to what had previously been regarded as the
female of Praniza, although he says in the same paper that Praniza is
only the larval state of Anceus, which is true only of the young, or larval
forms, or the then supposed males of Praniza. This family has been
further investigated by Bate, Westwood, and Dohrn, to whose writings
the reader is referred. It may be here remarked that Bate and West-
wood in their account of the structure of Anceus, in the second volume
of the British Sessile-Eyed Crustacea, appear to have overlooked the last
thoracic segment, and suppose that either the first or second segment
must be wanting. Dohrn calls attention to the rudimentary (or embry-
onic) condition of the seventh thoracic segment as the one missing to
complete the normal number, but describes and figurest as “untere”
and “obere Mundextremitiit” (‘“verwandeltes erstes” and ‘“zweites
Gnathopoden Paar”) what I regard as the maxillipeds and first pair of
thoracic legs, or, according to Spence Bate’s terminology, which Dohrn
seems to have misapprehended, the maxillipeds and the first pair of
gnathopods. The second pair of gnathopods are pediform as usual in
the Isopoda, and are the first of the five pairs of legs. Of the five
pairs of pereiopods normally present, only four are developed in the
Gnathiidae. The family is thus remarkable in the order both for the
transformations undergone in its development, and for the retention
after all of an embryonic feature.

Having discarded the names Anceus and Praniza for reasons given
below, I have also rejected the family name Anceide and substituted
for it a name, suggested by Bate and Westwood and derived from that

*Ann. Sci. nat., IV, tom. ix, p. 106, 1858.
t Zeit. Wiss. Zool., xx, taf. vii, figures 24 and 25,

410 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

of the typical genus. The name Anceide should perhaps be restored in
case Risso’s species should not prove to be congeneric with Gnathia
termitoides Leach, Cancer mazxillaris Montagu.*
Gnathia Leach.
Gnathia Leach, Ed. Encye., vol. vii, p. ‘‘402” (Am. ed., p. 240), ‘¢1813-14.”
Praniza Leach, MSS.
Anceus Risso, Crust. de Nice, p. 51, 1816.

Head very large and quadrate in the male, smaller and subtriangular
in the female; first pair of legs operculiform in the male, subpediform
in the female; pleon much narrower than the thoracic segments, with
nearly parallel sides, and a sharply triangular telson.

The name Anceus Risso, which has been used by modern writers for
this genus, ought, according to all rules of priority, to give way to
Gnathia Leach, as acknowledged by Bate and Westwood,t who, however,
hesitated to restore the name on account of Kirby’s coleopterous genus
Gnathium. While the undoubted priority of the name is a sufficient
reason for its re-establishment, it may be worth while to add that
Gnathia was not restricted by Dr. Leach to either sex alone, as that
author had the sagacity to “suspect that Oniscus coeruleatus Montagu
[Praniza coeruleata Desm.] was the female” of Gnathia, and, as far as I
am aware, did not publish a generic name for the Praniza-form, although
the name Praniza was used by him as a manuscript name, and as such
appears to have been published by Latreille in the Encyclopédie
Méthodique, which I have not been able to consult.

Gnathia cerina Harger (Stimpson).

Praniza cerina Stimpson. Mar. Inv. G. Manan, p. 42, pl. iii, fig. 31, 1853.
Packard, Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 296, 1867.
Verrill, Am. Jour Sci., III, vol. vi, p. 439, 1873; vol. vii, pp. 38, 41, 411,

502, 1874; Proc. Am. Assoc., 1873, pp. 350, 354, 358, 362, 1874.
Anceus americanus, Stimpson, Mar. Iny. G. Manan, p. 42, 1853.
Gnathia cerina Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 162, 1879.
PLATE XII, Figs. 75-79. "4

It will be convenient first to describe the male of this species and then
the female and larval forms. The powerful and prominent jaws in front
of the large quadrate head of the males of this small Isopod serve to
distinguish it from any other on our coast.

The shape of the body is well described by Dr. Stimpson, as “ regu-
larly rectangular, abruptly narrowed at the commencement of the abdo-
men, which has the appearance of another very small rectangle set into
the first, and of only one-third its width.” It is somewhat bristly hairy,
and much tuberculated and roughened above, especially on the lateral
portions of the head and on the anterior thoracic segments. The head
is broader than long, depressed medially in front and produced into a
rounded lobe between the projecting upturned jaws. The eyes are small

*Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. vii, p. 65, pl. vi, fig. 2, 1804,
t Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 169.

Se ee ee ee eee

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 411

and placed well forward at the sides of the head. The antennule (pl XII,
fig. 76 a) are shorter than the head and slender, sparingly hairy, with a
short, few-jointed flagellum. The antenne (pl. XII, fig. 766) are also
slender, with the first segment apparently composed of two united; the
second segment short; the third and fourth longer, nearly cylindrical and
followed by a slender few-jointed flagellum. The jaws (pl. XI, fig. 76 c)
are elongate and turned upward at the apex, irregularly and bluntly
toothed near the base within, and somewhat carinate on the outer side
near the middle, the carina ending rather suddenly in a tooth-like pro-
cess of the jaw as seen from above. The under surface of the head is
deeply and broadly grooved longitudinally, and this groove is covered
by what appear to be the transformed first pair of thoracic legs (pl. XII,
fig. 76d). They are in the form of a semi-oval plate on each side, attached
near the base of the external side and strongly convex and ciliated on
the inner side, where they overlap. This plate is truncated at the apex,
where it bears a small oval lamella; on the surface of the large plate
are three large, oval, semi-transparent areas. Within these plates is
another pair of organs, consisting of a large basal segment and an artic-
ulated series of four flattened ciliated segments. These may be regarded
as the maxillipeds, with a four-jointed palpus.

The first thoracic segment is indicated above only by a faint sutural
line near the posterior margin of the large head. It is followed by five
very distinct segments, of which the first two are perhaps most distinct,
short, and strongly tuberculated, especially along their posterior mar-
gins. The third free segment is broader than the second, square at the
sides, with two broad lateral elevations. The fourth free segment is
somewhat rounded in front, with its chitinous integument apparently not
calcified along the median line. The fifth free segment is narrower than
the preceding and produced at the sides around the small last thoracic¢
segment and the base of the pleon. The legs are nearly alike through-
out, somewhat hairy and spiny.

The pleon is slightly dilated at the middle, with the angles of the
segments salient. The last segment is acutely triangular, ciliate behind,
surpassed by the uropods, which are also ciliated with a few bristles;
both rami are slender, the inner a little broader than the outer. The
pleopods (pl. XII, fig. 78 e) consist of two slender elongate lamelle, the
inner longer than the outer, attached to a basal segment and not ciliated
in the adults of our species.

Length 4.4"; breadth 1.3"; color dirty yellowish brown above,
lighter below. This form is Anceus americanus Stimpson.

The adult female (pl. XII, fig. 77) differs from the male principally in
the following characters: The body is smooth and tapers behind and
before, but is much swollen medially, where the segmentation becomes
obscure, and the thoracic region seems converted into a sack for the

reception of the eggs, plainly to be seen through the transparent integu-

ment. The head is comparatively small and subtriangular, emarginate

412 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

‘in front. The eyes are placed farther back, and the large conspicuous.
jaws are wanting. Under the head, the first pair of legs (pl. XII, fig.
78 a) are slender, tlree-jointed with a minute terminal segment, and lie
upon a delicate membranous plate on each side; within these are a pair
of organs resembling what I have regarded as the maxillipeds of the
male.

The first two free thoracic segments are short and curved some-
what around the head; the next two segments are much enlarged and
nearly coalescent, and the fifth free segment is nearly similar in form to
that of the males. The last thoracic segment is short and small and,
as in the male, resembles a segment of the pleon.

The pleon (pl. XI, fig. 78 c) differs little from that of the male, but the
angles of the segments are less salient.

Length 3-4"; breadth 1.5"". Color “pale yellowish or waxen.” Dr.
Stimpson was “ inclined to consider” this form as the female of Praniza
cerina.

The larval forms bear a much greater resemblance to the female than
to the male but are more slender than either, the thorax being, in the
smaller specimens, but little broader than the pleon. The head is broad,
with large prominent eyes, and is distinct from the first thoracic segment,
its posterior margin being truncated. The antennule have a short
basal segment to the flagellum, which is followed by an elongate cylin-
drical segment forming about half the length of the flagellum, but
bearing at its end a few short segments. The mouth organs project
beyond the head, giving it an acute outline, and are evidently formed for
piercing and suction. The large jaws of the adult males are, of course,
wanting. The maxillipeds are slender and elongated.

The first pair of thoracic legs (pl. XII, fig, 78 b) are elongate, with the
normal number of segments, a triangular carpus, and a strong curved
dactylus, reminding one of the legs of the Cymothoide. The first tho-
racic segment is small and short and well separated from the following
segments. The next two segments are quite distinct in all the forms,
but usually the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments are united much as in
the adult female. These forms appear to be the young females, and were
described by Dr. Stimpson under the name of Praniza cerina; more
rarely, however, specimens are found in which all the thoracic segments
are distinct and somewhat resemble those of the adult male, but with
their peculiarities less marked (pl. XII, fig. 79).

The pleon resembles that of the adults, but is not suddenly much
narrower than the thorax. The pleopods as well as the uropods are
ciliated at the tip (pl. XII, fig. 78d).

Both these forms of young were taken from the body of a sculpin in
the Bay of Fundy in 1872, and, when fresh, their bodies were bright red.
In alcohol they fade to a waxy yellow. -

Adult males of this species greatly resemble Anceus elongatus Kroyer,

— See ee, OO rE

SS ee ee

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 413

‘put his Praniza Reinhardi differs in its proportions of the antennary

- segments from G. cerina.

This species was described by Dr. Stimpson from females “ dredged
on gravelly and coralline bottoms in 20-30 fathoms in the Hake Bay,”
and males “dredged on a sandy bottom in 10 fathoms off Cheney’s
Head,” Grand Menan, in the Bay of Fundy. It has been collected by
the U. S. Fish Commission in Massachusetts Bay!, off Salem, 22-50
fathoms, gravel and soft mud; Gulf of Maine!, at several localities; Casco

Bay!, 50 fathoms; Bay of Fundy!, in many localities, 10 to 60 fathoms,

tocks, stones, and mud, and young specimens have been taken adhering
to codfish and the seulpin. It was dredged by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves in
the Gulf of St. Lawrence!, in 220 fathoms, mud. Further details in
regard to localities are given in the subjoined table.

Specimens examined.

e Speci
B mens.
5 Locality. FI Bottom. When col- lReceived from— Dry.
E y 2 lected. ames Ale.
a
a & o.| Sex.
Massachusetts Bay, 3 Wad) ts cee .2 Aug. 31,1879 | J.H.Emerton.; 3| @ | Ale.
miles 8. E. Nahant.
2108 | Massachusetts Bay, 22 Gravel, stones.| —— —,1877| U.S. FishCom.| 3 |...... Alc..
off Salem E. S. E.
ee 9 to 11 miles.
2109 | Massachusetts Bay, 33 {Mihid: -z222. 222. ee 2 1877-2 Sh do we. cee. 1} “9 .;+Ale.
off Salem E. S. E.
8 to 9 miles.
2121 | Massachusetts Bay, | 25-26 | Gravel, stones.| —— —,1877|.--.do .......-- 1| 92 | Ale.
off Salem E. S. KE.
p 6 to 7 miles. :
2110 | Massachusetts Biy, 45-50 | Mud ...2:..--. emi | 2S Oe. 12} o9 | Ale.
off Salem E. S. E.
11 to 13 miles.
Gulf of Maine, S. E.4 | 54-60 | Sand, mud--..- Soe ye 1878 ELMO sc oeew's -p 12 |S Qy.| Ale.
S. from Cape Ann,
are 6 to 7 miles.
2107 | Gulf of Maine be-| 27-36 |....do.......-. ei tie ys) aon eeeee 1} °Q | Ale.
_tween Cape Annand
Isle of § oals.
. 6; 1873 2-2 dO ee sens . oe 2 8 Alc.
PS |e pa | ed 1 Alc.
Ty dee eee 10 | ¢Q | Ale.
ack | Ae Se 3 3 c.
se 1872-|. 22 VEO sc'se5- oe 3 Ale.
—, 1868 | A. E. Verrill ..| 3 |...-.. Ale.
—, 1872 | U.S. FishCom | 12 y- | Ale.
Sn 167 |s-2.00- so sat cee 5| Q | Ale.
do in 1878) 2 2t6@O ss ecee et 5 g3 Ale.
2119 Bay A he dy, Ome |) 40" eee a See oa. — —, 1872 |....do......... 61 o Alc.
e
2122 | Bay of Fnndy ..... 26 SC ES eee 1870-72 A. E. Verrill...| 00} of | Ale.
Off Sable Island ...... 160 uur epkanetier —— —, 1878| U.S. FishCom.| 4| ¢ | Alc.
2120 | Gulfof SaintLawrence| 220 | Mud ..........|.--.---------- J. F.Whiteaves} 1| y. | Alc.

XIV.—TANAID Zi.

Respiration cephalothoracic, taking place in a cavity beneath the
walls of the united head and first thoracic segment; eyes, when present,
articulated ; antennular flagellum single ; first pair of legs enlarged and
more or less perfectly chelate; pleopods natatory, ciliated, not branchial ;
uropods, terete, terminal, with at least one jointed ramus.

414 ‘REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

This family differs widely from all the other Isopoda, and indeed
from all the sessile-eyed Crustacea, in the structure of the respiratory
organs, and in the fact that the eyes, when present, are articulated with
the head, or stalked, though without any proper pedicel.

I have seen species of only two genera, Leptochelia Dana and Tanais
Audouin and Edwards, from within our limits. These genera are, by
some authors, united under the name Tanais, but there seems to be
ample reasons for separating them. While they agree in many charac-

ters, they differ widely from Apseudes Leach, which should probably be

regarded as belonging to a different family not represented on our coast,
and is accordingly not included in the above diagnosis.

Our representatives of the Tanaide may be further characterized as
follows: The body is subcylindrical and elongated, from four or five to
at least eight times as long as broad. The head and first thoracic seg-
ment are covered by the large cephalothoracic shield, which tapers
somewhat in front, and is dilated behind. Its postero-lateral regions
are occupied on each side by the branchial cavity, opening behind by a
vertical slit, and in front by a nearly horizontal orifice. During life a
lash-like organ can be seen through the body wall, in constant vibration,
propelling a stream of water from behind forward through the cavity.
The eyes, when present, are distinctly articulated with the head, and in
the males are generally larger and more coarsely granulated than in the
females. They are absent in one of our species, as in the one mentioned
by Willemoes-Suhm from 1,400 fathoms in the Atlantic Ocean, off the

North American coast, obtained by the Challenger expedition. They are .

deseribed as indistinct in other foreign species. The antennule are in-
serted close together immediately below the vertex of the head and
between the eyes. They are robust at base, and in the males may be
elongated, but in the females are short, with only three or four segments
and a minute rudiment of a flagellum. In neither sex have they any
trace of the secondary flagellum seen in Apseudes. The antenne are
more slender than the antennule, and inserted almost directly beneath
them. They are five-jointed, with the first and second segments short,
the third larger and longer, the fourth and fifth slender and cylindrical,
and, like the antennule, with indications of a flagellum. The antenne,
like the antennule, are tipped with bristles and bear a few scattered
similar bristles on their segments.

The mouth organs are aborted in the males, at least in the genus Lep-
tochelia, but in the females the mouth is protected below by a well-devel-
oped pair of maxillipeds, of which the basal segments meet at an angle
forming a keel on the under surface of the head. The palpi of the max-
illipeds are four-jointed, and armed with strong cilia; the last segment is
strongly flexed on the penultimate. The inner maxille are spiny, and
have the outer lobe reflexed and bearing elongated cilia at the tip. The
mandibles are strong, destitute of palpi, and armed with one or two
dentigerous lamelle at the apex and a strong molar process.

eS ee

—— a

a | ee.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 415

The first pair of legs are robust, and in the males may be large and

- much elongated; they are in both sexes of our species powerful organs

of prehension, being strongly chelate. Like the remaining pairs of legs,
they have only five movable segments, unless an articulated spine at
the extremity of the fifth segment is to be regarded as the true dactylus.
On the other hand, the basal segment in many specimens presents indi-
cations of a short segment at its distal end, as if really consisting of the
united basis and ischium. If this latter supposition be the true one, the
hand of the first pair of legs is formed, as might be expected, of the pro-
podus and the dactylus ; the propodus is thickened and provided with
a digital process stronger than the curved dactylus, which closes against
it; the digital process bears toward the tip a few stout, bristly sete.
These legs are attached to the under side of the united head and first
thoracic segment below the branchial cavity, and are directed forward.
They are capable of but little lateral motion, and are nearly in contact
below, especially toward their bases, which cover and partly conceal
the organs of the mouth and the bases of the antennz. The second pair
of legs are very slender in comparison with the first, and are more slender
than those that follow. Their basal segments are flattened, somewhat
elongated, and usually bent with the convexity outward, in adaptation to
the basal segments of the first pair of legs, which they partly embrace.
The last three pairs of legs have their basal segments swollen.

The pleon consists, in our species, of five or six segments, and bears
three or five pairs of strongly ciliated pleopods of the ordinary form,
and fitted for swimming, and also a pair of uropods, consisting of a large
basal segment bearing one or two rami. This ramus, or the inner one
when there are two, is articulated and composed, in our species, of from
two to six segments. The outer ramus may also consist of more than
one segment. Like the antennulze and antennz, the uropods are pro-
vided with sets, which are often elongate.

In the young the seventh pair of legs are not developed, and, accord-
ing to Miiller, the pleopods are likewise wanting and the uropods have
less than the adult number of segments.

This family has been the subject of special research by Fritz Miiller,
Spence Bate, Dohrn, and others, to whose writings reference may be
had for further description of their anatomy and development. Their
proper place among the Crustacea cannot be regarded as settled, though
the opinion of Fritz Miiller that they represent an ancestral type of
Isopoda is probably the best offered as yet. According to Dohrn, they
present in their development affinities with Asellus, Ligia, and Cuma.
Gegenbaur associates his Tanaida with the Podophthalma rather than the
Edriophthalma.

Our species of this family are sharply divided into two genera, for
which I have, after some hesitation, adoped the names Tanais Aud. and
Edw. and Leptochelia Dana. I have not been able to see Audouin and
Edwards’ Résumé d’Entomologie, in which the genus Tanais is said to

416 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

have been established, without description, in 1829. In the Précis
d’Entomologie, by the same authors, is a figure (pl. xxix, fig. 1), appa-
rently the same as that in the Résumé, which is there called Tanais de
Costa. Latreille,* in 1831, characterized the genus, basing it upon Gam-
marus Dulongit Aud., figured by Savigny. Westwood, in 1832, proposed
for the same species the name Anisocheirus, without, however, mention-
ing any characters. In 1836, Templetont described and figured, with
evident care and accuracy, a species of this family under the name
Zeuxo Westwoodiana. This species has, according to his figure, six
segments in the pleon. Edwards, in his general work, Histoire natu-
relle des Crustacés, figures and describes Tanais Cavolinii (tome iii,
p. 141, pl. 31, fig. 6), and refers the figure in the Précis d’Entomologie
to that species. In 1843, Rathke§ described and figured Crossurus vit-
tatus as a new genus and species allied to Apseudes and Tanais, but
there do not seem to be any characters of importance to separate it
from T. Cavolinii Edw., and, indeed, Bate and Westwood are inclined
to regard them as identical species. If, however, T. Dulongii be re-
garded as the type of the genus, there appears to be nothing but the
clothing of the basal segments of the pleon to separate the two genera,
and this character seems of no more than specific value, since 7. Du-
longit is described by Bate and Westwood as possessing the peculiar
‘branchial appendages” at the base of the fifth pair of legs. These ap-
pendages are doubtless incubatory sacs, similar to those of 7. vittatus.

For the second genus I have hitherto used the name Paratanais Dana,
on the ground that Leptochelia of the same author, although having
priority, was founded upon the characteristics of the male sex. The
type-species, however, of this genus, L. minuta, possesses all the charac-
ters of Paratanais that could occur in the male. Leptochelia Edwardsit
Dana, Tanais Edwardsii Kroyer, moreover, belongs to the same genus,
and I have adopted the name for both sexes.

The minute species, by which this family is represented on our coast,
may be readily recognized by the proportionately large and strong chelate
first pair of legs articulated to the united head and first thoracic segment.
The two genera are distinguished by the number of segments in the
pleon, which are five, with three pairs of pleopods in Tanais (p. 122), and
six, with five pairs of pleopods in Leptochelia (p. 126).

Tanais Audouin and Edwards.

Tanais Audouin and Edwards, ‘‘ Résumé (not Précis) d’Ent., p. 182 (without de-
scription, 1829), pl. xxix, fig. 1” (B. & W.); Précis d’Entomol., p. 46, pl.
xxix, fig. 1.
Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tom. iii, p. 141, 1840.
Crossurus Rathke, Fauna Norwegens, p. 35, 1843.

Antennulz and antennz simple ; mandibles without palpi; pleon com-

posed of five segments bearing three pairs of ciliated pleopods below,

* Cours d’Ent., p. 403. t Ann. Sci. nat., tome xxvii, p. 330, 1832.
tTrans. Ent. Soc., vol. ii, p. 203, 1836. § Fauna Norwegens, p. 35.

a oe

|
4
;
;

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 417

and a pair of simple uropods behind; eggs incubated in sacs attached
near the bases of the fifth pair of legs of the females.

This genus is distinguished from the next by the structure of the
pleon and the uropods as given above, and the females are, when carry-
ing eggs or young, distinguished from all the other Isopoda by the wart-
like, or sac-like, appendages of the fifth thoracic segment. Usually a
small wart-like appendage is visible on each side of the inferior surface
of the thorax just within the bases of the fifth pair of legs, but the size
of these organs varies greatly, and in some specimens they become dis-
tended with eggs, extended lengthwise with the body and more or less
coalescent, so as to form the large, bilobed incubatory pouch, as figured
by Rathke. This pouch is, however, attached only to the fifth segment.

The presence of a peculiar appendage to the fifth pair of legs in this
genus has been noted by various authors. Bate and Westwood figure,
in the second volume of the British Sessile-Eyed Crustacea, page 122, a
leg of the fifth pair with the attached pouch, which they “regard as a
branchial sac similar to those existing in the Amphipoda, and conse-
quently affording a proof of the nearer relationship of Tanais with that
order than is possessed by any other isopodous animal.” They remark
further that “this appendage is wanting in some specimens, and its
variable existence is probably a character of specific distinction in the
group.” Those authors have not, however, separated 7. vittatus into two
species on this character. Stebbirng* mentions a specimen with eggs
‘Sas described by Rathke.” Macdonald? figures a female with an incu-
batory pouch, which he briefly describes as ““a membranous expansion
or saccule under the thorax.”

Rathke’s original description is as follows: ‘‘Beide Exemplare, die ich
untersuchen konnte, waren Weibchen und trugen Hier unter dem Thorax.
Diese aber, die iibrigens verhiiltnissmissig ziemlich gross waren, lagen
nicht, wie bei Idothea, Ligia und vielen andern Isopoden, in einer zum
Theil aus Schuppen bestehende Briithéle eingeschlossen, sondern bilde-
ten zwei linglichovale, dicht neben einander liegende und an der Ober-
fliche nur wenig unebene Massen von ziemlich betrichtlicher Grosse.
Jede von ihnen war zusammengesetzt aus den Hiern und einer durch-
sichtigen eiweissartigen Substanz, die um jene herumgegossen war, sie
wie ein Kitt zusammen hielt, und sie zugleich auch an die Bauchseite
des Leibes befestigte. Es zeigten demnach jene Massen ganz dieselbe
Zusammensetzung, wie die sogennanten Hiertrauben der Cyclopiden,
Lerneaden und Branchiopoden.” Rathke, having had only two speci-
mens, does not appear to have perceived the attachment of these masses
at the bases of the fifth pair of legs, and of course had no opportunity
to see them in various stages of development. A specimen belonging to
this genus and measuring 17 millimeters in length was obtained at Ker-

* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., IV, xvii, p. 78, 1876.
t Trans. Linn. Soc., II, Zool., vol. i, p. 69, pl. xv, fig. 1, 1875.
27 F

418 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

‘guelen Island by Willemoes-Suhm,* who describes the sacs attached to
the fifth thoracic segment and attaining, as the young develop, a diame-
ter of three to four millimeters.

Tanais vittatus Lilljeborg (Rathke). ;
Crossurus vittatus Rathke, Fauna Norwegens, p. 39, pl. 1, figs. 1-7, 1843.
Tanais tomentosus Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., B. iv, p. 183, 1842; ibid., II, B. ii,
p. 412, 1847; Voy. en Scand., Crust., pl. xxvii, figs. 2 a-q, 1849.”
Lilljeborg, Ofvers. Vet.-Akad. Forh., Arg., Vili, p. 23, 1851.
Meinert, Crust. Isop. Amph. Dec. Daniz. p. 86, ‘61877.”

Tanais hirticaudatus Bate, Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1860, p. 224, 1861.

Tanais vittatus Lilljeborg, Bidrag Kiinn. Crust. Tanaid., p. 29, 1865. q
Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 125, 1866.
Stebbing, Trans. Devon. Assoc., 1874, p. (7), and 1879, p.(6); Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist., IV, vol. xvii, p. 78, 1876.
Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. x, p. 38, 1875.
Macdonald, Trans. Linn. Soc., II, Zool., vol. i, p. 67-70, pl. xv, 1875.
Harger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 162, 1879.
PuatTeE XIII, Fies. 81, 82.

This species is at once recognized among our Isopods by the pleon,
which is beset with bristly hairs at the sides, and crossed by two rows of
similar hairs near the posterior margins of its first two segments.

The body, though small, is rather robust, the length being about five
times the breadth, which is greatest at the first free, in reality the second,
thoracic segment. The head and united first thoracic segment is short,
not longer than broad. The eyes are distinctly articulated and much less
in diameter than the bases of the antennule. The antennule are shorter
than the head and first thoracic segment, and are composed of three seg-
ments, of which the first is longer than the other two together, while
the second and third are of about equal length; the third segment is
terminated by one or two rudimentary segments, surmounted by a tuft of
straight bristly sete. Similar sete arise from. the terminal portions of the
two preceding segments. The antenne are as long as the antennulx, but
more slender, and consist of a five-jointed peduncle, somewhat setose like
the antennul, and terminated by a rudimentary flagellum beset with
sete. The basal plates of the maxillipeds are ciliated externally, and
meet each other on the median line so as to form a keel narrowing back-
wards; distally they become thicker and bear a four-jointed palpus, of
which the second and third segments are dilated internally and ciliated,
and the fourth is spatulate and ciliated at its extremity. The inner
maxillz have one of the lobes of the usual form and position, and armed
with short, curved spines at the tip, while the other is bent backward
and bears several elongated cilia at the tip, and by its constant motion
urges a stream of water through the branchial cavity.

The first pair of legs are much enlarged and extend, in their natural
position, beyond the head, and the “hand” is ordinarily directed nearly
downward. The digital process of the propodus bears a broad lobe on
its inner side, and an acute tooth at its extremity; at the side of the lobe

* Zeit. Naturges., B. xxiv, p. xvii, 1874.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 419

is a row of sete; the dactylus is strong, with an obtuse tooth on its

inner margin. In the second pair of legs the dactylus is rather robust

and tapers strongly. In the succeeding pairs of legs the dactyli become
curved, and, in the posterior .pairs, hooked and armed with a comb of
slender teeth, while the three preceding segments are also armed with
sleuder teeth or spines at their distal ends. The constrictions between

the thoracic segments are well marked, giving the body a somewhat

moniliform appearance. In breeding females, a pair of warts, or sacs
of greater or less size are found attached to the under surface of the
fifth thoracic segment, and containing eggs or young, according to their
stage of development. These sacs often, if not usually, coalesce more
or less perfectly before maturity.

The first three segments of the pleon are not narrower than the last
thoracic segment, and are strongly margined, or tufted, at the sides with
plumose hairs. These hairs are continued in two transverse rows, one
upon the first and another on the second segment near their posterior
margins, across the back of the pleon. This character is only im-
perfectly shown in the figure, where the transverse rows of hairs should
have been more strongly indicated. The last two segments of the pleon
are suddenly narrower than the first three. The last is much longer
than the fourth and bears a short tooth at each side near the base.
This segment may be composed of two united. The three pairs of
pleopods are nearly alike (pl. XIII, fig. 82), and consist of a basal segment

bearing two semi-oval lamelle, which, as well as the basal segment, are

strongly ciliated. The uropods are searcely longer than the last two
segments of the pleon, and the basal segment is comparatively small;
the second segment is nearly as long as the first, the third about half
as long as the second and tipped with setz, with which the first two
segments are also provided.

Length 5.5™"; breadth 1.1™"; color brown, mottled with lighter
above; beneath, nearly white.

This species occurred on piles and among alge and eel-grass at
Noank!, Conn.,in the summer of 1874, along with Leptochelia algicola, but
in much less abundance. It was described by Rathke from Molde, on
the west coast of Norway, and inhabits also the British Isles, and while
the present article was going through the press I received, through the
kindness of Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing, specimens from Torquay!, England,
which confirm my previous determination of our species as identical
with the European form. It has been found by J. D. Maedonald “in
the excavated wood of piers,in company with Limnoria and Chelwra
terebrans.” It is doubtfully identified by Bate and Westwood with a
Mediterranean species, T. Cavolinii Edw. On the authority of Lilljeborg
I have regarded it as identical with Tanais tomentosus Kréyer, although
differing in the number and proportion of the segments of the pleon, as
described and figured by that author. Kréyer’s specimens were from
Yresund, Denmark.

420 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Leptochelia Dana.

Leptochelia Dana, Am. Jour. Sci., II, vol. viii, p. 425, 1849; U.S. Expl. Exped.,
Crust., p. 800, 1853.
Paratanais Dana, Am. Jour. Sci., II, vol. xiv, p. 306, 1852; U. 8S. Expl. Exped.,
Crust., p. 798, 1853.

Antennule and antenne simple; mandibles without palpi; pleon
composed of six segments, bearing five pairs of ciliated pleopods below,
and a pair of biramous uropods behind; incubatory ME of the females
of the normal form.

The genus Leptochelia was constituted by Professor Dana for a form
which Fritz Miiller has since shown to be the male of Paratanais Dana,
and although so far as I knew the name has not hitherto been used
for any but.the male forms, I see no reason why it should not be
adopted instead of the later name Paratanais. I have therefore adopted
it for the four species lately described, from our coast. Dr. Stimpson’s
Tanais filum undoubtedly belongs to the same genus, making five species
within our limits, only four of which I have seen. The species that I
have examined may be further characterized as follows: The body is of
nearly uniform size throughout. The antennule are directed forward
and have a large basal segment, in contact with its fellow of the opposite
side at its origin, and composing about half the length of the organ in
the females; but in the males this segment, though absolutely much
larger than in the females, may not form more than about a third of the
total length of the antennula, which is nine to twelve jointed and termi-
nated by a well developed flagellum. The antenne differ but little in the
sexes, and are five-jointed. The organs of the mouth are abortive in the
males, and the oral region is covered below by a pair of subtriangular
plates, perhaps the rudiments of the maxillipeds. The second thoracic
segment is shorter than those that follow it; the fifth and sixth are the
longest, and the seventh is shorter than the sixth.

The pleon consists of six distinct segments, subequal in length or
with the last somewhat longer than the others. These segments are
smooth above, and the first five bear on their under surface each a pair
of pleopods, much like those of Tanais (pl. XIII, fig. 82), but not cili-
ated on the basal segment. The last segment bears a pair of uropods, »
which consist of a large basal segment bearing two terete rami. Of
these the outer ramus is shorter and smaller than the inner, and may
consist of a single segment so small and short as to be easily overlooked;
the inner ramus is larger and longer, and composed, in our species, of
from two to six segments. The number of these segments appears to
be of value as a specific character, but not perfectly constant.

In the females the incubatory pouch is formed, as in the order gener-
ally, by four pairs of lamelle attached to the bases of the second, third,
fourth, and fifth pairs of legs.

ta i i i

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 421

Leptochelia algicola Harger.

Leptochelia Ddwardsii Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 134, 1868
(Tanais Edwardsii Kroyer ?).
Tanais filum Harger, This Report, part i, p. 573 [279], 1874 (non Stimpson).
Verrill, This Report, part i, p. 381 (87), 1874.
Paratanais algicola Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 377, 1878.
Leptochelia algicola Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 162, 1879.

PLATES XII and XIII, Fias. 80, 83-86.

The large and strong chelate ciaws, six-jointed pleon, and uropods
with a short, one-jointed, outer ramus and a six-jointed inner ramus,
will, in general, distinguish the present species from any other Isopod
on our coast.

The body is of nearly uniform size throughout, and not constricted at
the articulations. The head is narrowed in front. The eyes are conspic-
uous and plainly articulated, and are largein the males. The antennule in

_ the females (pl. XIII, fig. 84.) are shorter than the head and first thoracic

segment, and are composed of three segments, of which the first is longer
than the second and third together, and the third is slightly longer than
the second, and, in some specimens, present traces of a division into two
segments. The basal segment bears a short, stout seta just beyond the
middle and one or two more near the tip; the second has also setz near
the tip, and the third bears a tuft of half a dozen or more set at the
tip. In the males (pl. XI, fig. 80) the antennule are about two-thirds
as long as the body and usually eleven-jointed, but sometimes with one
or two segments more or less than that number. The basal segment
forms, in this sex, about one-third the length of the organ, and is curved
from near the base so as to be convex upward; the next two segments
decrease rapidly in length, and are followed usually by eight flagellar
segments provided with “olfactory sete” from two to four or more to a
segment. The antenne (pl. XIII, fig. 84b) in both sexes are short,
slender, and decurved, terminated by a tuft of sete. They appear to
vary but little in the family.

The first pair of legs have the merus triangular, bringing the ischium
and carpus together. In the female (pl. XIII, figs. 83 and 84¢) these
legs, in their natural position, extend but little beyond the head; the

. propodus has a stout, digital process nearly in the line of its axis;

this process is broadly notched near the base, then elevated into a
slightly serrulate lobe, and bears at the apex a short, stout terminal

_ tooth. Near the base of the lobe are usually two stout sete. The

first pair of legs in the males are much larger and more elongated,

especially in the last three segments; the carpus is elongate and
cylindrical, extending about half its length beyond the head, and
attaining the end of the basal antennular segment; the propodus (pl.
XIII, fig. 85) is robust and has a strong, curved, and two-toothed
digital process, bearing also two stout sete near the second tooth;
the dactylus is also curved and provided on its inner margin with

422 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

- about seven short sete springing from the bases of as many serratures ;
the propodus bears on its inner surface, above the origin of the dac-
tylus, a comb, formed by a row of short sets, and terminated at each
end by a longer one. In the second pair of legs (pl. XIII, fig. 84d) the
dactylus, with its terminal spine, is not as long as the propodus, which
bears two or three setz near its tip. The third and fourth pairs of legs
are shorter than the second. The last three pairs have their basal seg-
ments moderately swollen; the merus, carpus, and propodus of these
legs are armed with a few spines near their distal ends; the dactyli are
short.

The pleon is slightly broader near its base than the thoracic segments.
The first five segments are subequal in length, the last longer and
pointed behind. The uropods (pl. XIII, fig. 86) consist of a robust basal
segment (b) bearing two rami, of which the outer (0) is very short and
uniarticulate; the inner (7) is six-jointed, tapering from the base, with
the segments of about equal length and provided with set near their
distal ends.

Length 2.2™"; breadth 0.33"; color nearly white.

It is possible that this species may prove to be identical with L. Hd-
wardsii (Kréyer) Dana, although differing from Kréyer’s description* and
figures, especially in the following particulars: The peduncle of the an-
tennula, which, according to his description and figure, consists of a short
basal segment, an elongated segment, and a third short segment, has by
his description the ratio to the following flagellum of five to four. The
basal segment that he describes and figures was probably only the
enlarged basal portion of the elongated segment, which, together with
the following segment, constitutes only about three-sevenths of the
length of the organ instead of five-ninths according to his description.
He further describes and figures the uropod as biramous, with the inner
elongated ramus composed of seven segments instead of six. Other
differences could be pointed out in the proportions of the thoracic
segments and the segments of the first pair of legs. Bate and West-
wood} figure and describe a species, which they regard as LD. Hd-
wardsii, although their description and figures differ somewhat from
Kréyer’s, principally in the fact that they figure and deseribe the
uropods as simple, saying in the generic description: ‘‘Pleopoda,
five anterior pairs biramose; posterior pair unibranched and multi-
articulate;” and again under the species (p. 156), ‘The posterior or

eaudal pair of pleopoda consist of a single multiarticulate branch, of |
which the basal joint is larger than the terminal ones: it consists of nine —

or ten small articuli.” They figure it on page 154 as simple, tapering
from the base and seven-jointed. These authors express their indebted-
ness “for this interesting addition to our British fauna to the zeal and
research of the Rev. A. M. Norman, who took it during the summer of

* Naturhist. Tidssk., vol. iv, p. 174, pl. ii, figs. 13-19.
t Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 134.

t
;
‘

ee ee

ee ee ee ee ee

a Te

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 423

1865 among Zostere between tide marks in Belgrave Bay, Guernsey,”
and in the description of Paratanais forcipatus, on p. 139, mention in
a foot-note a specimen from the same locality, ‘which has a pair of six-
jointed anal filaments with a short one-jointed secondary filament arising
from the extremity of the basal joint. Can this be the female of
Leptochelia Edwardsii fully grown?”

Through the kindness of the Rev. Mr. Norman I have been able to
examine a specimen labeled “ Leptochelia Hdwardsii, Guernsey, 1866,”
and do not find that it differs from our species in any characters that
can be regarded as of specific value. The antennule have indeed only
seven flagellar segments, or ten segments in all, which is also the case
in some of our specimens, though eight such segments—eleven in all—is
the usual number. The thoracic segments have the same proportion to
each other as in our species, and the uropods agree exactly with ours
in being biramous, with the outer ramus short and uniarticulate and
the inner ramus six-jointed.

This is the form of uropod described and figured by Kroyer in Tanais
Savignyi, which, as Fritz Miiller has suggested, is probably the female
of T. Edwardsii Kr. That species has, however, according to Kroyer,
a five-jointed antennula, the last segment being rudimentary. I have
observed among a large number of our specimens two which had the last
segment divided, though scarcely longer than in the others. These speci-
mens could hardly be distinguished from T. Savignyi Kroyer by any
characters that I have observed. In view, however, of the great simi-
larity of the females throughout the genus, as exemplified in the females
of this species and of L. rapax, with both sexes of which I am familiar,
I have concluded for the present to retain the specific name which I re-
cently proposed for this species, and wait until an examination of both
sexes can be had to decide the questions of specific identity.

I formerly regarded this species as identical with Tanais filum Stimp-
son, and supposed its range to extend to the Bay of Fundy. In view
of the number of species now known to exist on this coast, and in the
absence of any specimens from the Bay of Fundy, I now regard that as
an error, and have corrected it in the American Journal of Science.

This species is rather abundant among eel-grass (Zostera marina) and
algze at Noank! and Wood’s Hoil!, and has been taken during the past
summer (1879) at Provincetown!, Mass., among eel-grass, on a vessel’s
bottom and in old piles, in company with Chelwra terebrans Philippi
and Limnoria lignorum White. The specimen sent by the Rev. A. M.
Norman enables me to extend its range to the Island of Guernsey!, in
the British Channel.

424 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Specimens examined.

f Speci-
K g mens.
3 Locality. : Bottom. La Receivedfrom—
iS a ‘
5 3
a =
2126 | Noank Harbor, Conn). -..-.---. Eel-grass -..-.---- — —, 1874
OARS sake): sBSases seotesaleeossse Eel-grass and |—— —,1874|.-
algze
DIOSM ie NO) mec ee a ool en ea PEG OM ass meno es) ae
2129 | Vineyard Sound,
WEE Rodicsrtosna|sacasece) lscemoececsmciocasac — —,1871}|....
2130 | Vineyard Sound,
Parker’s Point. .-.|------- L. w. on algw.-.-.| —— —, 1875 }.---
PUG TI esa Ste opeepecesa lecose cae Onipilestzessss-= —— —, 1875|..-.
2B | heel) Se ase eonEeeeaonllsnea seer Surtaceias---..- —— —, 1875 |-.--
SRE a peel (eee oe en ail el RE Sed Cie eee Re pas ry (53 ee
Provincetown, Masa.) Lw. |...... ...-..----- Aug. 22, 1879 |. .-.
esses GW igeeneescsened Secaesae | UGer ies aarce|| homers Saket
eae5c dome pasar seer 4 Sec OS eet onsen e| FATE 251 O09 etre
eee Ose ena see cones ease cee] Lia Old ples) 5.5. Ate. 20,7 LOro) =e
ena do...--------<--|---.----| Vessel bottom ..| Sept. 3, 1879. |. .-.

Leptochelia limicola Harger.

Paratanais limicola Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 378, 1878.
Leptochelia limicola Harger, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 163, 1879.

PLATE XIII, Fras. 87, 88.

I have seen only females of this species, and these in general much
resemble the same sex in Z. algicola described above, but differ as fol-
lows: The eyes are small and inconspicuous, being less than half the
transverse diameter of the basal antennular segment. The second seg-
ment of the antennule (pl. XIII, fig. 88a) is short, only about half as
long as the third. In the second pair of legs the dactylus with its ter-
minal claw or spine is longer than the propodus, and the claw is
slender and attenuated. The pleon is not wider than the segments of
the thorax, and the uropods have the outer ramus two-jointed and sur-
passing the basal segment of the inner ramus, which is five-jointed, with
the first segment long and imperfectly divided.

Length 2.5". Color white in alcohol.

The specimens of this species were dredged in 48 fathoms, soft mud,
in Massachusetts Bay!, off Salem, by the United States Fish Commis-
sion, in the summer of 1877.

Leptochelia rapax Harger.
Leptochelia rapax Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 163, 1879.
PuaTE XIII, Fries. 89, 90.

Females of this species closely resemble those of the two preceding
species, but are distinguished by the following characters: The eyes
are larger and more conspicuous than in ZL. limicola. The last segment
of the antennulz is scarcely longer than the preceding, instead of nearly
twice as long. In the second pair of legs the dactylus is somewhat
shorter, and the terminal spine less attenuated. The external ramus of
the uropods consists of a single very short and small segment, shorter
than the basal segment of the inner ramus, which is not elongated. The

~~ e

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. A425

inner ramus is five-jointed instead of six-jointed, as in ZL. algicola, from
which species the males are easily distinguished by the elongate and

‘slender antennulz and chelate legs, and by other characters, as may be

seen from the following description and the figures.

The males (pl. XIH, fig. 89) are remarkable for the long, slender hand
terminating the first pair of legs (pl. XIII, fig. 90). The body of the male
is short and robust, and the segments are well separated by constric-
tions at the sides. The head with the united first thoracie segment is
short and rounded, bulging strongly at the sides just behind the eyes,
which are conspicuous, considerably less in diameter than the bases of
the antennule, distinctly articulated and coarsely faceted. The anten-
nule are much elongated, especially in the basal segment, which con-
stitutes nearly half the length of the organ, and is more than one-third
as long as the body; this segment is straight, swollen on the inner side
near the base, then tapers gradually to the tip; the second segment is
a little over one-third the length of the first and cylindrical; the third

is again about one-third the length of the second, and scarcely thicker

than the following flagellar segments, which vary in number from six to
eight, and are usually of about equal length. In case there are eight
flagellar segments the first is, sometimes at least, considerably shorter
than the others. The last segment is tipped with a rudiment, and bears
a few sete. The whole number of segments, therefore, varies from nine
to eleven, and if one of the flagellar segments be taken as a unit of
measurement, the length of the first three segments will be approx-
imately expressed by the numbers 9, 3.8 and 1.4. The antennze when
extended do not far surpass the middle of the basal segment of the
antennule, and are comparatively slender; the first segment is short
and somewhat expanded distally; the second is slightly longer and
expanded so as to be sub-cordate; the third is short and cylindrical, equal
in length to the first; the fourth is the longest segment, being longer
than the first three taken together, and is slender and cylindrical, with
a few sete near the tip; the fifth is more slender and but slightly
shorter than the fourth, and is tipped with a minute rudimentary ter-
minal segment and a few sete.

The legs of the first pair are large and much elongated. They vary
somewhat in size and proportions, but are commonly, when extended,
longer than the body of the animal. In these legs the segments pre-
ceding the carpus are robust but comparatively short, while the carpus
is about half as long as the body, and the propodus (pl. XIII, fig. 90) is
even more elongated than the carpus, and is usually strongly flexed
upon it. More than half the length of the propodus is made up of the
slender digital process, which bears, near the base on the inner side, a
low, obtuse tooth, and a larger and more prominent one near the slender
incurved tip. The dactylus (pl. XIII, fig. 90) is more than half as long
as the propodus, slender, curved, and pointed, and armed with scattered,
weak spinules along the inner margin. The digital process of the pro-

426 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

podus bears also a few sete, especially near the base of the outer tooth.
The forceps thus formed are in most cases large enough to close around
the body of another individual, but vary in size, being in some speci- ©
mens at least one-third smaller than in others. The basal antennular
segment may also be somewhat shorter than above described.

Of the thoracic segments the second (first free) segment is the short-
est, and is also slightly broader than the others, and broader than the
head. The third, fourth, and fifth segments increase in length progres-
sively ; the sixth is as long as the fifth; the seventh shorter. In the
second pair of legs, the dactylus with its terminal claw is about as long
as the propodus and nearly straight, as it is also in the third and fourth
pairs, but the dactyli of the last three pairs of legs are more curved,
and the basal segments somewhat swollen.

The first five segments of the pleon are of about equal] length. The
sixth is slightly shorter, obtusely pointed in the middle, and emarginate
above the bases of the uropods, which are composed of a robust basal
segment, bearing a minute outer ramus composed of a single segment
tipped with sets, and a five-jointed inner ramus, also sparingly pro-
vided with sete. Between the uropods and below, a thin spatulate plate
projects beyond the extremity of the pleon.

In length the males vary from 2.6™" to 3.8"", and in breadth from
0.6"" to 0.85"". The females measure in length about 2.3""; in
breadth, 0.5".

About one hundred specimens of this species, three-fourths of them
females, were collected by Prof. A. Hyatt and Messrs. Van Vleck and
Gardiner, in three feet of water, on muddy bottom, in the summer of
1878, at Annisquam!, Mass., and are the only specimens I have seen.

Leptochelia filum Harger (Stimpson).

Tanais filum, Stimpson, Mar. Iny. G. Manan, p. 43, 1853.
Packard, Mem. Bost. Soe. Nat. Hist., vol. i, p. 296, 1867.
Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 378, 1878.
Leptochelia jilum Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 164, 1879.

“Very minute, slender, rounded on the back, white, looking very much
like a short piece of thread. Head small, and rather narrowed in front;
first thoracic segment of great length; the second half as long as the
third, which is about equal in length with the fourth, fifth, and sixth;
the seventh being a little shorter than the sixth. The segments of the
abdomen are well defined, the first five equaling each other in length,
and the terminal one longer than the fifth, but narrower, and rounded
behind. Antennz short and thick, without flagelle, with blunt tips
crowned with few hairs, as are also their articulations. The inner ones are
directed forward, and much the stoutest, especially toward their bases;
while the outer ones are more slender and curve outward and backward.
First pair of legs exceedingly thickened, with very large ovate hands
and strong curved fingers. They are generally closely applied against

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 427

the breast. The remaining thoracic feet are very slender, terminating
in sharp, slender fingers, which in the second pair are very long and
nearly straight, and in the other pairs short. The legs of the posterior
pair are a little the longest and thickest. The ambulatory feet, in five
pairs, are of great length and resemble those of Amphipods. The caudal
stylets are in length about four-fifths that of the abdomen, and consist
of four or five articles, with few hairs, each article becoming narrower,
the last one with a tuft of few hairs at its extremity. Length .15 inch;
breadth .02. Dredged among Ascidie callose, in 20 fathoms, in the Hake
Bay.”

I have seen no specimens corresponding fully with the above descrip-
tion, which is copied from Dr. Stimpson; neither have I seen any speci-
mens of this family from the Bay of Fundy. I formerly regarded the
species from Vineyard Sound as Tanais filum Stimpson, and that name
is used in this Report, part i, p. 573 (279), where also “ Bay of Fundy
to Vineyard Sound” is given as its range. This error was corrected by
the writer in the American Journal of Science in 1878. In the absence
of specimens from the Bay of Fundy I am unable to say positively that
this species is not the same as my P. limicola, although the number of
segments in the uropods does not correspond with those of that species,
and the outer ramus of the uropods, which is rather conspicuous in that
species, is not mentioned at all by Dr. Stimpson. Further investigation
is needed to settle this question, but the number of species known to
me from the coast seems sufficient warrant for regarding this, for the
present at least, as a distinct species.

Dr. Packard states that he has dredged Tanais filum Stimpson in the
Gulf of St. Lawrence, “at Caribou Island, in eight fathoms, on a sandy
bottom.”

Leptochelia cceca Harger.

Paratanais ceca Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 378, 1878.
Leptochelia ceca Harger, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, p. 164, 1879.

PLATE XIII, Fia. 91.

This species is at once recognized among our Tanaids by the absence
of eyes. The enlarged chelate claws joined to the united head and first
thoracic segment, and the six-jointed pleon serve to distinguish it as
belonging to the present genus.

Body slender, elongated, and rather loosely articulated; head narrow
in front, not broader than the bases of the antennule; eyes wanting;
antennule distinctly four-jointed (pl. XIII, fig. 91a) in the type speci-
men, first segment forming less than half the length of the organ, sec.
ond segment longer than the third, last segment about as long as the
second, slender, tapering and tipped with sete; antenne attaining the
tip of the third antennular segment. The first pair of legs (pl. XIII,
fig. 91b) are robust, but less so than in the preceding species; they

428 © REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

extend forward in the natural position about to the tips of the antenne;
they have the basal segment subquadrate, the hand or propodus less
robust than the carpus, with a serrated digital process; dactylus short.

The second, or first free, thoracic segment is about two-thirds as long
as the third; this in turn is about equal to the fourth and to the fifth seg-
ments; while the sixth and seventh segments are progressiveiy some-
what shorter. The second pair of legs are scarcely more slender than the
following pairs, and the basal segments are not curved around the base
of the first pair.

The uropods (pl. XIII, fig. 91¢) are short, and biramous; each ramus
two-jointed. The outer ramus is more slender than the inner, half its
length, and bears a long bristle at the tip.

Length 2.5"; color white.

The first specimen of this species was dredged along with L. limicola
in 48 fathoms, soft mud, Massachusetts Bay!, off Salem, in the summer
of 1877, and a second specimen apparently of the same species, though
differing somewhat in the antennulz, was collected on the shore at
Provincetown! during the summer of 1879. Unfortunately only a single
specimen was obtained in each case, but it is very distinct from the
other species of our coast. It does, however, closely approach Tanais
islandicus G. O. Sars,* but appears to differ in the first pair of legs,
which Sars describes as follows: ‘“‘Pedes primi paris validi, manu sat
dilatata, carpo vix angustiore, digitis palm longitudinem ezquantibus
vix forcipatis.” These legs are in our species distinctly chelate, and the
dactylus is much shorter than the propodus (see pl. XIII, fig. 910). He
further says: ‘Uropoda sat elongata, biramosa, ramis, ambobus biar-
ticulatis, valde inzequalibus, exteriore ne 3"*™ quidem interioris longitu-
dinus partem assequente.” In our species the outer ramus of the uropod
is about one-half as long as the inner.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

The whole number of species enumerated is forty-six, three more than
were included in my recent paper on New England Isopoda in the Pro-
ceedings of the United States National Museum. Their geographical
distribution, especially on our coast, is summarized in the lists below.

The following eleven species have as yet been found only south of
Cape Cod:

Scyphacella arenicola. Cirolana concharum.
Actoniscus ellipticus. , Nerocila munda.
Cepon distortus. ~ | Agathoa loliginea.
Bopyrus species. j Livoneca ovalis.
Erichsonia filiformis. Tanais vittatus.

Erichsonia attenuata.

*Archiv for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, Bind ii, p. 346 [246], 1877."

$
3

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 429

The following nineteen have been found only north of Cape Cod:

Astacilla granulata.
Cirolana polita.
Aiga psora.
Syscenus infelix.
Gnathia cerina.
Leptochelia limicola.
Leptochelia rapax.
Leptochelia filum.
Leptochelia coca.

Gyge Hippolytes.
Phryxus abdominalis.
Dajus mysidis.
Janira alta.

Janira spinosa.
Munna Fabricii.
Munnopsis typica.
Eurycope robusta.
Synidotea nodulosa.
Synidotea bicuspida.

The remaining sixteen are included in the following list as found on
both sides of Cape Cod, but the letter N. is used to designate such species
as are common north and rare south of the Cape, and Ss. signifies that the
species is common at the south but rare northwards.

Philoscia vittata, s.
Jeera albifrons.
Ilyarachna species.*
Chiridotea coeca.
Chiridotea Tuftsii, N.
Idotea irrorata.
Idotea phosphorea, N.

Epelys trilobus, s.
Epelys montosus, N.

| Spheroma quadridentatum, 8.

Limnoria lignorum.
Anthura polita, s.
Paranthura brachiata, N.
Ptilanthura tenuis.

_ Jera albifrons, B.

Idotea robusta. | Leptochelia algicola, s.

The eleven species included in the following list occur also on the
coast of Europe. The British species are marked B.

Astacilla granulata.
Limnoria lignorum, B.
Aiga psora, B.

Tanais vittatus, B.
Leptochelia algicola, B.

Gyge Hippolytes, B.
Phryxus abdominalis, B.

Munna Fabricii.
Munnopsis typica.
Idotea irrorata, B.

The number of Isopoda included in the present paper is considerably
less than are known to inhabit Great Britain, being only about two-
thirds as many as are included in Bate and Westwood’s work, together
with sueh additions to that fauna as have come to my knowledge since.
As has been seen, eight, or nearly one-fifth of our marine species, are
identical with those of Great Britain. The number of genera is much
more nearly equal. Thirty-one marine genera are enumerated in the
present paper, and of these sixteen are also British. The remaining
fifteen do not appear to be represented on the British coast, but their
place is filled by perhaps a rather greater number of genera. Of the
families, neglecting the Oniscide as not properly included in the present
paper, we come to the Bopyride, which have as yet been but little studied

* The only specimen yet known is from twenty-one miles east of Cape Cod.

430 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

on this coast. Five species only are enumerated here, two of which are
also British, while Bate and Westwood enumerate twelve. A closer ex-
amination of the group may very likely add considerably to the present
list.

The Asellide and Munnopside, which Bate and Westwood would
unite, have seven marine species belonging to six genera in our list, and,
rejecting Limnoria, this number corresponds well with the British list
of four genera and six species; one species, Jwra albifrons Leach, is
identical, as are three of the genera—Jera, Janira, and Munna. The
more typical forms of the Munnopside have not yet, as far as I am
aware, been recognized in British waters.

The Idoteide are more numerous on our coast and appear to be more
diversified than in Great Britain. I have regarded our eleven species
as belonging to five different genera, while Bate and Westwood include
the seven British species in a single genus. The most conservative
could hardly class our species in less than three genera to one English
genus, and, judging mostly from the figures and descriptions, I should
be inclined to reckon three, or at least two, English genera to five on
our coast in this family. One genus and species, [dotea irrorata Edw.
(Say), is identical. Of the Arctwride a single representative has only
recently been discovered within our limits, while three species, of the
Same genus as ours, are mentioned by Bate and Westwood, and Steb-
bing has since added two more species.

A single species of Spheroma is the only representative on our coast
of a family numbering no less than five genera and thirteen species in
Bate and Westwood’s volume. Ifthe last two of these species be united
as sexes of the same, and Dynamene rubra and viridis be also united, as
suggested by Stebbing,* there are still left eleven representatives of this
family in England to one on our coast. Our species is closely related
to the British Spheroma serratum Leach. Limnoria lignorum White
is the only known representative of its family on both coasts.

The Cirolanide and Agide, which are classed together under the lat-
ter name by most authors, have only four representatives in our limits,
belonging to three genera. Two of these genera are also found in Great
Britain, where they contain no less than seven species, one of which,
Aiga psora Kroyer, is identical on the two coasts. Cirolana truncata
Norman is not included in Bate and Westwood, but these authors men-
tion three other species belonging to as many genera in this group,
making five genera and ten species from Great Britain to only three
genera and four species in our waters. The Cymothoide are represented
in our list by three species belonging to three genera, while Bate and
Westwood say of this family, ‘No specimen has hitherto been satisfac-
torily determined as having been found in our own seas.” The Rey. A.
M. Norman, however, in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History
for December, 1868, p. 422, mentions and briefly describes Anilocra medi-

* Jour. Linn. Soe., Zool., vol. xii, p. 148, 1874.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 431

terranea Leach, taken from a ‘small fish in rock-pools at Herm in 1865.”
This genus has not been found on our coast.

Of the three genera and three species of Anthuride in our list two
genera are also found in Great Britain, and it is possible that one species
may yet prove identical. The Gnathiide are more difficult of compari-
son on account of the confusion that has existed in the sexes, and the

larvalforms. Our specimens seem to be all referable to a single species,

doubtless congenerie with the British species, the number of which may,
perhaps, by a liberal estimate, be placed at three.

In the Tanaide, the genera are the same as in Great Britain, and two
of our species, Tanais vittatus Lillj. and Leptochelia algicola Harger, are
found on both coasts. There remain a second species of Yanais on the
British coast, and two species of Leptochelia (Paratanais of Bate and
Westwood) against four species of Leptochelia on our coast, as the remain-
ing representatives of this family. The genus Apseudes should probably
be taken to represent a family not yet found on our coast.

We have, therefore, the following list of marine familes, with the
genera in each, that are identical on our coast and that of Great Britain.
The species have been already indicated in a preceding list:

Bopyride: Gyge, Phryxus, Bopyrus. Two species.
Asellide: Jeera, Janira, Munna. One species.
Idoteidz: Idotea. One species.

Arcturide: Astacilla.

Spheromide: Sphzroma.

Limnoriidz: Limnoria. One species.
Cirolanide: Cirolana.

Aigide: Aiga. One species.

Cymothoide.

Anthuride: Anthura, Paranthura.
Gnathiide: Gnathia.

Tanaide: Tanais, Leptochelia. Two species.

Further details of geographical and also of bathymetrical distribution
are presented in the table on pages 139 to 141, in which the first column
shows the least depth in fathoms at which each species has been collected
on our coast; the second the greatest depth; and the following eighteen

. columns are for different localities, which may be further explained as

follows: The Carolinas include Charleston, S. C., Fort Macon, N. C., and
Norfolk, Va.; New Jersey includes Great Egg Harbor and Atlantic
City, N. J., and Fire Island Beach, on the south shore of Long Island;
Long Island Sound includes Savin Rock, New Haven, Stony Creek, or
Thimble Islands, Saybrook, New London, and Norwalk, Conn.; Block
Island includes Watch Hill, Block Island Sound, and the deeper water
off the island; Vineyard Sound includes also Buzzard’s Bay, Nantucket
Sound, and off Nantucket Island; Cape Cod Bay includes Province-
town and Barnstable; Massachusetts Bay includes Salem, Nahant, Glou-

432 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

cester, and Annisquam, Mass.; the Gulf of Maine includes all outside
of the line of 50 fathoms between Cape Cod and Nova Scotia, and ex-
tending seaward to include George’s Banks; Casco Bay includes Cape
Elizabeth and Quahog Bay; Bay of Fundy includes Eastport Harbor
and Grand Menan, while species collected at greater depths than 50
fathoms are reckoned also in the Gulf of Maine, and the same is true
of those from that depth off Nova Scotia; Nova Scotia includes also
Banquereau or Quereau, Eastern and Western Banks, Miquelon Island,
and the Grand Banks. Species occurring on the north shore of the
Gulf of St. Lawrence are credited also to Labrador. In the last column
of the table the general habitat of each species is briefly indicated.

433

*gu10j40q Apuvs pure ‘Xu04s ‘Ay0037

‘90vjINS 04} Yv Tea00 TedG |-
*SyOI pur Vary |:

“sSvio-[90 pue Bol

*su10}joq Apurg |-
*IOJTA ALOT YB PUS UT |*-

oa
Ocf
*sul0}30q Appuyy

*sm0940q AyTjoys 10 ‘Au0js ‘Appnyy
*o2p ‘sjood-apty Ur ‘pooavos JopuyQ

*sa]2U0UWLHM DT WO OIpISVITT

‘sisfiyy Wo o1jIsvieg

02 ‘agfjoddiyy ‘snyppuvg Uo opisvivg
a2 ‘ajgijoddiyZ uo o1yisvivg
“‘SNUSD]aH WO OTPISVIET

"Asiqqni 1epun ‘e1o0qg
‘pues ut ‘o10qg
"Wsiqqns Jepun ‘e10gg

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC.

bs wt} al @ Q rs 8
aa S/EIRIEVBIS| SEE) EF] 2
B/E | & eai| S| ooh O e «| Q
Pleo e[slB el gle|A/ E g| 3
‘LVLIGVH XUVNICHO | 8 FIG“ el El E S| e
; a Bi e|% B
&

‘oz ‘sT[OYS ‘auT[L10d ‘ssvis-joq |*--

eee te + loo] + et

www elem mele wae + eoeelewee I emeelewee

ca oie | Mle opk

mral ee kal: oe 8 lieu fame a Lp letelaal

eLralle LB | 35 Mee OPE las Lee ae

Se a |e | p [eseefereefeeee
ee Sl fi i Gs ll fanaa ut = Ft eles
mailnale se fs Bee OL
cecahewod las selesealeene Soee rat
Sealy Vemma | thal Lh Apa Vesti] ea

Bees Sete) eed peed ed ed eee Ce Cee) Pee eet

eed eed ee ees es ee) ees ee

Peer ee eer ee rs

ewww wl ewww lew eee ewan ee ewan e mwa n nnn

= Pe Oe eprdsnorq
OBL FOE ME ates AQEE EES SAOG0e pusonpou vojyopratg
pei arlene DT | [POC OCO SSCS AE POSS ET 1G Lone
Nei jl Ii dasa (Se 8I 0 PSS een as ae Meena == RO TOUUSOUL
relics or 0 Fe rae ew een om esse ae CBI, ROFOp YT:
a Pee eae 0% 0 eee eeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees TISIIMT
fe gar! KOR eecses ences sem srnan ener ae BoWd BOJOPLITYO
? WaIGLOGT
SOT SOR t= Sosa rates oememen sawads pedis ss
Oo | CCl. ee eee een eysnqor odoosingy
OLS 2] OG ee eee ere serene wordy sisdouunyy
: OCISHdONNOATL
“TOME vuUNyL
- esourds

Bost qe viroe pe
- SMOAZIQTY vie pe

:‘WalTlasy

sawads ‘snakdog
- -stpisfur snfeqr

sITvurmopqe suxsigg
5 aaa atied oaks

§ny.10}sIp wodeg
> Warsdog

snorydryjo snosmojoy
epoormere eypoovydsog

iidiipeakss tsa *~ BIUHTA wposoTy

? WAIOSINO

28 F

a caeaaaataa eae ee —— ——————————<—_ = ie 7 nt Sa eee a a
, , 027 ‘pau ‘ssvi3-[ooy seen seesiscvolseeesisoss|seesiseasieeosboeesisons | eens 1 sees 1 j ++ sees Lig 0 ser eeeoeseweseeeuses saenaes ejjod simnqjuy

?WalgnHINy
ce OF AST OD SME V9 Teal Suen] ene| fore [oede|eucltegelaneslae a> [te ebl ange betel t zee] | Weluaeal, to [lee Leekgel eceed] en cecseinnes axon aRkane swat EegnTieh ee
I “ysy-o[y Wo orptseacg [oen-|-eee|eeee [eee |eree|eeee|eeee fer ee|eeee|ereeleree|enee] po [esee|eceelseee|ecee|ere-|enneee|eeeene|eres see seeeseceeeeeeeesee + -@pUNUl BfIOOION
| ? WAIOHLOWAD
Z Be eeerores poo'ams wo Cee ee ep foe ae toler eleeeedd Pecrclesesleoesle=eghiceelesselieecltcoallCe: (IGE. TC acoseersnetvexcatrsraner ela tare
[s 1 wallow
B Taser oag ac ooh nese se (tela c dace eal focal touslngealsezal ates toecl del ad eq ffs lee | le aes (acme eae pasacecsessecaressezee- naa EET
i :WaINVIOUID
a ‘JoquIy} pos1eumqnes uy Suplog | + | + fon "|r| aS HLYeatP fam] enl Gemeal | aucel ete ete | aca | Ved Sama Ba 1 OL. (Os! apaasesekerseetoce *****gUIMLIOUST BLOuUYT
e: : HW OUYONAT'T
fo) ‘029 ‘s[ood-opry ‘exo |rees|sees|seee [eee e|see cfr esse e|eeee[eeee|eeeeleees ol kcrcestes ok [ebehg lee lesseesleeaeneeeeeranse wnyeUeprpenb wuoreqdg
= : WaINONWHAg
A ‘o7 ‘powulng UO |***-|""*" op |ovee[enee|==e- af oa kee g. [Rett birer|tees| desl tnarlssaelasnsiazes OM oe a a Ca eyeuUEIs STTOU TY
B iwaIUnLory
= gu10}30q Appa puw Ayooy, [ores |o0r-|trreferesfit staf 1 toh slieteol ils | 5| ali elie [gana ee AB eee OF: -2| Broce tapsenctorescssssscsesseKs snsoyuou
= Fe A eB i a bet lel Bed EA relied eed AD Ip floater Coen | eS ae a ee
= ‘o2p ‘BTTOUS ‘Ssuas-[omy |o<<«|oe iron c[om efor nfm ee[ewnelnneelewe steers et cnneiacne bfeeeet ple [eter isese L 0 oer eeeewencccnnecncnes STULIOJTTY BMOSyOL IG
: "ponuyyu0j—w aIaLOgT
5 PEI Slele sie slelsle/Sleleleieielel & | &

a 3 s|a|3/ 6 m, 3 E
“+ g Bebe lili
oo 8 = e
SH

435

“2eT oSed oste cog §=‘oovy.ms “fe
f9r0ys “s £197BM AOT SOPIUSIS “a ‘ SUOT yey UL OATS Ore SyYdop ONT, “Pes SI 4T YORA Jopun mae oT} 98 M990 07 SIOqINe 1oqY0 Aq pres St Soroeds vB 4vqy SeZOUep -+ UsI8 OFF,
-pouva Agr[va0] OY} Ye PUNO; Uo9q SvT{ Sofoods B 4YVq} YMOMIOZEIS OG} LOF LOYJNB oY} JO AyyIqisuodsea oy} ATUS1s 07 posn SI JULOd UOTyeUIE[OXe UL O[qv} OAOGE OY} U[—"ALON

‘Avg s}osupoussepL Jo S}TUMT] ON UTGITAL ATQO1I}8 Jou o10yoI0 TY pus ‘uy odey jo qJA0U ‘tUeNDsTUTW 4B Po}oT]OO Svar andns nY9Yy90}da'T 9
1eQ ‘oospouvag Ug Ivou ‘ULedDGO OYLOV OY} UL 1000 O}F PIES ST PUL Bog OCLIPY OY} UL OSTE pUNoF SI UWNLOUBY DLLOWWT g
“RIG MINOD YS 0} OSTR SpudzxXo YSOINpOU vozopLUliy’ y
“PUL[IIT PUR PULTWIIIH WoIAdyod ‘OPNAYLT YILOU oY WLOIF SIG AG POqLIOSOP SUA 1}87G04 VI}OPT g
“Bog UBIdseD OY} ULIN990 0} Pres WAP ST puL ‘SvEg Youl_ OG} ‘OYVIUpy oy} ‘WeoUBLIOPI PET Ot} ‘OVA Ol} 0} OSTV SPU9}X9 PDL0L2 POOPT s a
“4g JO JID OY} UL SMLONYe 0ZZ MoI SoavOTIM “TC “IL Aq pourezqo sea ynq ‘syrorT[ IMO UTGFTAL Apung jo Leg oy} ut sur0yzeF 09 Ut ATUO posporp useq seq nndhy sisdowuwnyy 1

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC.

APOME UM AUER lower lok les sie onl eel ee tk I 1 tee "ire te OE 0 veoapecesoosencecssre’*” STAUS} SINGIUE TY
*sui0}j0q Appuu pus ‘Ayjoys ‘A007 ees ees Oe ee oa j 1 l I wwwelewne i eer ee ee SIL 0z soeccecccccccuvcsoos Mau OBId BINIQUBIEG

—
.
‘
‘
.
.
‘
.
.
.
.
.
.

EE ————

436 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

LIST OF AUTHORITIES.

The present list includes only such works and articles, relating wholly
or in part to Crustacea, as have been quoted, or otherwise used, in the
preparation of the preceding paper, and is chiefly intended to aid in
consultation of the authorities quoted. A fewof the titles are necessa-
rily given at second hand, as indicated by quotation marks in the list.
The references to these works occurring throughout the article are also
inclosed in quotation marks, usually with an accompanying mention of
the author from whom they are taken. In all other cases the references
have been made directly from the works quoted. A considerable num-
ber of authorities have not been referred to, and are omitted from the
list, because at present inaccessible, and, for many of the most import-
ant works that I have been able to consult, I am indebted to the liber-
ality of Professor 8S. I. Smith, who has given me the free use of his library
and afforded other material aid in the preparation of the article. Ihave
also had free access to the libraries of Professors Verrill, Marsh and
Dana.

In this list, as throughout the article, the number of the series of
various scientific publications is indicated by Roman numerals in cap-
itals. As far as possible references have been made to the original
paging, sometimes with that of the separata added in a parenthesis,
and, in the following list, a parenthesis is used to denote that the paging
is, or is supposed to be, that of the separata.

Agassiz, Alexander. Letter to C. P. Patterson, Superintendent Coast Survey, on
the dredging operations of the U. 8. Coast Survey steamer “Blake” during parts

of January and February 1878. < Bulletinof the Museum of Comparative Magee:
vol. v, pp. 1-9. Cambridge, 1878.

Andrews, A. [Limnoriaterebrans attacking telegraph cable.] < Quarterly Journal
of Microscopical Science, II, vol. xv, p. 332. London, 1875.

Audouin, Jean Victor, and Edwards, Henri Milne. ‘‘ Résumé d’Entomologie, ou
@Histoire naturelle des animaux articulés, complété par une iconographie de 48
planches. [2 vols.] Paris, 1828-29.”

Audouin, Jean Victor, and Edwards, Henri Milne. Précis d’Entomologie ou d’His-
toire naturelle des animaux articulés. Premiére division, Histoire naturelle des
annélides, crustacés, arachnides et myriapodes, complété par une iconographie.
[8vo, 70 pages, 48 plates.] Paris, 1829.

Audouin, Jean Victor. Description de Egypte ou recueil des observations, et des
recherches qui ont 6té faites en Egypte pendant l’expedition de ’armée Frangaise.
Explication sommaire des planches de crustacés de ’Bgypte et de la Syrie. Pub-
liées par J. C. Savigny. Histoire naturelle, tome i, pt. 4, pp. 77-98. Paris, ‘‘ 1830.”

Bate, C. Spence. On the British Edriophthalma. < Report of the British Associa-
tion for the Advaneement of Science, 1855, Reports on the state of science, pp.
18-62, pl. xii-xxii. London, 1856.

Bate, C. Spence. On Praniza and Anceus and their affinity to each other. < An-
nals and Magazine of Natural History, III, vol. ii, pp. 165-172, pl. vi-vii. Lon-
don, Sept., 1858.

Bate, C.Spence. Crustacea. [In] List of the British marine invertebrate fauna. By
Robert McAndrew. < Report of the British Association for the Advancement of
Scejence. 1860. Reports on state of science. pvp. 217-236. London, 1861.

Se oS re

eo. 7)

— - ——

, ee

ee ae

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 437

Bate, C. Spence. Carcinological gleanings, No. ii. < Annals and Magazine of Na-
tural History, III, vol. xvii, pp. 24-31, pl. ii. London, 1866.

Bate, C. Spence, and Westwood, John Obadiah. A History of the British sessile-
eyed Crustacea. [2 vols. 8vo.] London, 1861-1868.

| Beneden. See Van Beneden.

Nederland en zijne Kusten. [8vo., 100 pages, 2 plates.] Groningen, 1874.

_ Bosc, Louis Augustin Guillaume. Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, contenant leur
description et leurs meers; avec figures dessinées d’aprés nature. [12mo., vol. ii,
296 pages, 18 plates.] Paris, An x (1802).

Buchholz, Reinhold. Zweite Deutsche Nordpolfahrt ‘‘in den Jahren 1869 und 1870,
unter Fiihrung des Kapitiin Koldewey.” B. ii, Part viii, Crustaceen, pp. 262-399.

Bos, Jan Ritzema. Bijdrage tot de kennis van de Crustacea hedriophthalmata van
| pl. i-xv. Leipzig, 1874.

Buchholz, Reinhold. Mittheilungen naturwiss. Vereins v. Neu-Vorpom. u Riigen,
i, pp. 1-40. See Miinter, Julius.

Bullar, John Follett. The generative organs of the parasitic Isopoda. < Journalof
; Anatomy and Physiology, vol. xi, pp. 118-123, pl.iv. London and Cambridge, 1876,

Bullar, John Follett. Hermaphroditism among the parasitic Isopoda; reply to Mr.
Moseley’s remarks on the generative organs of the parasitic Isopoda. < Annals
and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol. xix, pp. 254-256. London, 1877.

Catta, J.D. Note sur quelques Crustacés erratiques. < Annales des Sciences natur-
elles, Zoologie, VI, tome iii, pp. 1-33, pl. i-ii. Paris, 1876.

Coldstream, John. On the structure and habits of the Limnoria terebrans, a minute
crustaceous animal destructive to marine wooden erections, as piers, ete. < Edin-
burgh New Philosophical Journal, vol. xvi, pp. 316-334, pl. vi, 1834.

Cornalia, Emilio, and Panceri, Paolo. Osservazioni zoologico ed anatomische sopra
un nuovo genre di Isopodi sedentari (Gyge branchialis). <( Memorie della Reale
Accademia delle Scienze di Torino, II, tom. xix, pp. 85-118, pli-ii. Turin, 1861.

Cuvier, Georges. Le Régne Animal. See Edwards, Henri Milne, and Latreille,
Pierre Andre.

Czeyniavski, Voldemar. Materialia ad Zoographiam Ponticam comparatam.
“Transactions of the first meeting of Russian Naturalists at St. Petersburg,
1868.” pp. 19-136, pl. i-viii. ‘ 1870.”

_ Dalyell, John Graham. The Powers of the Creator displayed in the Creation. [3
vols., 4to, 145 plates.] London, 1851-1858.

Dana, James Dwight. Conspectus Crustaceorum, &c. Conspectus of the Crustacea
of the Exploring Expedition * * continued. Crustacea Isopoda. < American
Journal of Science and Arts, II, vol. viii, pp. 424-428. New Haven, 1849.

- Dana, James Dwight. On the classification of the Crustacea choristopoda or tetra-
decapoda. <( American Journal of Science and Arts, II, vol. xiv, pp. 297-316.
New Haven, 1852.

_ Dana, James Dwight. Report on the Crustacea of the United States Exploring Ex-
pedition, under the command of Charles Wilkes, U. S. N., 1838-42. Washington,
Text [4to, two parts, 1618 pages], 1853. Atlas [folio, 96 plates], 1855.

Dekay, James E. Zoology of New York or the New York Fauna. Part iv, Crus-
tacea. [4to, 70 pages, 13 plates.] Albany, 1844.

438 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Desmarest, Ansleme Gaetan. Malacostracés. < Dictionnaire des Sciences natur- —

elles, tome xxviii, pp. 138-425 [56 plates]. Paris, 1823.

Desmarest, Ansleme Gaetan. Considerations générales sur la classe des Crustacés,
[8vo, 446 pages, 56 plates.] Paris, 1825,

Dohrn, Anton. Untersuchungen iiber Bau und Entwicklung der Arthropoden.
4. Entwicklung und Organisation von Praniza (Anceus) maxillaris. < Zeit-
schrift fiir wissenschaftliche Zoologie, Band xx, pp. 55-80, taf. vi-vili.—5. Zur
Kentniss des Baues von Paranthura Costana. <Tom. cit. pp. 81-93, taf. ix.
Leipzig, 1870.—7. Zur Kentniss vom Bau und der Entwicklung von Tanais.
<_Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, Band v, pp. 293-306,
taf. xi-xii. Leipzig, 1870.

Duvernoy, George Louis. Sur un nouveau genre de ordre des Crustacés Isopodes
et sur l’espéce type de ce genre, le Képone type. < Annales des Sciences natu-
relles, Zoologie, II, tome xv, pp. 110-122, pl. iv B. Paris, 1841.

Duvernoy, George Louis, and Lereboullet, Auguste. Essai d’une monographie
des organes de la respiration de l’ordre des Crustacés Isopodes. < Annales des
Sciences naturelles, Zoologie, II, tome xv, pp. 177-240, pl. vi. Paris, 1841.

Ebner, Victor von. Helleria, eine neue Isopoden-Gattung aus der Familie der
Oniscoiden. < Verhandlungen k. k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft, Wien,
Band xviii, pp. 95-114, pl. i. Vienna, 1868.

Edwards, Alphonse Milne. Sur un Isopode gigantesque des grandes profondeurs
dela mer. <Comptes Rendus, tome lxxxviii, pp. 21-23. Paris, 1879.
Translated in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, V, vol. iii, pp. 241-
243. London, 1879.

Edwards, Henri Milne. ‘Résumé d’Entomologie” and Précis d’Entomologie. See
Audouin, Jean Victor.

Edwards, Henri Milne. Annotations in Histoire naturelle des animaux sans ver-
tebres, par J. B. P. A. de Lamarck, 2™e Edit., tome v, 8vo. Paris, 1838.

Edwards, Henri Milne. Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, comprenant l’anatomie,
la physiologie et la classification de ces animaux. [8vo, 3 vols. text, 1 vol. plates. J
Paris, tome i, 1834, tome ii, 1837, tome iii, 1840.

Published as a part of the Suites 4 Buffon.

Edwards, Henri Milne. Le Régne Animal distribué d’aprés son organisation, par
Georges Cuvier. Les Crustacés avec une atlas. [Crochard edition, text 4to, 278
pages, atlas with 87 plates.] Paris, ‘‘1849.”

Edwards, Henri Milne. Observations sur le squelette tégumentaire des Crustacés
Décapodes et sur la Morphologie de ces Animaux. < Annales des Sciences natur-
elles, Zoologie, III, tome xvi, pp. 221-291, pl. viii-xi. Paris, 1851.

Edwards, Henri Milne. Rapport sur un travail de M. Hesse relatif aux metamor-
phoses des Ancées et des Caliges. <( Annales des Sciences naturelles, Zoologie,
IV, tome ix, pp. 89-92. Paris, 1858.

Bichwald, Eduard von. ‘“Faune Caspio-Caucasie illustrationes universe.
< Noveaux Mémoires de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscon, yol. vii.
Moscow, 1842.”

Fabricius, Johann Christian. Entomologia Systematica emendata et aucta secun-
dum classes, ordines, genera, species, adjectis synonimis, locis, observationibus,
descriptionibus. [8vo, 4 vols., vols. iandiiiin two parts]. Hafniae (Copenhagen)
1792-1794. Index alphabeticus. [175 pages]. 1796.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 439

Fabricius, Johann Christian. Supplementum Entomologiw Systematice. [8vo, 572
pages.] Hafniae (Copenhagen) 1798. Index alphabeticus. [53 pages.] 1799.

Pabricius, Otho. Fauna Groenlandica. [8vo, 450 pages, 1 plate.] Copenhagen, 1780,
Fleming, John. Crustacea. < Encyclopedia Britannica, 7th edition, vol. vii, pp.
497-504, pl. clxxx-clxxxi, 4to. Edinburgh (1842).

Praisse, Paul. Die Gattung Cryptoniscus Fr. Miiller (Liriope Rathke). < Arbeiten
aus dem Zoologisch-zootomischen Institut in Wiirzburg, Band iv, pp. 239-296,
taf. xii-xv. 1878.

Gaimard, Paul. Voyages en Scandinavie, etc. See Kroyer, Henrik.

Gegenbaur, Carl. Elements of Comparative Anatomy. Translated by F. Jeffrey
Bell, the translation revised by E. Ray Lankester. [8vo, 645 pages.] London,
1878.

Geoffroy, Etienne Louis. ‘Histoire abrégée des Insectes qui se trouvent aux en-
virons de Paris, dans laquelle ces animaux sont rangés suivant un ordre méthod-
ique. Paris, 1762, 1800, 2 vols., 4to.”

Goodsir, Henry D.S. On two new species of Leachia, with a plate. < Edinburgh
new Philosophical Journal, vol. xxxi, pp. 309-313, pl. vi. 1841.

-Gosse, Philip Henry. A Manual of Marine Zoology for the British Isles. [Two parts,

small 8vo.] London, 1855-1856.

Gould, Augustus Addison. Crustacea [List of, in Massachusetts]. < Report on
the Geology, Mineralogy, Botany, and Zoology of Massachusetts. 2d edition. By
Edward Hitchcock. pp. 548-550. Amherst, 1835.

Gould, Augustus Addison. Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, compris-
ing the Mollusca, Crustacea, Annelida and Radiata. [8vo, 373 pages, 15 plates. ]
Boston, 1841.

Griffith, Edward, and Pidgeon, Edward. The Classes Annelida, Crustacea and
Arachnida arranged by the Baron Cuvier, with supplementary additions to each
order. [8vo, 540 pages, 59 plates.] London, 1833.

Grube, Adolph Eduard. Ein Ausflug nach Triest und dem Quarnero. Beitrige zur
Kentniss der Thierwelt dieses Gebietes. [8vo, 175 pages, 5 plates.] Berlin, 1861.

Guérin Méneville, Felix Edouard. Iconographie du Régne Animal de Cuvier.
Avec un texte descriptif mis au courant delascience. Crustacés. [8vo, 48 pages,
35 plates.] Paris, 1829-1843.

Guérin Méneville, Felix Edouard. Expedition Scientifique de Morée, Section des
Sciences physiques, tome iii, pt. i, Zoologie, section ii. Des Animaux articulés.
Crustacés, pp. 30-50. pl. xxvii. Paris, 1832.

'Harger, Oscar. The sexes of Spheroma. < American Journal of Science and Arts,

III, vol. v, p. 314. New Haven, 1873.

Harger, Oscar. On a new genus of Asellide. < American Journal of Science and
Arts, III, vol. vii, pp. 601-602. New Haven, 1874.

Harger, Oscar. This Report, part i, pp. 569-573. See Verrill, Addison Emory.

Harger, Oscar. Trans. Conn. Acad., vol. iii, pp. 1-57, and This Report, part ii, pp.
657-661. See Smith, Sidney Irving.

Harger, Oscar. Description of Mancasellus brachyurus, a new fresh water Isopod
< American Journal of Science and Arts, III, vol. xi, pp. 304-305. New Haven,
1876.

440 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Harger, Oscar. Descriptions of new genera and species of Isopoda, from New Eng-
land and adjacent regions. <(American Journal of Science and Arts, III, vol.
XV, pp. 373-379. New Haven, 1878.

Harger, Oscar. Notes on New England Isopoda. < Proceedings of the United
States National Museum, 1879, vol. ii, pp. 157-165. Separata, Washington, 1879.
[List of Bopyridz by Prof. 8. I. Smith. ]

Heller, Camill. Carcinologische Beitriige zur Fauna des adriatischen Meeres.
< Verhandlungen der k. k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, Band
Xvi, pp. 723-760. Vienna, 1866.

Heller, Camill. Die Crustaceen, Pycnogoniden und Tunicaten der k. k. Osterr-Ungar
Nordpol-Expedition. < Denkschriften dermathematisch-naturwissenschaftlichen
Classe der kaiserlichen Academie der Wissenschaften, Band xxxv, pp. 25-46, taf.
i-v. Vienna, 1875.

Hesse, Eugéne. Mémoire sur les Pranizes et les Ancées (extrait). < Annales des
Sciences naturelles, Zoologie, [V, tome ix, pp. 93-119. Paris, 1858.

Hesse, Eugéne. Memoir on the Pranize and Ancei (abstract). < Annals and Maga-
zine of Natural History, III, vol. xiv, pp. 405-417. London, 1864.

Hesse, Eugéne. Mémoire sur les Pranizes et les Ancées. <( Mémoires présentés par
divers savants & Académie des Sciences de l’Institut Impérial de a tome
XVili, pp. 231-302, pl. i-iv. Paris, 1868.

Hesse, Hugéne. Observations sur des Crustacés rares ou nouveaux des cétes de
France. 15™° article. Description d@’un nouveau crustacé appartenant au genre
Limnorie. < Annales des Sciences naturelles, Zoologie, V, tome x, pp. 101-121, |
pl. ix. Paris, 1868.

Hitchcock, Edward. A Catalogue of the animals and plants of Massachusetts, VI,
Crustacea. < Report on the Geology, Mineralogy, Botany, and Zoology of Mas-
sachusetts, pp. 563-564. Amherst, 1833.

Hope, Frederick William. ‘‘Observations on the ravages of Limnoria terebrans,
with suggestions for a preventative against the same. < Transactions of the
Entomological Society, vol. i, pp. 119,120. London, 1836.”

Hope, Frederick William. Catalogo dei Crostacei Italiani e di Molti Altri del
Mediterraneo. [8vo, 48 pages, 1 plate.] Naples, 1851.

Huxley, Thomas Henry. <A Manual of the anatomy of invertebrated animals.
[8vo. 698 pages.] London, 1877. American edition [12mo. 596 pages], New
York, 1878. |

Johnston, George. Contributions to the British Fauna. <The Edinburgh Philo- |
sophical Journal, vol. xiii, pp. 218-222, 1825.

Johnston, George. Illustrations in British Zoology. < Loudon’s Magazine of Natu-
ral History, vol. viii, pp. 494-498. London, 1835. Ibid., vol. ix, pp. 79-83. 1836.

Jones, John Matthew. Notes on the marine zoology of Nova Scotia. < Proceed-
ings and Transactions of the Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science of Hal-
ifax, N.S., vol. ii, 1869-70, part iv, pp. 93-99. Halifax, 1870.

Jones, Thomas Rupert. Manual of the natural history of Greenland. See Liitken,
Christian Friedrich.

Kinahan, John Robert. Analysis of certain allied genera of terrestrial Isopoda; with
description of a new genus and a detailed list of the British species of Ligia, Phil-
ougria, Philoscia, Porcellio, Oniscus and Armadillidium. < Natural History Re-
view, 1857, Proceedings of Societies, pp. 258-282, pl. xix-xxii. Dublin, 1857. |

Fr MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 441

Kingsley, John Sterling. Bulletin of the Essex Institute, vol, ix, pp. 103-108. See
Streets, Thomas Hale.

Kingsley, John Sterling. Notes on New England Isopoda, [by O. Harger, Notice of.]
< American Naturalist, vol. xiv, pp. 120-121. Philadelphia, 1880.

Kirby, William, and Spence, William. ‘‘An Introduction to Entomology, or Ele-
ments of the natural history of Insects. 5th and 6th editions. London.”

Kroyer, Henrik. Grinlands Amfipoder. < Kongelige Danske Videnskabenes Sels-
kabs naturvidenskabelige og mathematiske Afhandlinger, vol. vii, pp. 229-326,
(1-98) pl. i-iv. Copenhagen, 1838.

Kroyer, Henrik. Munna, en ny Krebsdyrslegt. < Naturbistorisk Tidsskrift, Bind
li, pp. 612-616, pl. vi, figs. 1-9. Copenhagen, 1839.

Kroyer, Henrik. Nye Arter af Slegten Tanais. < Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, Bind
iv, pp. 167-168, pl. ii. Copenhagen, 1842.

Kroyer, Henrik. Monografisk Fremstilling af Slegten Hippolyte’s nordiske Arter.
. < Kongelige Danske Videnskabenes Selskabs naturvidenskabelige og mathema-
| tiske Afhandlinger, vol. ix, pp. 211-360, pl. i-vi. Copenhagen, 1842.
]

Kroyer, Henrik. Karcinologiske Bidrag. < Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift, II, Bind ii,
pp. 1-123, 1846, and pp. 366-446, 1847. Copenhagen, 1846-7.

Kroyer, Henrik. Voyages en Scandinavie en Laponie, au Spitzberg et aux Férée,
Zoologie, Crustacés. (Publiées sous la direction de M. Paul Gaimard). [40 folio
plates.] Paris, 1849.

Lamarck, JeanP.B.A.deM.de. Histoire naturelle des animaux sansvertebres. 2™*
Edit. Revue et augmentée de notes par MM. G. P. Deshayes et H. Milne Edwards.

Latreille, Pierre Andre. Histoire naturelle génerale et particulitre des Crustacés et
des Insectes. [8 vo, 14 vols. text, 1 vol. plates.] Paris, An x—xiii (1802-1805).

Latreille, Pierre Andre. Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum secundum ordinem
naturalem in familias disposita, iconibus exemplisque plurimisexplicata. [2 vols.,
16 plates.] Paris, 1806-1807.

Latreille, Pierre Andre. *Entomologie ou histoire naturelle des Crustacés, des
Arachnides et des Insectes. < Encyclopédie méthodique. Paris, 1789-1825.”

Latreille, Pierre Andre. Le Régne Animal distribué d’ aprés son Organisation par
M. Le Baron Cuvier, tome iv, Crustacés, Arachnides et partie des Insectes. [8vo,
584 pages.] Paris, 1829.

Latreille, Pierre Andre. Cours d’Entomologie, ou de l’Histoire naturelle des Crusta-
cés des Arachnides, des Myriapodes et des Insectes. [8vo, 568 pages, with atlas
of 24 plates.] Paris, 1831.

Latrobe, Benjamin Henry. A drawing and description of the Clupea tyrannus and
Oniscus pregustator. < Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, vol.
v, pp. 77-81, pl.i. Philadelphia, 1802.

Leach, William Elford. Crustaceology. < Edinburgh Encyclopedia, vol. vii.
Edinburgh, ‘ 1813-14.”
I have seen only an American edition, in which the article is on pp. 221-277.

Leach, William Elford. A tabular view of the external characters of four classes
of animals which Linné arranged under Insecta; with the distribution of the
genera composing three of these classes into orders, etc., and descriptions of sev-
eral new genera and species. < Transactions of the Linnean Society of London,
vol. xi, pp. 306-400. London, 1815.

442 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Leach, William Elford. Cymothoadées. < Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles,
tome xii, pp. 338-354. Paris, 1818.

Leidy, Joseph. Contributions toward a knowledge of the marine invertebrate fauna
of the coasts of Rhode Island and New Jersey. < Journal of the Academy of
Natural Science, II, vol. iii, pp. 185-152, pl. x-xi. Philadelphia, 1855.

Leidy, Joseph, Notices of some animals on the coast of New Jersey. < Proceedings
of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1879, pp. 198-199. 1879.

Lenz, Heinrich. Die wirbellosen Thiere der Travemiinder Bucht. Theil I= Anhang
I zu dem Jahresberichte 1874-1875 der Kommission zur wissenschaftlichen Unter-
suchung der deutschen Meere in Kiel. [24 pages, 2 plates.] Berlin, 1878.

Lereboullet, Auguste. Annales des Sciences naturelles, Zoologie, Il, tome xv, pp.
177-240. See Duvernoy, George Louis.

Lilljeborg, Wilhelm. Bidrag till den hégnordiska hafsfaunan. < C@fversigt af
Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Foérhandlingar, Arg vii, pp. 82-88. Stockholm,
1850.

Lilljeborg,, Wilhelm. Norges Crustacéer. < C£fversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-
Akademiens Férhandlingar, Arg viii, pp. 19-25. Stockholm, 1851.

Lilljeborg, Wilhelm. Hafs-Crustaceer vid Kullaberg. < fversigt af Kongl. Vet-
enskaps-Akademiens Férhandlingar, Arg ix, pp. 1-13. Stockholm, 1852.

Lilljeborg, Wilhelm. Bidrag till kiinnedomen om de inom Sverige och Norrige
forekommande Crustaceer af Isopodernas underordning och Tanaidernas familj.
[8vo, 32 pages.] Upsala, 1865.

Linné, Carl von. ‘‘Fauna Suecica, sistens animalia Suecie Regni Quadrupedia,
Aves, Amphibia, Pisces, Insecta, Vermes, distributa per classes et ordines, genera
et species. Editio altera, 8vo. Stockholm, 1761.”

Linné, Carlvon. Systema Nature per Regna tria Nature, secundum classes, ordines,
genera, species cum characteribus, differentiis, synonymis, locis. Tomus I, Ed.
12 reformata. Holmiae (Stockholm), 1766-1767.

Lockington, William Neale. Description of seventeen new species of Crustacea.
< Proceedings of the California Academy. of Sciences, vol. vii, pp. 41-48 (1-8).
San Francisco, 1877.

Lucas, Hippolyte. Histoire naturelle des animaux articulés. Crustacés. [pp. 1-88,
8 plates.] < Exploration Scientifique de Algérie pendant les années, 1840-1842,
Sciences physiques, Zoologie, I. Paris, 1849.

Liitken, Christian Friedrich. Nogle Bemerkninger om de nordiske “ga-arter samt
om Aiga-slegtens rette Begrendsning. < Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den
naturhistoriske Forening i Kjébenhayn, Aaret 1858, pp. 65-78, pl. 1 A. 1859.

Liitken, Christian Friedrich. Om visse Cymothoagtige Krebsdyrs Ophold i Mund-
hulen hos forskjellige Fiske. <( Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den naturhisto-
riske Forening i Kjébenhavn, Aaret 1858, pp. 172-179. Copenhagen, 1859.

Liitken, Christian Friedrich. Tilleg til ,,Nogle Bemezrkninger om de nordiske
figa-arter samt om Aiga-slegtens rette Begrendsning ‘“—Om Aiga tridens Leach
og Aiga rotundicauda Lilljeborg samt om slegterne Acherusia og Mgacylla.
< Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den naturhistoriske Foreningi Kjébenhavn,
Aaret 1860, pp. 175-183 (1-9). Copenhagen, 1861.

Liitken, Christian Friedrich. Ibid., 1861, pp. 274-276. See Steenstrup, Japetus.

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 443

Liitken, Christian Friedrich. The Crustacea of Greenland. < Manual of the nat-
ural history, geology and physics of Greenland and the neighbouring regions;
prepared for the use of the Arctic expedition of 1875, by T. Rupert Jones, pp.
146-165. London, 1875.

Macdonald, John Denis. On the external anatomy of Tanais vittatus occurring
with Limnoria and Chelura terebrans in excavated pier-wood. < Transactions of
the Linnean Society, II, Zoology, vol. i, pp. 67-71, pl. xv. London, 1875.

M'Intosh, William Carmichael. On the invertebrate marine fauna and fishes of St.
Andrews. <Annals and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol. xiii, pp. 140-145, 204-
221, 302-315, 342-357, 420-482, vol. xiv, pp. 68-75, 144-155, 192-207, 258-274, 337-349,
412-425. London, 1874.

Marcusen, Johann. Zur Fauna des schwarzen Meeres. < Archiv fiir Naturge-
schichte, Jahrgang xxxiii, Band i, pp. 357-363. Berlin, 1867.

Mayer, Paul. Carcinologische Mittheilungen. VI. Ueber den Hermaphroditismus
bei einigen Isopoden. < Mittheilungen aus der Zoologischen Station zu Neapel,
B. i, pp. 165-179, pl. v. Leipzig, 1879.

Meinert, Fr. Crustacea Isopoda, Amphipoda et Decapoda Danie: Fortegnelse over
Danmarks Isopode, Amphipode, og Decapode Krebsdyr. ‘‘Naturhistorisk Tids-
skrift, III,” pp. 57-248. Copenhagen, ‘‘1877.”

Metzger, Adolf. Die wirbellosen Meeresthiere der ostfriesischen Kiiste. Ein Beitrag
zur Fauna der deutschen Nordsee. < Zwanzigster Jahresbericht der naturhis-
torischen Gesellschaft zu Hannover, pp. 22-36. Hannover, 1871.

Metzger, Adolf. Nordseefahrt der Pommerania—“ Zoologische Ergebnisse der Nord-

- seefahrt, X. Crustaceen aus den Ordnungen Edriophthalmata u. Podophthalmata,

taf. vi. Aus Jahrsbericht der Commission zu wiss. Untersuchung des deutsches
Meer, im Kiel, Jahre 1872-1873.” Berlin, 1875.

Miers, Edward John. List of the species of Crustacea collected by the Rev. A. E.
Eaton at Spitzbergen in the summer of 1873, with their localities and notes,
< Annals and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol. xix, pp. 131-140. London,
1877.

Miers, Edward John. Report on the Crustacea collected by the naturalists of the
Arctic Expedition in 1875-1876. < Annals and Magazine of Natural History, IV,
vol. xx, pp. 52-66 and 96-110, pl. iii-iv. London, 1877.

Milne-Edwards. See Edwards, Alphonse Milne and Henri Milne.

Mobius, Karl. Die wirbellosen Thiere der Ostsee. < ‘‘Bericht iiber die Expedition
zur physikalisch-chemischen und biologischen Untersuchung der Ostsee im Som-
mer 1871 auf 8. M. Avisodampfer Pommerania.” pp. 97-144. Kiel, 1873.

Mobius, Karl. On the invertebrate animals of the Baltic. < Annals and Magazine
of Natural History, IV, vol. xii, pp. 81-89. London, 1873.
Translated by W. S. Dallas from the preceding.

Mohr, Nicholas. Fors¢g til en Islandisk Naturhistorie, med adskillige ekonomiske
samt andre Anmerkninger. [8vo, 413 pages.] Copenhagen, 1786.

Montagu, George. Description of several marine animals found on the south coast
of Devonshire. < Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, vol. vii, pp.
61-85, tab. vi-vii, 1804. Ibid., vol. ix, pp. 81-114, tab. ii-viii. 1808.

Montagu, George. Descriptions of several new or rare animals, principally marine,
discovered on the south coast of Devonshire. < Transactions of the Linnean
Society of London, vol. xi, pp. 1-26, tab. i-v. London, 1815.

Moore, Edward. Onthe occurrence of Teredo navalis and Limnoria terebrans in

Plymouth Harbour. < Magazine of Natural History, new series, vol. ii, pp. 206-
210. London, 1838.

444 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Moore, Edward. Limnoria terebrans in Plymouth Harbour. < Magazine of Nat-
ural History, new series, vol. iii, pp. 196-197. London, 1839.

Moore, Edward. Catalogue of the malacostracous Crustacea of South Devon. —
< Magazine of Natural History, new series, vol. iii, pp. 284-294. London, 1839,

Moseley, Henry Nottidge. Remarks on observations by Capt. Hutton, Director of
the Otago Museum, on Peripatus novee-zealandiw, with notes on the structure of
the species. <( Annals and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol. xix, pp. 85-91.
London, 1877.

Moseley, Henry Nottidge. Hermaphroditism in the parasitic Isopoda. Further
remarks on Mr. Bullar’s papers on the above subject. < Annals and Magazine of
Natural History IV, vol. xix, pp. 310,311. London, 1877.

Miiller, Friedrich. Bemerkungen zu Zaddach’s Synopseos Crustaceorum Borussi-
corum prodromus. < Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Jahrgang, xiv, Band i, pp.
62-64, pl. iv. Berlin, 1848.

Miiller, Friedrich [Fritz]. Ueber den Bau der Scheerenasseln (Asellotes hétéropodes
M. Edw.). < Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Jahrg. xxx, B.i, pp. 1-6. Berlin, 1864.

Miiller, Friedrich [Fritz]. Facts and Arguments for Darwin. Translated by W.S.
Dallas. [8vo.,144 pages.] London, 1869.

Miiller, Friedrich [Fritz]. Bruchstiicke fiir Naturgeschichte der Bopyriden.
< Jenaische Zeitschrift fiir Medicin und Naturwissenschaft, Band vi, pp. 53-78,
taf. iii-iv. Leipzig, 1871.

Miinter, Julius, and Buchholz, Reinhold. ‘‘ Ueber Balanus improvisus (Darw.) var.
gryphicus (Miinter). Beitrag zur carcinologischen Fauna Deutschlands. < Mit-
theilungen d. naturwissensch. Vereins von Neu-Vorpommern u. Riigen, i, pp.
1-40, 2 plates. Berlin, 1869.”

Norman, Alfred Merle. Reports of deep-sea dredging on the coast of Northumber-
land and Durham, 1862-64. Report on the Crustacea. < Natural History Trans-
actions, Northumberland and Durham, vol. i, pp. 12-29, ‘‘1865.”

Norman, Alfred Merle. Report of the committee appointed for the purpose of ex-
ploring the coasts of the Hebrides by means of the dredge. Part ii, on the Crus-
tacea, Echinodermata, Polyzoa, Actinozoa and Hydrozow. < Report of the
British Association for the Advancement of Science for 1866, Reports on the
State of Science, pp. 193-206. London, 1867.

Worman, Alfred Merle. Preliminary report on the Crustacea, Molluscoida, Echin-
odermata, and Coelenterata, procured by the Shetland dredging committee in 1867.
< Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science for 1867,
Reports on the State of Science, pp. 437-441. London, 1868.

Worman, Alfred Merle. On two “Tsopods belonging to the genera Cirolana and
Anilocra, new to the British Islands. < Annals and Magazine of Natural His-
tory, IV, vol. ii, pp. 421-422, pl. xxiii. London, 1868.

Worman, Alfred Merle. Last Report on dredging among the Shetland Isles, Part ii,
Crustacea, etc. < Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Sci-
ence for 1868, Reports on the State of Science, pp. 247-336 and 344-345. Lon-
don, 1869.

Norman, Alfred Merle. Crustacea, Tunicata, Polyzoa, Echinodermata, Actinozoa,
Foraminifera, Polycistina, and Spongida in ‘‘ Preliminary Report of the Biological
Results of a Cruise in H. M. S. ‘Valorous’ to Davis Strait in 1875.” By J. Gwyn
Jeffreys. <( Proceedings of the Royal Society, vol. xxv, pp. 202-215. London,
1876. ;

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 445

‘Garsted, Anders SandG6e. Beretning om en Excursion til Trindelen, en Alluvial-
dannelse i Odensef jord, i Esteraaret 1841, d. 194 Octbr. < Naturhistorisk
Tidsskrift, Bind iii, pp. 552-569, tab. viii. Copenhagen, 1841.

‘Owen, Richard. ‘‘The Zoology of Captain Beechey’s Voyage * * * to the Pacific
Ocean and Behring’s Straits, performed in H. M. Ship Blossom * * * in the
years 1825-28.” Crustacea, pp. 77-92, pl. xxiv-xxviii. London, ‘ 1839.”

Packard, Alpheus Spring. A list of animals dredged near Caribou Island, South-
ern Labrador, during July and August, 1860. < Canadian Naturalist and Geolo-
gist, vol. viii, pp. 401-429, pl. i-ii. Montreal, 1863.

Packard, Alpheus Spring. Observations on the glacial phenomena of Labrador
and Maine, with a view of the recent invertebrate fauna of Labrador. <( Memoirs
of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. i, pp. 210-303, pl. vii-viii. Boston,
1867.

Packard, Alpheus Spring. On the Crustaceans and Insects [in] The Mammoth
Cave and its inhabitants, by the editors. <( American Naturalist, vol. v, pp. 744-
761. Salem, 1871.

Packard, Alpheus Spring. On the cave fauna of Indiana. < Fifth Annual Report
of the Trustees of the Peabody Academy of Science, pp. 93-97. Salem, 1873.

Panceri, Paolo. Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, II, vol. xix, pp.85-118. See Cornalia,
Emilio.

Parfitt, Edward. .The fauna of Devon. Part IX. Sessile-eyed Crustacea, [8vo, 25
pages.] ‘‘Reprinted from the Transactions of the Devonshire Association for the
Advancement of Science, Literature, and Art. 1873.”

Pennant, Thomas. ‘The British Zoology, 4th Edit.,4 vols., with 279 plates, 4to.
London, 1777.”

Pidgeon, Edward. The Classes Crustacea, etc. See Griffith, Edward.

Rathke, Heinrich. ‘Beitrag zur Fauna der Krimm. < Memoiren der kaiserlichen
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu St. Petersburg, Theil iii, pp. 291-454, 773-774.
1837.”

Rathke, Heinrich. Beitriige zur Fauna Norwegens. < Nova Acta Academis
Czsarex Leopoldino-Carolinw Nature Curiosorum, tom. xx, pp. 1-264c., taf. i-xii.
Breslau and Bonn, 1843.

Rathke, Jens. ‘‘ Jagttagelser henhorende til Indvoldsormenes og Bléddyrenes natur-
historie; med anmirkningar af O. Fabricius. <Skrivter af naturhistorie-
Selskabet, vol. v, pp. 61-153, tab. ii-iii. Copenhagen, 1799.”

Reinhardt, Johann T. Fortegnelse over Grgnlands Krebsdyr, Annelider og Indvold-
sorme. < Naturhistorisk Bidrag til en Beskrivelse af Grgnland, pp. 28-49.
‘‘ Serskilt Aftryk af Tillegene til ‘Grénland, geographisk og statistisk beskrevnet’
af H. Rink.” Copenhagen, 1857.

Risso, Antoine. Histoire naturelle des Crustacés des environs de Nice. [8vo, 176
pages, 3 plates.] Paris, 1816.

Risso, Antoine. ‘‘ Histoire naturelle de Europe méridionale, tome v. Paris, 1826.”

Ritzema Bos, Jan. See Bos, Jan Ritzema.

Roux, Jean Louis Florent Polydore. ‘‘Crustacés de la Méditerranée et de son
Littoral décrits et lithographies. Marseilles, 1829-1830.”

446 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Saenger, Nicholas. ‘‘Preliminary account of an exploration of the fauna of the
Baltic. <Communications of the Imp. Society of Nat. Sc. Anthropol. and Ethnol.
of the Univers. of Moscow, vol. viii, pp. 22-34. 1869.”

Samouelle, George. The Entomologist’s useful Compendium; or an introduction
to the knowledge of British Insects. [8vo, 496 pp., 12 plates.] London, 1819.

Sars, George Ossian. [Om en anomal Gruppe af Isopoder.] < Forhandlinger i
Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, Aar 1863, pp. 205-221. Christiana, 1864.

Sars, George Ossian. Beretning om en i Sommeren, 1865, foretagen Zoologisk
Reise ved Kysterne af Christianias og Christiansands Stifter. [8vo, 47 pages.]
< ‘Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne.” Christiania, 1866.

Sars, George Ossian. Histoire naturelle des Crustacés d’eau douce de Norvage. 1™*
livraison. Les Malacostracés. [4to, 145 pages, 10 plates.] Christiania, 1867.

Sars, George Ossian. Unders¢gelser over Christianiafjordens Dybvandsfauna anstil-
lede paa eni Sommeren 1868 foretagen zoologisk Reise. [8vo, 58pages.] < “Nyt
Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne.” Christiania, 1869.

Sars, George Ossian. Undersggelser over Hardangerfjordens Fauna. < Forhand-
linger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, Aar 1871, pp. 246-286. Christiania,
1872.

Sars, George Ossian. Bidrag til Kundskaben om Dyrelivet paa vore Havbanker.
<_Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, Aar 1872, pp. 73-119.
Christiania, 1873.

Sars, George Ossian. Prodromus deseriptionis Crustaceorum et Pycnogonidarum,
quae in expeditione Norvegica Anno 1876, observavit G. O. Sars. < Archiv for
Mathematik og Naturvidenskab, Bind ii, pp. 337* [237]-271. Christiania, 1877.

Sars, Michael. Oversigt over de i den norsk-arctiske Region forekommende Krebs-
dyr. <Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, Aar 1858, pp. 122-
163. Christiania, 1859.

Sars, Michael. [Beskrivelse af en ny Slegt og Art af Isopoder: Munnopsis typica
Sars.] < Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, Aar 1860, pp. 84-85.
Christiania, 1861.

Sars, Michael. Bidrag til Kundskab om Christianiafjordens Fauna. [104 pages,7
plates.] < “Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne.” Christiania, 1868.

Sars, Michael. Fortsatte Bemzerkninger over det dyriske Livs Udbredning i Havets _
Dybder. < Forhandlinger i Videnskabs-Selskabet i Christiania, Aar 1868, pp.246-
275. Christiania, 1869.

Savigny, Jules Cesar. Description de ’Egypte ou Recueil des Observations et des
Recherches pendant Expedition de /Armée Francaise. Histoire naturelle, Plan-
ches, Zoologie, Crustacés. [13 folio plates.] Paris, 1817.

Say, Thomas. An account of the Crustacea of the United States. < Journal of the
Academy of Natural Science, vol.i, part i, pp. 57-63, 65-80, pl. iv, pp. 97-101, 155-
169, 1817; part ii, pp. 235-253, 313-319, 374-401, 423-441. Philadelphia, 1817-1818.

Say, Thomas. Observations on some of the animals described in the account of the
Crustacea of the United States. < Journal of the Academy of Natural Science,
vol.i, part ii, pp. 442-444. Philadelphia, 1818.

ae volume the paging from 200 to 268 is incorrectly printed 300-368. The separata are paged
- 5 ;

} + oe ©

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 447

Schicddte, Jorgen C. On the structure of the mouth in sucking Crustacea, part i,
Cymothoxw. < Annals and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol.i, pp. 1-25, pl. i,
1868.—Parts ii, Anthura, iii, Laphystius. < Ibid., vol. xviii, pp. 253-266 and 295-
305. London, 1877.

Translated from ‘‘Naturhistorisk Tidsskrift III, vol. iv with 2 plates, and vol. x
with 5 plates. Copenhagen, 1866 and 1875.”

Schiddte, Jorgen C. Sur la propagation et les metamorphoses des Crustacés suceurs
de la famille des Cymothoadiens. < Comptes Rendus, tome Ilxxxvii, pp. 52-55.
Paris, 1878.

Translated in Annals and Magazine of Natural History, V, vol. ii, pp. 195-197.
London, 1878.

Smith, Sidney Irving. This Report, part i, pp.537-747. See Verrill, Addison E.

Smith, Sidney Irving and Harger, Oscar. Report on the dredgings in the region of
St. George’s Banks in 1872. < Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Arts
and Sciences, vol. iii, part i, pp. 1-57, pl. i-viii. New Haven, 1874,

Smith, Sidney Irving. The Crustacea of the fresh waters of the United States.
<This Report, part ii, pp. 637-665, pl. i-iii. Washington, 1874. [Descriptions of
Asellus and of Asellopsis by O. Harger].

Smith, Sidney Irving. The stalk-eyed Crustaceans of the Atlantic coast of North
America north of Cape Cod. < Transactions of the Connecticut Academy, vol.
V, pp. 27-136, pl. viii-xii. New Haven, 1879.

Smith, Sidney Irving. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1879, vol. ii, pp. 157,158. See Harger,
Oscar.

Smith, Sidney Irving. Occurrence of Chelura terebrans, a Crustacean destructive to
the timber of submarine structures, on the coast of the United States. < Pro-
ceedings of the United States National Museum, 1879, vol. ii, pp. 232-235. Wash-
ington, 1880.

Stalio, Luigi. Catalogo Metodico e Descrittivo dei Crostacei Podottalmi ed Edriott-
almi dell’ Adriatico. [8vo, 274 pages.] ‘‘(Estr. dalvol. iii, serie v, degli Atti dell’
Instituto Stesso.)” Venice, 1877.

Sowerby, James. The British Miscellany: or coloured figures of new, rare, or little
known animal subjects; many not before ascertained to be inhabitants of the
British Isles. [2 vols.in one, 8vo, 76 plates.] London, 1804-1806.

Stebbing, Thomas Roscoe Rede. A Sphzromid from Australia, and Arcturids
from South Africa. <(Annals and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol. xii, pp.
95-98, pl. iii A. London, 1873.

Stebbing, Thomas Roscoe Rede. Ona new species of Arcturus (A. damnoniensis).
<Annals and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol. xiii, pp. 291-292, pl. xv.
London, 1874.

Stebbing, Thomas Roscoe Rede. A new Australian Spheromid, Cyclura venosa;
and notes on Dynamene rubra and viridis. < Journal of the Linnean Society,
Zoology, vol. xii, pp. 146-151, pl. vi-vii. London, 1874.

Stebbing, Thomas Roscoe Rede. The sessile-eyed Crustacea of Devon. [8vo, 10
pages, 1 plate.] ‘‘Reprinted from the Transactions of the Devonshire Association
for the Advancement of Science, Literature, and Art. 1874.”

Stebbing, Thomas Roscoe Rede. On some new exotic sessile-eyed Crustaceans.
<Annals and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol. xv, pp. 184-188, pl.xv A.
London, 1875.

‘448 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Stebbing, Thomas Roscoe Rede. Description of a new species of sessile-eyed Crus-
tacean and other notices. <Annals and Magazine of Natural History, IV, vol.
xvii, pp. 73-80, p iv-v. London, 1876.

Stebbing, Thomas Roscoe Rede. Notes on sessile-eyed Crustaceans with descrip-
tion of a new species. <(Annals and Magazine of Natural History, V, vol i, pp.
31-37, pl. v. London, 1878.

Stebbing, Thomas Roscoe Rede. Sessile-eyed Crustacea of Devonshire. Supple-
mentary list. [8vo, 9 pages.] ‘‘Reprinted from the Transactions of the Devon-
shire Association for the Advancement of Science, Literature, and Art.” 1879.

Steenstrup, Japetus, and Liitken, Christian Friedrich. Mindre Meddelelser fra
Kjébenhavns Universitets zoologiske Museum.—2. Forelébig Notits om danske
Hav-Krebsdyr. <Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den Naturhistoriske Forening
i Kjobenhavn, 1861, II, vol. iii, pp. 274-276. Copenhagen, 1862.

Stimpson, William. Synopsis of the Marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan; or the
region about the mouth of the Bay of Fundy, New Brunswick. [4to, 66 pp., 3 plates.]
<Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, vol. vi. Washington, 1853.

Stimpson, William. Descriptions of some new marine Invertebrata. By William
Stimpson, Zoologist to the U.S. Surveying Expedition to the North Pacific, Japan
Seas, ete., under direction of Commander C. Ringgold, U.8.N. <Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Science, vol. vii, 1855, pp. 385-394. Philadelphia, 1855.

Stimpson, William. On an oceanic Isopod found near the southeastern shores of
Massachusetts. < Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Science, vol. xiv, 1862,
pp. 133-134. Philadelphia, 1862.

Stimpson, William. Synopsis of the marine Invertebrata collected by the late Arctic
Expedition under Dr. I. I. Hayes. < Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Science, vol. xv, 1863, pp. 138-142. Philadelphia, 1863.

Streets, Thomas Hale, and Kingsley, John Sterling. An examination of types of
some recently described Crustacea. < Bulletin of the Essex Institute, vol. ix, pp.
103-108. Salem, 1877.

Templeton, Robert. Description of a minute crustaceous animal from the Island of
Mauritius. < Transactions of the Entomological Society, vol. ii, pp. 203-207, pl.
xviii. London, ‘1836.”

Templeton, Robert. Catalogue of Irish Crustacea Myriapoda and Arachnéidea,
selected from the papers of the late John Templeton, Esq. < Loudon’s Magazine
of Natural History, vol. ix, pp. 9-14. London, 1836.

Thompson, William. On the Teredo navalis and Limnoria terebrans as at present
existing in certain localities on the coasts of the British Islands. < Edinburgh
New Philosophical Journal, vol. xviii, pp. 121-130. 1835.

Thompson, William. Note on the Teredo norvegica, Xylophaga dorsalis, Limnoria.
terebrans and Chelura terebrans combined in destroying the submerged wood-work
at the Harbor of Ardrossan, on the coast of Ayrshire. < Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, vol. xx, pp. 157-164. London, 1847.

Thompson, William. Additions to the fauna of Ireland, Crustacea. <Annals and
Magazine of Natural History, vol. xx, pp. 237-250. London, 1847.

Van Beneden, Pierre Joseph. Recherches sur la Faune littorale de Belgique. Crus-
tacés. [4to, 180 pages, 32 plates.] ‘‘Extrait du tome xxxiii des Mémoires de-
Académie royale de Belgique.” Bruxelles, 1861.

}

MARINE ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND, ETC. 449

Verrill, Addison Emory. On the distribution of marine animals on the southern
coast of New England. < American Journal of Science and Arts, III, vol. ii, pp.
357-362. New Haven, 1871.

Verrill, Addison Emory. Results of recent dredging expeditions on the coast of
New England. (No.1). <American Journal of Science and Arts, III, vol. v, pp.
1-16, Jan. 1873.—(No. 2). <Ibid., pp. 98-106, Feb. 1873.—No. 3. < Ibid., vol. vi,
pp. 435-441, Dec. 1873.—No. 4. <Ibid., vol, vii, pp. 38-46, Jan. 1874.—No. 5,
<Ibid., pp. 131-138, Feb. 1874.—No. 6. < Ibid.,pp. 405-414, pl. iv-v, Apr., 1874.—
No. 7. <Ibid., pp. 498-505, pl. vi-viii, May, 1874. New Haven, 1873-4.

Verrill, Addison Emory. Explorations of Casco Bay by the United States Fish
Commission in 1873. < Proceedings of the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, Portland Meeting, 1873, pp. 340-395, pl. i-vi. Salem, 1874.

Verrill, Addison Emory. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound
and the adjacent waters, with an account of the physical characters of the region.
<This Report, part i, pp. 295-778 (1-478), pl. i-xxxviii. Washington, 1874.

Published also separately with the above title or, Invertebrata of Southern New
England, by A. E. Verrilland §.I. Smith. [8vo, 478 pages, 38 plates.] Washing-
ton, 1874.

Verrill, Addison Emory, Smith, Sidney Irving, and Harger, Oscar. Catalogue
of the marine invertebrate animals of the Southern Coast of New England and
adjacent waters. < This Report, part i, pp. 537-747 (243-453), pl. i-xxxviii.
Washington, 1874.

Published also as a part of the above Report upon the invertebrate animals of
Vineyard Sound and adjacent waters or Invertebrata of Southern New England,
by A. E. Verrill and 8. I. Smith, pp. 243-453. Washington, 1874. '

Verrill, Addison Emory. Results of dredging expeditions off the New England
Coast in 1874. < American Journal of Science and Arts, ITI, vol. ix, pp. 411-415,
vol. x, pp. 36-43, pl. iii-iv, and pp. 196-202. New Haven, 1875.

Wagner, Nicholas. Recherches sur le systéme circulatoire et les organes de respi-
ration chez Je Porcellion 6largi (Porcellio dilatatus Brandt). << Annales des Sci-
ences naturelles, Zoologie, V, tome iv, pp. 317-328, pl. xiv B. Paris, 1865.

Wagener, Nicholas. Observations sur l’organisation et le développement des Ancees.
< Bulletin de ’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg, tome x, pp.
497-502. 1866.

Westwood, John Obadiah. Extrait des recherches sur les Crustacés du genre Pra-
nize de Leach. < Annales des Sciences naturelles, tome xxvii, pp. 316-322, pl. vi.
Paris, 1832.

Westwood, John Obadiah. British Sessile-eyed Crustacea. See Bate, C. Spence.

White, Adam. List of the specimens of Crustacea in the collection of the British
Museum. [143 pages.] London, 1847.

White, Adam. List of the specimens of British animals in the collection of the
British Museum, part iv, Crustacea. [141 pages.] London, 1850.

White, Adam. A popular history of British Crustacea, comprising a familiar
account of their classification and habits. [358 pages, 20 plates.] London, 1857.

Whiteaves, Joseph Frederick. Notes on a deep-sea dredging-expedition round
the Island of Anticosti, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. < Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, IV, vol. x, pp. 341-354. London, 1872.

29 F

450 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

'Whiteaves, Joseph Frederick. Report of a second deep-sea dredging expedition —
[in 1872] to the Gulf of St. Lawrence, with some remarks on marine fisheries of
the Province of Quebec. [8vo, 22 pages.] Montreal, 1873.

Whiteaves, Joseph Frederick. On recent deep-sea dredging operations in the Gulf
of St. Lawrence. < American Journal of Science and Arts, III, vol. vii, pp. 210-
219. New Haven, 1874.

Whiteaves, Joseph Frederick. Report on further deep-sea dredging operations in
the Gulf of St. Lawrence [in 1873], with notes on the present condition of the
marine fisheries and oyster-beds of partof thatregion. [8vo, 29pages.] ‘Ottawa,
1874.”

Willemoes-Suhm, Rudolf von. Von der Challenger Expedition. Briefe an C.
Th. E. v. Siebold. II, Sidney, im April, 1874. < Zeitschrift fiir wissenschaftliche
Zoologie, Band xxiv, pp. ix-xxiii. Leipzig, 1874.

Willemoes-Suhm, Rudolf von, On some Atlantic Crustacea from the ‘Challenger’
Expedition. < Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, II, Zoology,
vol. i, pp. 23-59, pl. vi-xiii. London, 1875.

Willemoes-Suhm, Rudolf von. Preliminary report to Professor Wyville Thom-
son, F. R. 8. Director of the civilian scientific staff, on observations made during
the earlier part of the voyage of H. M.S. ‘Challenger.’ <Proceedings of the Royal
Society, vol. xxiv, pp. 569-585.—On Crustacea observed during the cruise of H.
M. 8S. ‘Challenger’ in the Southern Sea. < Tom. cit., pp. 585-592. London, 1876.

Woodward, Henry. Crustacea. < Encyclopedia Britannica, 9th edition, vol. vi,
pp. 632-666. Edinburgh and Boston, 1877.

Zaddach, Ernest Gustav. Synopseos Crustaceorum Prussicorum Prodromus. [4to,
39 pages. ] Regiomonti (Konigsberg), ‘‘ 1844.”

TABLE OF CONTENTS,

XIV.—Report on the Marine Isopoda of New England and adjacent waters, by

ose Barres etek oe cans Sas 65 utn asin wae ends onc on't «ceigenleneaee 297
OG Be atemiaee mente sa ciocenelacuisit1s ao scclen oaciclceuleosceu dacjseuiane 297
Synoptical table of families ...... ......--...---esccce cee Bree cee 304
ONIRCIGB ao ce ae van ce5) soc esesaitions agcete sce touddesaeneon - 305
IBOPNGG ce eee ers an ctname cots taatecicer annie Senicceseeiaciom auieemee . 311
Asellida ..... By fanise sciacelnosleeeweulewccirsacce Sr ocerepooncesece 312
WEIMONSIGss as sete sccatancecjccc wae ronalcdsessrciccesecscn oss 328
NGOTCIOD nace eecina wet ence nieces saacsas s-4csa scacecandsececws 335
ATCUUTIOED ooo yo cn cs ccancncey = cceensoes sanascjessaceseddcosasdess 361
SPNDIONNOM eee erin es cals afas tel osisajaaas sooslses cau cuere/saae a 367
TMNOLN GSS eec en sia seelo ses aelsidas<-/soe mis acalcaas ons ameiceldecione 371
Cinglanidipeess op seeaeteciicls saniees lst oreaccce sscacclences Aecoae 376

COT SU es Bae aes See ee ee ee ee Se eis 3 elie 382

COMMUTE TGIG Fie ecb Gan betécecn on eetorSseet ecpocerCeEcer coseeAcece 390
PME Senta sais aual ta since cnnodleoevetlqwunwawe eenamnee 396
NRE arte ale taen) wala ars cla si wincic wie wn.e wists dwaeiaicmee)stmatwaisaite 408

JECT GH) a Cee Sc CEC EO OU ROSE EEO Renee seecce Scoes SSeS e--- 413
Geographical distribution ............ ccc0s ccccncccccc soaantaee 428
elt OF SAGO eset ta ere vere swine aces ncon.dsecacsees oncceniancainaqen-l wee
Table of contents ..............- + ee SEBS OCE ROU OCCEE KeOcne OF Sopechecno CL.
Explanation of the plates ...... forbteeepeeeee Cen: base oma meas; nel a a

Ainhabetioal index << csicsccccecsecces cccwes encvaeccescascuccsenaass Se

451

awe weet ea eh RS Se te Pe > ou do: . ae |

fA Bowe 2 3

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE I.

FiGguRE 1.—Philoscia vittata Say (p. 306); dorsal view, enlarged six diameters;
natural size indicated by cross at the right.
2.—Scyphacella arenicola Smith (p. 307); dorsal view, enlarged about twelve
diameters; natural size indicated by cross at the right.
3.—Actoniscus ellipticus Harger (p. 309); dorsal view, enlarged ten diame-
ters; natural size indicated by line at the right.
4,—Jera albifrons Leach (p. 315); female; dorsal view, enlarged about ten
diameters.
5.—The same; maxilliped from the left side, exterior view, enlarged twenty-
five diameters; P, palpus; 1, external lamella.
6.—The same; maxillx, enlarged twenty-five diameters; a, outer, or second,
pair of maxillx; b, inner, or first, pair of maxille; %, inner, e, outer
lobe.
7.—The same ; inferior surface of the pleon of a female.
8.—The same; inferior surface of the pleon of a male.
(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

PLATE II.

FIGURE 9.—Janira alta Harger (p. 321); dorsal view, enlarged five diameters;
natural size indicated by line at the right.
10.—Janira spinosa Harger (p.323); dorsal view of female, enlarged six
diameters.
11.—Munnopsis typica M. Sars (p. 330); dorsal view of male, enlarged about
two diameters; 0, maxillipeds; m, basal segment; J, external lamella;
2 and 3, second and third segments of palpus of maxillipeds; ¢, outer
maxille; d, inner maxille; e, one of the second pair of legs of the male;
f, one of the natatory legs; g, abdominal operculum of the female,
external view.
(Figures 9 and 10 were drawn from nature by O. Harger; figure 11 is copied from
M. Sars, drawn by G. O. Sars.)

PATH TEE:

FIGURE 12.—Janira alta (p. 321); a, maxilliped; P, palpus of maxilliped; 1, external

lamella; b, mandible; P, palpus of mandible; d, dentigerous lamella;
m, molar process, enlarged twenty-five diameters.

13.—The same ; inferior surface of the pleon, a in the female, } in the male,
enlarged ten diameters; a, single opercular plate in the female;
b, external; c, median plate of operculum of male.

14.—Munna Fabricii Kroyer (p. 325); female; dorsal view, enlarged about
twenty diameters; natural size indicated by line at the right.

15.—Eurycope robusta Harger (p. 332); female; dorsal view, enlarged six
diameters; natural size indicated by line at the right; a, antennula,
enlarged twenty diameters; b, maxilliped; c, mandible; d, one of the
first pair of legs, each enlarged twenty diameters; d’, propodus and
dactylus of the first pair of legs, enlarged about thirty-eight diameters;
e, propodus and dactylus of the second pair of legs, enlarged twenty

453

454 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

diameters; f, one of the sixth pair of legs; g, uropod, each enlarged
twenty diameters.
(Figure 14 was drawn from nature by Mr. J. H. Emerton, the others by O. Harger.)

PLATE IV.

FIGURE 16.—Chiridotea ceca Harger (p. 338); dorsal view, enlarged nearly four

diameters; natural size indicated by the line at the right.

17.—The same; a, antennula; b, antenna; each enlarged twelve diameters.

18.—The same; a, maxilliped from the right side, external view; J, external
lamella; m, maxilliped proper; 1, 2, 3, first, second, and third segments
of the palpus of the maxilliped, enlarged twenty diameters; }, one of
the first pair of legs, magnified twelve diameters; c, uropod from the
left side, inner view, showing the two rami articulated near the tip.

19.—The same; pleopods of second pair from the right side, anterior views,
enlarged ten diameters; a, common form in males; }, rarer form in
male; s, elongated stylet, articulated near the base of the inner lamella;
c, form in the female.

20.—Chiridotea Tuftsii Harger (p. 340); female; dorsal view, enlarged five
diameters; natural size indicated by the line at the right.

21.—The same; left maxilliped, enlarged twenty-five diameters; e, external
lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2, 3, segments of palpus.

22.—The same; pleopod of the second pair, from a male, enlarged twenty
diameters; s, elongated stylet, articulated near the base of the inner
lamella.

(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

PLATE V-

FIGURE 23.—Chiridotea Tuftsii Harger (p. 340); a, aniennula; 6, antenna; ¢, leg of

the first pair; d, leg of the fourth pair; all enlarged twelve diameters;
e, left uropod, or opercular valve, inner view, enlarged ten diameters.

24.—Idotea irrorata Edwards (p. 343); dorsal view, enlarged two diameters ;
natural size shown by the line on the left.

25.—The same; a, antennula; 6, antenna; c, left uropod or opercular valve,
external view; all enlarged six diameters.

26.—The same; a, right maxilliped, enlarged twelve diameters, 1, external
lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2,3, 4, segments of palpus of maxilliped ;
b, pleopod of the second pair froma male, enlarged eight diameters, show-
ing stylet, s, articulated near the base of the inner lamella.

27.—Idotea phosphorea Harger (p. 347); dorsal view, enlarged about two
diameters; natural size shown by the line on the right.

28.—The same; a, antenna, enlarged six diameters; b, maxilliped, enlarged
twelve diameters, showing, /, external lamella ; m, basal segments; 1, 2,
3, 4, segments of the palpus of maxilliped; c, leg of the first pair; d, leg
of the second pair, both enlarged six diameters; e, right uropod, or
opercular valve, inner view, enlarged six diameters.

29.—The same ; pleopod of the second pair from a male, enlarged eight diam-
eters; s, stylet articulated near the base of the inner lamella; s’, distal
end of stylet reversed and enlarged thirty diameters.

(Figure 24 was drawn by Mr. J. H. Emerton, the others by O. Harger.)

PLATE VI.

FIGURE 30.—Idotea robusta Kréyer (p. 349); dorsal view, enlarged two diameters ;
natural size shown by the line at the right.
31.—The same; a, antenna; b, leg of the first pair, each enlarged six diam-
eters; c, left uropod, or opercular valve, inner view, enlarged four
- diameters.

TP”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 455

Figure 32.—The same; a, maxilliped, enlarged twelve diameters ; 1, external lamella;

1, 2, 3, 4, segments of palpus; b, maxilla of the outer or second pair;
c, pleopod of the second pair from a male, enlarged six diameters ; 8,
stylet articulated near the base of the inner lamella.

33.—Synidotea nodulosa Harger (p. 351); dorsal view, enlarged four diam-
eters; natural size indicated by the line at the right.

34.—The same; a, antennula; f, flagellar segment; b, antenna; ¢, leg of the
first pair from the right side; d, right uropod, or opercular valve, all
enlarged ten diameters.

35.—The same; a, maxilliped from the right side, showing, J, external
lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2, 3, segments of palpus, enlarged
twenty diameters; b, maxilla of the outer or second pair; c, maxilla of
the inner or first pair, both enlarged twenty diameters; d, pleopod of
the second pair from a male, enlarged twelve diameters; s, stylet
articulated near the base of the inner lamella.

36.—Erichsonia attenuata Harger (p. 356) ; dorsal view, enlarged three diam-
eters, natural size indicated by the line at the right.

(Figures 30 and 36 were drawn by Mr. J. H. Emerton, the others by O. Harger.)

PLATE Vil.

Figure 37.—Erichsonia attenuata Harger (p. 356); @, antennula; b, antenna, each
enlarged twelve diameters; c, maxilliped, showing, J, external lamella,
enlarged thirty diameters; d, uropod, or opercular valve, enlarged
twelve diameters; e, pleopod of the second pair from a male, enlarged
fifteen diameters; s, stylet, articulated near the base of the inner la-
mella; s’, distal end of stylet, enlarged fifty diameters.

38.—Erichsonia filiformis Harger (p. 355); dorsal view, enlarged five diam-
eters, natural size indicated by the line at the right.

39.—The same; a, antennula; }, antenna; ¢, leg of the first pair; d, uropod,
or opercular valve, each enlarged twelve diameters.

40.—The same; a, maxilla of outer or second pair; }, maxilla of inner or first
pair; c, mandible, showing molar process, m, and dentigerous lamella,
d, all enlarged thirty diameters.

41,—The same; a, maxilliped, showing, /, external lamella; m, basal segment,
and 1, 2,3, 4, segments of palpus, enlarged thirty diameters ; b, pleopod
of the second pair from a male, enlarged fifteen diameters ; 8, stylet, ar-
ticulated near the base of the inner lamella; s’, distal end of stylet,
enlarged fifty diameters.

42,—Epelys trilobus Smith (p. 358); dorsal view, enlarged ten diameters;
natural size indicated by the line at the right.

43,—The same; a, maxilliped from the left side, enlarged twenty diameters ;
1, external lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2, 3, segments of palpus of
maxilliped; b, pleopod of second pair from a male, enlarged twenty
diameters; s, stylet, articulated near the base of the inner lamella;
s', end of stylet, enlarged fifty diameters.

(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

PLATE VIII.

Figure 44.—Epelys montosus Harger (p. 359); dorsal view, enlarged six diameters,
natural size indicated by the line at the right.
45.—The same; a, antennula; f, flagellar segment; b, antenna; ¢, maxilliped
from the left side; 1, external lamella; m, basal segment; 1,2, 3, seg-
ments of palpus; all the figures enlarged twenty diameters.
46.—The same; a, leg of the first pair, enlarged twenty diameters ; b, right
uropod or opercular valve, enlarged fifteen diameters.

456 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

_ Figure 47.—The same; pleopod of the second pair, from a male, enlarged twenty di- —
ameters; 8, stylet, articulated near the base of the inner lamella; ¢’,
distal end of stylet, enlarged sixty-six diameters.

48.—Astacilla granulata Harger (p. 364); female; dorsal view, enlarged four
diameters, natural size indicated by the line at the right; a, antennula
of male; b, fourth thoracic segment of male; ¢, inferior surface of pleon
of a male, showing opercular valves; all the figures enlarged four
diameters.

49.—The same; a, flagellum of antenna, enlarged twenty diameters; a’, por-
tion of inner margin of the same, enlarged one hundred diameters; b,
one of the first pair of legs, upper surface, enlarged twenty diameters.

50.—The same; one of the fourth pair of legs, enlarged twenty diameters.

51.—The same; inner surface of left opercular plate, or uropod, from a female,
enlarged twenty diameters.

(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

PPA PAUARY lke

Figure 52.—Astacilla granulata Harger (p. 364); a, maxilliped; m, basal segment;
l, external lamella; b, outer maxilla; c, inner maxilla; all enlarged
twenty diameters.

53.—Spheroma quadridentatum Say (p. 368); dorsal view, enlarged five
diameters; natural size indicated by the line at the right.

54.—The same; a, antennula; b, antenna; c, pleopod of the second pair, from
a male, showing stylet, s, articulated near the base of the inner lamella;
all the figures enlarged ten diameters.

55.—Limnoria lignorum White (p. 373); dorsal view, enlarged ten diameters ;
natural size indicated by the line at the right.

56.—The same; a, antennula;-b, antenna; c, maxilliped; d, maxilla of the
outer or second pair; e, maxilla of the inner or first pair; f, mandible,
all enlarged twenty-five diameters; e’, distal end of outer lobe of first
pair of maxillz, enlarged sixty-six diameters.

57.—The same; a, last segment of pleon, with attached uropods; dorsal view,
enlarged ten diameters; b, uropod with dotted adjacent outline of last
segment of pleon, enlarged thirty diameters; ¢, first pair of pleopods;
d, pleopod of the second pair, from a male, showing stylet, s, articu-
lated to the inner lamella; both figures enlarged twenty diameters.

58.—Cirolana concharum Harger, (p. 378); lateral view, enlarged about three
diameters.

(Figure 53 was drawn by Mr. J. H. Emerton, 55 by Prof. §. I. Smith, 58 by Mr. J.
H. Blake, and the others by O. Harger.)

PLATE X.

Figure 59.—Cirolana concharum Harger (p. 378); dorsal view, enlarged about three

diameters. The natural size is shown by the line at the right.

60.—The same; antennula, enlarged ten diameters.

61.—The same; a, antenna enlarged ten diameters; b, maxilla of the outer or
second pair; c, maxilla of the inner or first pair; d, mandible from the
right side, inner view; p, palpus; m, molar area; the last three figures
enlarged five diameters.

62.—The same; a, maxilliped from the right side, exterior view, showing, l,
external lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, segments of the palpus;
b, leg of the fourth pair; both the figures enlarged five diameters.

63.—The same; uropod from the right side; inferior view, enlarged five di-
ameters.

64.—Aga psora Kréyer (p. 384); a, dorsal and 6 ventral views of a young indi-
vidual. . The central line.indicates the length of:the specimen, natural

.
|
|

EEE

EXPLANATION OF THE- PLATES, 457

size» which is here enlarged three diameters. Adults attain about’ the
size of the figure.

Figure 65.—Nerocila munda Harger (p. 392); dorsal view of the type specimen, en-
larged about four diameters. The natural size is shown by the cross on
the right; a, uropod, enlarged six diameters.

66.—Zigathoa loliginea Harger (p. 393); type specimen; a, dorsal, and b, ven-
tral view, enlarged four diameters. Its natural size is shown by the
line between the figures.
(Figure 59 was drawn by Mr. J. H. Blake, the others by O. Harger.)

PLATE XI.

FIGURE 67.—Livoneca ovalis White (p. 395); a, antennula; b, antenna; c, mandibular
palpus; each enlarged twenty diameters; d, one of the first pair of legs;
e, one of the seventh pair of legs; /, uropod; each enlarged ten diam-
eters.
68.—Anthura polita Stimpson (p. 398); dorsal view, enlarged four diameters.
The natural size is shown by the line at the right; a, antennula; 3B,
antenna, each enlarged ten diameters; c, leg of the first pair; d, leg of
the third pair; e, right pleopod of the first pair, interior view, showing
inner ramus without cilia; f, pleopod of the second pair from a male,
showing stylet articulated to inner lamella; each of the figures c to f
enlarged eight diameters; g, lateral view of pleon, enlarged six diam-
eters.
69.—The same; a, maxilliped, enlarged twenty diameters; b, maxilla, enlarged
twenty-five diameters; b’, distal end of the same, enlarged sixty diam-
eters.
70.—Paranthura brachiata Harger (p. 402); dorsal view, enlarged about three
diameters ; natural size shown by the line at the right; a, antennula;
b, antenna, enlarged eight diameters; c, right maxilliped, enlarged six-
teen diameters; d, maxilla, enlarged sixteen diameters; d’, distal end
of the same, enlarged fifty diameters; e, leg of the first pair; f, first
pleopod from the right side, inner view, showing ciliated inner lamella};
g, pleopod of the second pair from a male, showing stylet articulated to
the inner lamella; figures e to g enlarged eight diameters.
71.—Ptilanthura tenuis Harger (p. 406); male; dorsal view, enlarged about
four diameters; a, inferior view of the head and first thoracic segment,
enlarged eight diameters; the flagellum of the antennule omitted; b,
maxilliped; c, maxilla, each enlarged fifty diameters ; d, first right ple-
opod, seen from within, showing ciliated inner lamella; e, second left
pleopod, showing stylet s articulated to the inner lamella in the males.
72.—The same; one of the first pair of legs of a male, enlarged sixteen diam-
eters.
73.—The same; female; dorsal view of the head, enlarged twenty-five diam-
eters.
(Figure 71, excepting b-d, was drawn by Mr. J. H. Emerton, the others by O. Harger.)

PLATE XII.

FIGURE 74.—Ptilanthura tenuis Harger (p. 406); a, antennula; b, antenna; each

enlarged twenty diameters, from a male.

75.—Gnathia cerina Harger (p. 410); male; dorsal view, enlarged ten diame-
ters.

76.—The same; a, antennula; b, antenna, each enlarged thirty-eight diame-
ters; c, mandibles (1, left, r, right), enlarged thirty-eight diameters ;
d, first leg or first gnathopod from the right side, enlarged twenty-five
diameters; all the figures from the male sex.

77.—The same (p. 411); female; dorsal view, enlarged:ten diameters.

458 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

‘FIGURE 78.—The same; a, one of the first pair of legs or first gnathopod of a female,
enlarged thirty-eight diameters; 6, one of the first pair of legs in a
young, parasitic individual, enlarged sixty diameters; c, pleon, with
the last and part of the penultimate thoracic segments of a female,
dorsal view, enlarged twenty diameters; d, pleopod of a young, pari-
sitic individual, enlarged sixty diameters; e, pleopod of an adult male,
enlarged sixty diameters.

79.—The same; young male; dorsal view, enlarged twenty diameters.
80.—Leptochelia algicola Harger (p. 421); male; lateral view, enlarged
twenty diameters; natural size indicated by the line above.
(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

PLATE XIII.

FIGURE 81.—Tanais vittatus Lilljeborg (p. 418); dorsal view, enlarged eight diame-
ters. The transverse bands of hairs on the pleon are not sufficiently
distinct.

82.—The same; one of the first pair of pleopods, enlarged thirty diameters.

83.—Leptochelia algicola Harger (p. 421); female; dorsal view, enlarged
twenty diameters; natural size indicated by the line at the right.

84.—The same; ¢, antennula; b, one of the first pair of legs; both from a
female specimen and enlarged twenty-five diameters.

85.—The same; hand, or propodus and dactylus of the first pair of legs,
enlarged forty-eight diameters, showing the comb of sete on the pro-
podus.

86.—The same; uropods of a male, enlarged seventy diameters; b, basal seg-
ment; i, inner six-jointed ramus; 0, outer ramus.

87.—Leptochelia limicola Harger (p. 424); female; dorsal view, enlarged
twenty diameters; natural size shown by the line at the right.

88.—The same; a, antennula; 6, antenna; c, leg of the first pair; d, leg of
the second pair; all from the female sex and enlarged twenty-five
diameters.

89.—Leptochelia rapax Harger (p. 424); male; dorsal view, enlarged about
twelve diameters.

90.—The same; hand, or propodus and dactylus of male, enlarged sixteen
diameters.

91.—Leptochelia coeca Harger (p. 427); type specimen, female; a, antennula;
b, leg of the first, pair; c, uropod; each enlarged fifty diameters.

(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

PLATE I

FIGURE 1.—Philoscia vittata Say (p. 306); dorsal view, enlarged six diameters;

natural size indicated by cross at the right.

2.—Scyphacella arenicola Smith (p. 307); dorsal view, enlarged about twelve
diameters; natural size indicated by cross at the right.

3.—Actoniscus ellipticus Harger (p. 309); dorsal view, enlarged ten diame-
ters; natural size indicated by line at the right.

4.—Jera albifrons Leach (p. 315); female; dorsal view, enlarged about ten
diameters.

5.—The same; maxilliped from the left side, exterior view, enlarged twenty-
five diameters; P, palpus; /, external lamella.

6.—The same; maxillx, enlarged twenty-five diameters; a, outer, or second,
pair of maxille; b, inner, or first, pair of maxille; t, inner, ¢, outer
lobe.

7.—The same; inferior surface of the pleon of a female.

8.—The same; inferior surface of the pleon of a male.

(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

Plate I.

Report U. S. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods.

¥
atteie Dowia:

‘
Ahuwiael, ian%
eemeatst | OD

SPORE GS P65, 5

ese suid i

rs are

TERS fe Fast

Stuns

PLATE II.

FicurE 9.—Janira alta Harger (p. 321); dorsal view, enlarged five diameters;
natural size indicated by line at the right.
10.—Janira spinosa Harger (p.323); dorsal view of female, enlarged six
diameters.
11.—Munnopsis typica M. Sars (p. 330); dorsal view of male, enlarged about
. two diameters; 6, maxillipeds; m, basal segment; J, external lamella;
2 and 3, second and third segments of palpus of maxillipeds; c, outer
maxille; d, inner maxillx; e, one of the second pair of legs of the male;
Jf, one of the natatory legs; g, abdominal operculum of the female,
external view.
(Figures 9 and 10 were drawn from nature by O. Harger; figure 11 is copied from
M. Sars, drawn by G. O. Sars.)

F Report U. S. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods

per eh ol alle
m, “i ‘ v9 = ye
4
hs ' mt id sek
7 ‘| ‘aad 7
peed hy ered ;
M a.
4 ons

‘
a D
rt
‘
wo .
=
‘
\
L
‘
/ j
,
*
‘
-
a
he
oa
jit
A oa
'
i
YW
é ¥- } ‘
: (
.
”
'
"Ss ‘
D a
- Ps
y
‘
a
Mee
a 7
‘Dix 2
a
re -
Li
ayes ‘
t ae]
’ 4
7 ‘
4. ’
ve 7
+
A .
i
we N
A
7 , i f
ai r ;
te J
r, =
oe

PLATE-Ifl.

FIGURE 12.—Janira alta (p. 321); a, maxilliped; Pp, palpus of maxilliped; 1, external
lamella; 6, mandible; P, palpus of mandible; d, dentigerous lamella;
m, molar process, enlarged twenty-five diameters.
13.—The same; inferior surface of the pleon, a in the female, 6 in the male,
enlarged ten diameters; a@, single opercular plate in the female;
b, external; c, median plate of operculum of male.
14,—Munna Fabricii Kroyer (p. 325); female; dorsal view, enlarged about
twenty diameters; natural size indicated by line at the right.
15.—Eurycope robusta Harger (p. 332); female; dorsal view, enlarged six
diameters; natural size indicated by line at the right; a, antennula,
enlarged twenty diameters; b, maxilliped; c, mandible; d, one of the
first pair of legs, each enlarged twenty diameters; d’, propodus and
dactylus of the first pair of legs, enlarged about thirty-eight diameters;
€, propodus and dactylus of the second pair of legs, enlarged twenty
diameters; jf, one of the sixth pair of legs; g, uropod, each enlarged
twenty diameters.
(Figure 14 was drawn from nature by Mr. J. H. Emerton, the others by O. Harger.)

Report U. 8. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods. ~ Plate ITI.

A a \\I

e ‘4 a

x J th att : A AY ni }
fas Ae aT ¢
a eae hy er A v7
‘ ‘ I My: ry iT Aone 4 fwar® i
. TK wtp Re ete ats
Be | ¢ Net 3 i : 4 hy mt - sea Baul
Pel af f Ny ote
ye a i ae
ee) p wr? ) 7 "
Bee oka
o i
0 i A
Re
VS ;
ive y 1 =
at f
| ite
\ { {
* i
y > {
La
i
, i |
*
" rf
yA
i
w \
\ 1
a
vs
rs
J
Af ¥ ot
Mid
‘ey
<b
it} i AeTe
ee \
% ;
MP ey | :
y
t | Pa
A ‘
'
rT »
Ye >.y }
: f ;
He ‘
7
) s
(
af
a :
ab) 7%
ey
a
H,
bat BN
A ie
-
mY
‘a
7
ts
\ aa ‘
Dy
A
th A) ‘76
‘ ul ‘
ob :
1) pe i"
Mi) / 2 ,
* , ? ' |
ator st
4 on UD Te, a Lowe

S, f 1
‘ee

BS Suis, .
Josue

PLATE IV.

FIGURE 16.—Chiridotea ceca Harger (p. 338); dorsal view, enlarged nearly four

diameters ; natural size indicated by the line at the right.

17.—The same; a, antennula; 6, antenna; each enlarged twelve diameters.

18.—The same; a, maxilliped from the right side, external view ; 1, external
lamella; m, maxilliped proper; 1, 2, 3, first, second, and third segments
ef the palpus of the maxilliped, enlarged twenty diameters; b, one of
the first pair of legs, magnified twelve diameters; e, uropod from the .
left side, inner view, showing the two rami articulated near the tip.

19.—The same ; pleopods of second pair from the right side, anterior views,
enlarged ten diameters; @, common form in males; }b, rarer form in
male; s, elongated stylet, articulated near the base of the inner lamella;
¢, form in the female.

20.—Chiridotea Tuftsii Harger (p. 340); female; dorsal view, enlarged five
diameters; natural size indicated by the line at the right.

21.—The same; left maxilliped, enlarged twenty-five diameters; e, external
lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2, 3, segments of palpus.

22.—The same; pleopod of the second pair, from a male, enlarged twenty
diameters; 8, elongated stylet, articulated near the base of the inner
lamella.

(All the figures were drawn from nature by O..Harger.)

Report U. S. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods. Plate IV.

i - . y er 1 or ;
ote ee Seer pr re at et mp: eet mete eee ly
‘+70 ah I : wee
ih ais VN ay)
‘ '

a
|

tt:

ae) wane

‘ ML re al it I
vie

. : rs : Sia a)
Yrs CiSh as to aN

Ps ae ~

PLATE V.

FicuReE 23.—Chiridotea Tuftsii Harger (p. 340); a, antennula; b, antenna; ¢, leg of

the first pair; d, leg of the fourth pair; all enlarged twelve diameters;
e, left uropod, or opercular valve, inner view, enlarged ten diameters.

24.—Idotea irrorata Edwards (p. 343); dorsal view, enlarged two diameters ;.
natural size shown by the line on the left.

25.—The same; a, antennula; 6, antenna; c, left uropod or opercular valve,
external view; all enlarged six diameters.

26.—The same; a, right maxilliped, enlarged twelve diameters, J, external
lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2,3, 4, segments of palpus of maxilliped ;
b, pleopod of the second pair from a male, enlarged eight diameters, show-
ing stylet, s, articulated near the base of the inner lamella.

27.—Idotea phosphorea Harger (p. 347); dorsal view, enlarged about two
diameters; natural size shown by the line on the right.

28.—The same; a, antenna, enlarged six diameters; b, maxilliped, enlarged
twelve diameters, showing, /, external lamella ; m, basal segments; 1, 2,
3, 4, segments of the palpus of maxilliped ; c, leg of the first pair; d, leg
of the second pair, both enlarged six diameters; e, right uropod, or
opercular valve, inner view, enlarged six diameters.

29.—The same ; pleopod of the second pair from a male, enlarged eight diam-
eters; s, stylet articulated near the base of the inner lamella; 8’, distal
end of stylet reversed and enlarged thirty diameters.

(Figure 24 was drawn by Mr. J. H. Emerton, the others by O. Harger.)

Report U. S. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods. Plate V.

No.958.

Ie: MAUR «ASO kd eA Ae Ne eae

‘ | Mi
inte al x ii

agit

] om P re Samarra nent ae mn nanan mene neon he ae Pe Hew Bo
. iv / y*
J
\ is
‘ :
‘ > ‘J
if
F q
~~
* & ae eee ae > is
Ys i@e
__ 4 \
‘ \
- is has ,
f ¥
ney . 4
u i
‘
4 a “a oe
} ‘
s '
. ‘
‘
* j a
'
i y ~
| ,
1
( |
~ 7 aes " L } t
- . — 1
inf ws
‘ i -- ~ |
- ¢
: hina ‘ |
¥ A \
4 F =
- af
if /
teu ;
i
é
’ i st -
r _ & a als
- d 44 tig :
+ 7 an
\ we? a)
\ ‘ as vr
~ a
'
\ ;
i
on i } wi
rs Ee yf
‘ ike
r ;

?
r
; —
Pm

> 6 a
‘ i ; Z d * ¢, {
Pe S en
‘ 4 a P A hy es ;
' ‘ ear ¥ 4 7 APD te
{ - ] ‘
AL %
: 4 ii
: _ . , 4 J Be
4 ca =, :
Z ' 4 :
a? Pig NG * AS ji js
} , - ‘ , ;
# y - 7 ‘ has 7 ¥ ‘
i> Gog 6. aor ae io . |
PONE See wareMe eh | ‘
' &*s \ , : b} 2
‘ Wi ger “E> es,
} hel : , ef i! << | \
pe aes, Ce ee Hi ’
ain Sia dhe a a"
H . f mi or by f Sau! I \
° {A 4 : '
4 f
& { A i % rl j
. a x ‘ bs

“ ' R =r Le

7 ,
Al Milos is v neil

5 *
s]
b
ae j
, he
Pd ry
a . A 4
m Fe.) a |
' }
J
a ¥
te \
is
y ’
\
‘ ‘
, i
‘ig 4
* }
T ‘ \
Ve 1
i i |
a
a? |

Te Awan) can
ERSTE ELE

bra sy a Cea

’ rs
PEI LET»!
StS Wor
Pye ay Aa De ba Oe
eter 7 Ue pes Geile. GIL

—

roe i eer? je Ent tlle
3 op PO SIGUMO Gag fovisite

a
="

PLATE VI.

FIGURE 30.—Idotea robusta Kroyer (p. 349); dorsal view, enlarged two diameters ;

natural size shown by the line at the right.

31.—The same; a, antenna; b, leg of the first pair, each enlarged six diam-
eters; c, left uropod, or opercular valve, inner view, enlarged four
diameters.

FIGURE 32.—The same; a, maxilliped, enlarged twelve diameters; J, external lamella;

1, 2, 3, 4, segments of palpus; 6, maxilla of the outer or second pair;
c, pleopod of the second pair from a male, enlarged six diameters; s,
stylet articulated near the base of the inner lamella.

33.—Synidotea nodulosa Harger (p. 351); dorsal view, enlarged four diam-
eters; natural size indicated by the line at the right.

34.—The same; a, antennula; f, flagellar segment; b, antenna; ¢, leg of the
first pair from the right side; d, right uropod, or opercular valve, all
enlarged ten diameters.

35.—The same; a, maxilliped from the right side, showing, J, external
lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2, 3, segments of palpus, enlarged
twenty diameters; 6, maxilla of the outer or second pair; c, maxilla of
the inner or first pair, both enlarged twenty diameters; d, pleopod of
the second pair from a male, enlarged twelve diameters; 8, stylet
articulated near the base of the inner lamella.

36.—Erichsonia attenuata Harger (p. 356) ; dorsal view, enlarged three diam-
eters, natural size indicated by the line at the right.

(Figures 30 and 36 were drawn by Mr. J. H. Emerton, the others by O. Harger.)

ee ee ee ee

pin . a Sa ee ee

PLATE Vit:

ee eS

FIGURE 37.—Erichsonia attenuata Harger (p. 356); a, antennula; b, antenna, each
enlarged twelve diameters; c, maxilliped, showing, J, external lamella, |
enlarged thirty diameters; d, uropod, or opercular valve, enlarged .
twelve diameters; e, pleopod of the second pair from a male, enlarged
fifteen diameters; s, stylet, articulated near the base of the inner la-
mella; s’, distal end of stylet, enlarged fifty diameters.

38.—Erichsonia filiformis Harger (p. 355); dorsal view, enlarged five diam-
eters, natural size indicated by the line at the right.

39.—The same ; a, antennula; 6b, antenna; ¢, leg of the first pair; d, uropod,
or opercular valve, each enlarged twelve diameters.

40.—The same; a, maxilla of outer or second pair; b, maxilla of inner or first
pair; ¢, mandible! showing molar process, bo and dentigerous lamella,
d, all enlarged thirty diameters.

41.—The same; a, maxilliped, showing, !, external lamella; m, basal segment,
and 1,2, 3, 4,segments of palpus, enlarged thirty diameters; b, pleopod
of the second pair from a male, enlarged fifteen diameters ; s, stylet, ar-
ticulated near the base of the inner lamella; s’, distal end of stylet,
enlarged fifty diameters.

42.—Epelys trilobus Smith (p. 358); dorsal view, enlarged ten diameters;
natural size indicated by the line at the right.

43.-~The same; a, maxilliped from the left side, enlarged twenty diameters;
1, external lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2, 3, segments of palpus of
maxilliped; b, pleopod of second pair from a male, enlarged twenty
diameters; 8, stylet, articulated near the base of the inner lamella;
s’, end of stylet, enlarged fifty diameters.

(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

Plate VII.

Report U. S. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods.

<a Rael emanate
: a Sy

ei;
BY HAs hath a tit

PLATE VIII.

FIGURE 44.—Epelys montosus Harger (p. 359); dorsal view, enlarged six diameters,

natural size indicated by the line at the right.

45.—The same; a, antennula; /, flagellar segment; b, antenna; c, maxilliped
from the left side; 1, external lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2,3, seg-
ments of palpus; all the figures enlarged twenty diameters.

46.—The same; a, leg of the first pair, enlarged twenty diameters; }, right
uropod or opercular valve, enlarged fifteen diameters.

FIGURE 47.—The same; pleopod of the second pair, from a male, enlarged twenty di-
ameters; s, stylet, articulated near the base of the inner lamella; s’,
distal end of stylet, enlarged sixty-six diameters.

48.—Astacilla granulata Harger (p. 364); female; dorsal view, enlarged four
diameters, natural size indicated by the line at the right; a, antennula
of male; b, fourth thoracic segment of male; c, inferior surface of pleon
of a male, showing opercular valves; all the figures enlarged four
diameters.

49.—The same; a, flagellum of antenna, enlarged twenty diameters; a’, por-
tion of inner margin of the same, enlarged one hundred diameters; 6,
one of the first pair of legs, upper surface, enlarged twenty diameters.

50.—The same; one of the fourth pair of legs, enlarged twenty diameters.

51.—The same ; inner surface of left opercular plate, or uropod, from a female,
enlarged twenty diameters.

(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

Report U. S. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods. Plate VIII.

No.943,

he ere eSUEy

wb ate Cate meteneeeeiea Rainy ety ¥,
- . Bos

a
alt

PLATE IX;

FIGURE 52.—Astacilla granulata Harger (p. 364); a, maxilliped; m, basal segment;
I, external lamella; b, outer maxilla; c, inner maxilla; all enlarged
twenty diameters.

53.—Spheroma quadridentatum Say (p. 368); dorsal view, enlarged five
diameters; natural size indicated by the line at the right.

54.—The same; a, antennula; b, antenna; c, pleopod of the second pair, from
a male, showing stylet, s, articulated near the base of the inner lamella;
all the figures enlarged ten diameters.

55.—Limnoria lignorum White (p. 373); dorsal view, enlarged ten diameters ;
natural size indicated by the line at the right.

56.—The same; a, antennula; b, antenna; c, maxilliped; d, maxilla of the
outer or second pair; e, maxilla of the inner or first pair; f, mandible,
all enlarged twenty-five diameters; e’, distal end of outer lobe of first
pair of maxille, enlarged sixty-six diameters.

57.—The same; a, last segment of pleon, with attached uropods; dorsal view,
enlarged ten diameters; 6, uropod with dotted adjacent outline of last
segment of pleon, enlarged thirty diameters; ¢, first pair of pleopods;
d, pleopod of the second pair, from a male, showing stylet, s, articu-
lated to the inner lamella; both figures enlarged twenty diameters.

58.—Cirolana concharum Harger, (p. 378); lateral view, enlarged about three

¥ diameters.
(Figure 53 was drawn by Mr. J. H. Emerton, 55 by Prof. S. I. Smith, 58 by Mr. J.
H. Blake, and the others by O. Harger.)

Report U. S. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods. Plate IX.

PLATE X..

Ficure 59.—Cirolana concharum Harger (p. 378); dorsal view, enlarged about three
diameters. The natural size is shown by the line at the right.

60.—The same; antennula, enlarged ten diameters.

62.—The same ; a, maxilliped from the right side, exterior view, showing, I,
external lamella; m, basal segment; 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, segments of the palpus;
b, leg of the fourth pair; both the figures enlarged five diameters.

63.—The same; uropod from the right side; inferior view, enlarged five di-
ameters.

64.—Z ga psora Kréyer (p. 384); a, dorsal and b ventral views of a young indi-
vidual. The central line indicates the length of the specimen, natural
size, which is here enlarged three diameters. Adults attain about the
size of the figure. ;

FiGurE 65.—Nerocila munda Harger (p. 392); dorsal view of the type specimen, en-
larged about four diameters. The natural size is shown by the cross on
the right; a, uropod, enlarged six diameters.

66.—Agathoa loliginea Harger (p. 393); type specimen; a, dorsal, and 6, ven-
tral view, enlarged four diameters. Its natural size is shown by the
line between the figures.

(Figure 59 was drawn by Mr. J. H. Blake, the others by O. Harger.).

{
4
;
d
1
3
‘
.

Report U.S. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods.

PLATE XI.

FIGURE 67.—Livoneca ovalis White (p. 395); a, antennula; b, antenna; ¢, mandibular
palpus; each enlarged twenty diameters; d, one of the first pair of legs;
e, one of the seventh pair of legs; f, uroped; each enlarged ten diam-
eters.
68.—Anthura polita Stimpson (p. 398); dorsal view, enlarged four diameters.
The natural size is shown by the line at the right; a, antennula; 5,
antenna, each enlarged ten diameters; c, leg of the first pair; d, leg of
the third pair; e, right pleoped of the first pair, interior view, showing
inner ramus without cilia; f, pleopod of the second pair from a male,
showing stylet articulated to inner lamella; each of the figures c to f
enlarged eight diameters; g, lateral view of pleon, enlarged six diam-
eters.
69.—The same, a, maxilliped, enlarged twenty diameters; b, maxilla, enlarged
twenty-five diameters; 6’, distal end of the same, enlarged sixty diam-
eters.
70.—Paranthura brachiata Harger (p. 402); dorsal view, enlarged about three
diameters; natural size shown by the line at the right; a, antennula;
b, antenna, enlarged eight diameters; c, right maxilliped, enlarged six-
teen diameters; d, maxilla, enlarged sixteen diameters; d’, distal end
of the same, enlarged fifty diameters; e, leg of the -first pair; f, first
pleopod from the right side, inner view, showing ciliated inner lamella;
g, pleopod of the second pair from a male, showing stylet articulated to
the inner lamella; figures e to g enlarged eight diameters.
71.—Ptilanthura tenuis Harger (p. 406); male; dorsal view, enlarged about
four diameters; a, inferior view of the head and first thoracic segment,
enlarged eight diameters; the flagellum of the antennule omitted; },
maxilliped; c, maxilla, each enlarged fifty diameters; d, first right ple-
opod, seen from within, showing ciliated inner lamella; e, second left
pleopod, showing stylet s articulated to the inner lamella in the males.
72.—Th. same; one of the first pair of legs of a male, enlarged sixteen diam-
eters.
73.—The same; female; dorsal view of the head, enlarged twenty-five diam-
eters.
(Figure 71, excepting b-d, was drawn by Mr. J. H. Emerton, the others by O. Harger.)

Report U. S. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods. Plate XI.

PLATE XIl.

Figure 74.—Ptilanthura tenuis Harger (p. 406); @, antennula; 6, antenna; each

enlarged twenty diameters, from a male.

75.—Gnathia cerina Harger (p. 410); male; dorsal view, enlarged ten diame-
ters.

76.—The same; a, antennula; }, antenna, each enlarged thirty-eight diame-
ters; e, mandibles (J, left, r, right), enlarged thirty-eight diameters ;
d@, first leg or first gnathopod from the right side, enlarged twenty-five
diameters; all the figures from the male sex.

77.—The same (p. 411); female; dorsal view, enlarged ten diameters.

78.—The same; a, one of the first pair of legs or first gnathopod of a female,
enlarged thirty-eight diameters; 6, one of the first pair of legs in a
young, parasitic individual, enlarged sixty diameters; c, pleon, with
the last and part of the penultimate thoracic segments of a female,
dorsal view, enlarged twenty diameters; d, pleopod of a young, pari-
sitic individual, enlarged sixty diameters; e, pleopod of an adult male,
enlarged sixty diameters.

79.—The same; young male; dorsal view, enlarged twenty diameters.

80.—Leptochelia algicola Harger (p. 421); male; lateral view, enlarged
twenty diameters; natural size indicated by the line above.

(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

Report U. S. F. C. 1878.—Harger.

Marine Isopods.

Plate XIL

>
r

ee
~
—_

;

_—

Cea.) oe

PLATE XIII.

FiGurE 81.—Tanais vittatus Lilljeborg (p. 418); dorsal view, enlarged eight diame-
ters. The transverse bands of hairs on the pleon are not sufficiently
distinct.

82.—The same; one of the first pair of pleopods, enlarged thirty diameters.

83.—Leptochelia algicola Harger (p. 421); female; dorsal view, enlarged
twenty diameters; natural size indicated by the line at the right.

84.—The same; a, antennula; b, one of the first pair of legs; both from a
female specimen and enlarged twenty-five diameters. |

85.—The same; hand, or propodus and dactylus of the first pair of legs,
enlarged forty-eight diameters, showing the comb of sets on the pro-
podus.

86.—The same; uropods of a male, enlarged seventy diameters; 6b, basal seg-
ment; i, inner six-jointed ramus; 0, outer ramus.

87.—Leptochelia limicola Harger (p. 424); female; dorsal view, enlarged
twenty diameters; natural size shown by the line at the right.

88.—The same; a, antennula; b, antenna; c, leg of the first pair; d, leg of
the second pair; all from the female sex and enlarged twenty-five
diameters.

89.—Leptochelia rapax Harger (p. 424); male; dorsal view, enlarged about
twelve diameters.

90.—The same; hand, or propodus and dactylus of male, enlarged sixteen
diameters.

91.—Leptochelia coeca Harger (p. 427); type specimen, female; a, antennula;
b, leg of the first pair; c, uropod; each enlarged fifty diameters.

(All the figures were drawn from nature by O. Harger.)

= -- FF °° ~

Report U. S. F. C. 1878.—Harger. Marine Isopods.

Plate XIII.

No.917.

rth.

Otek: {

‘ —* >

i 4 -
s i }

i 7 P

a 3 e

ae |

ty i ei

of rh i “

at |

meee

NT ee

ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO THE REPORT ON THE MARINE
ISOPODA OF NEW ENGLAND AND ADJACENT WATERS.

[In the following index the first reference for the names of the families, genera, and species here de-
scribed is to the page on which such descriptionis made. The list of authorities, being alphabetically

arranged, is not indexed.]

Abdomen, 298.
Actzcta, 309.
Actoniscus, 309, 305.
ellipticus, 309, 428, 433.
Bga, 383, 377, 378, 387, 431.
concharum, 378.
emarginata, 384.
entaillée, 384.
polita, 381.
psora, 384, 429, 430, 434,
Aigathoa, 393, 391.
loliginea, 393, 428, 434.
RMgide, 382, 300, 303, 377, 430, 431.
Z£ro-spirantia, 305.
Alitropus, 391.
Anceus, 409, 410.
americanus, 410, 411.
elongatus, 412.
Ancoral legs, 300.
Andrews, A, on Limnoria, 375.
Anilocra, 391.
mediterranea, 430.
Anisocheirus, 416.
Antenne, 298.
Antennulz, 298.
Anthura, 398, 301, 397, 431.
brunnea, 398, 401.
earinata, 401.
gracilis, 398, 401.
polita, 398, 406, 429, 434.
Anthuride, 396, 301, 303, 361, 431.
Apseudes, 304, 414, 416, 431.
Arcturide, 361, 303, 397, 430, 431.
Arcturus, 361, 363.
Bafiini, 362.
Armadillida, 314.
Armadillo, 305.
Armida bimarginata, 343.
Artystone, 390.
Asellida, 312, 303, 314, 371, 372, 430, 431.

_ Asellodes, 319.

alta, 319, 321.
Asellotes homopodes, 371.
Asellus, 301, 313, 415.
communis, 314.
Grénlandicus, 315, 319.
Astacilla, 361, 297, 301, 363, 431.
Americana, 364.
granulata, 364, 362, 429, 434.
longicornis, 362, 363, 366.
Basis, 300.
Bate, C.Spence, on the incubatory pouch, 302.

Bate, C. Spence, on terminology of crustacea, 300,
Bate and Westwood, on Z®ro-spirantia, 305. (802.
Anceus, 409.
Anthura, 398.
Anthura gracilis, 401.
British Isopoda, 429.
Idotea tricuspidata, 345.
Jeera albifrons, 318.
Limnoria, 372.
Paranthura, 402.
Tannis, 416.
Tanais Edwardsii, 422.
Bathynomus giganteus, 383.
Bopyrid, 311, 377, 429, 431.
Bopyrus, 312, 431.
abdominalis, 312.
Hippolytes, 311.
Mysidum, 312.
species, 312, 428, 433.
Brevoortia menhaden, 391.
Bullar, J. F., hermaphroditism in Cymothoida, 391.
Cancer maxillaris, 410.
Carpus, 300.
Cepon distortus, 311, 428, 433.
Ceratacanthus, 393.
Chaetilia, 336.
Chela, 300.
Chelura terebrans, 371, 376, 419, 423.
Chiridotea, 337, 300, 335, 336.
ceca, 338, 335, 340, 429, 433,
entomon, 337.
Tuftsii, 340, 429, 433.
Cirolana, 378, 376, 383, 431.
concharum, 378, 298, 428, 484.
polita, 381, 429, 434.
truncata, 430.
Cirolanid, 376, 303, 382, 430, 431.
Cleantis, 336.
Ceecidotea, 314.
Coldstream, J., on Limnoria, 372,
Conilera, 376, 378.
concharnm, 378.
polita, 381.
Cordiner, C., on Astacilla, 363.
Coxa, 300.
Crossurus, 416.
vittatus, 416, 418,
Cuma, 41
PRIS. 383, 391.
cestrum, 377.
ovalis, 395.
TR, ator, 391.
a TeKe 459

460 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER: OF FISH AND FISHERIES:

Cymothow, 377.
Cymothoide, 390,300, 303, 371, 382, 430, 431.
Dactylus, 300.
Dajus Mysidis, 312, 429, 433.
Dana, J. D., on Asellidax, 314.
Desmarest, A. G., on Idotea tricuspidata, 345.
Digital process, 300.
Dohrn, A., on Anceus, 409.
the incubatory pouch, 301, 303.
Tanaide, 415.
Edriophthalma, 297.
Edwards, H., on Idotea tricuspidata, 345.
Limnoria, 371.
Tanais, 416.
Epelys, 357, 301, 337.
montosus, 359, 429, 434.
var. hirsutus, 360.
trilobus, 358, 429, 434.
Epimera, 300.
abdominal, 392.
Erichsonia, 354, 337, 361.
attenuata, 356, 335, 428, 434.
filiformis, 355, 428, 434.
Eurycope, 332, 329.
cornuta, 333.
robusta, 332, 429, 433.
Flagellum, 298.
Fleming, J., on Astacilla, 363,
Gadus, 386.
Gammarus Dulongii, 416.
Gegenbaur, C., on Tanaida, 415.
Gelasimus pugilator, 311.
Geographical distribution, 428.
Gnathia, 410, 297, 302, 357, 431.
cerina, 410, 429, 435.
termitoides, 410.
Gnathiida, 408, 300, 301, 303, 431.
Gnathium, 410.
Gnathopods, 300.
Goodsir, H. D.S., on Astacilla, 363.
Gribble, 375.
Gyge, 431.
Gyge Hippolytes, 311, 429, 433.
Helleria, 305.
Henopomus tricornis, 322.
Hesse, E., on Anceus and Praniza, 409.
Hippoglossus, 382, 386.
Hippolyte Fabricii, 311.
polaris, 311.
pusiola, 311, 312.
securifrons, 311, 312.
spinus, 311, 312.
Huxley, T. H., distinction of cephalic and thoracic
Ideotea marina, 344. [segments, 302:
Idotea, 341, 337, 431.
acuminata, 344.
Basteri, 343.
bicuspida, 352.
coca, 338,
entomon, 345.
filiformis, 355.
irrorata, 343, 342, 348, 429, 430, 483.
marina, 344.
marmorata, 352.
metallica, 349, 350.
montosa, 359.

Idotea nodulosa, 352.
pelagica, 343, 345, 346.
phosphorea, 347, 342, 346, 429, 438.
pulchra, 352.
robusta, 349, 342, 429, 433.
tricuspidata, 343, 345, 346.
tricuspis, 344.
tridentata, 344, 345.
Tuftsii, 340.
variegata, 343.
Idoteide, 335, 301, 303, 361, 397, 430, 431
Idothea balthica, 344, 346.
nodulosa, 351.
pelagica, 344.
robusta, 349.
Tyarachna, 334, 329, 335, 429, 433.
Incubatory pouch, 301.
Ischium, 300.
Isopod, length of, 302.
Isopoda, 297.
aberrantia, 303.
Jeera, 314, 301, 313, 430, 431.
albifrons, 315, 318, 429, 480, 483,
Baltica, 315, 318.
copiosa, 315.
Kroyeri, 315, 318.
maculata, 315, 318.
marina, 315, 318.
nivalis, 315, 318.
triloba, 358.
Janira, 319, 313, 430, 431.
alta, 321, 299, 429, 433.
laciniata, 324.
maculosa, 319, 322.
spinosa, 328, 429, 433.
Johnston, G., on Astacilla, 362.
Kinahan, J. R., on Actzcia, 309.
Kroyer, H., on Anthura carinata, 401,
Munna, 325.
Tanais Edwardsii, 422.
Labium, 300.
Labrum, 300.
Lamella, external of maxillipeds, 299.

Latreille, P. A., on Idotea tricuspidata, 345,

Leachia, 361, 363.
granulata, 364, 366.

Leach, W. E., on Gnathia, 410.

Leacia, 361, 363.

Legs, 300.

Leidya distorta, 311.

Leidy, J., on Bopyrus species, 312.
Cepon distortus, 311.

Leptochelia, 420, 301, 414, 415, 431.
algicola, 421, 429, 435.
cmca, 427, 429, 435.
Edwardsii, 416, 421, 422, 423.
filum, 426, 429, 435.
limicola, 424, 429, 435.
minuta, 416.
rapax, 424, 423, 429, 435.

Leptophryxus Mysidis, 312.

Ligia, 305, 310, 311, 415.

Lilljeborg, W., on Jeera albifrons, 318,

Limnoria, 373, 313, 371, 419, 480, 431.

lignorum, 373, 423, 429, 480, 434.
terebrans, 373.

Va ee er

ALPHABETICAL INDEX. 461

Limnoria uncinata, 374, 376. Paratanais limicola, 424, 427.
xylophaga, 371. Peduncle, 298.
Limnoriade, 371. Pereion, 298, 300.
Limnoriide, 371, 303, 43L Pereiopods, 300.
Lironeca, 395. Pleon, 298, 301.
Livoneca, 394, 383. Pleopods, 301.
ovalis, 395, 300, 428, 434. Philoscia, 305.
Lockington, W.N., on color of ldotea pulchra, 353. vittata, 306, 429, 433.
Loligo Pealii, 394. Phryxus, 431.
Macdonald, J. D., on Tanais vittatus, 417, 419. Phryxus abdominalis, 312, 429, 488.
Mancasellus, 313. Hippolytes, 312,
Mandibles, 299. Pill-bug, 298, 305.
Maxille, 299. _ Platyarthrus, 308.
Maxillipeds, 299. Pomatomus saltatrix, 396.
Mayer, P., Hermaphroditism in Cymothoids, 391, | Porcellio, 305.
Meinert, F., on Idotea tricuspidata, 846. Praniza, 409, 410.
Merus, 300. cerina, 410, 412.
Mesostenus, 334. ceruleata, 410.
Metzger, A., on Jers albifrons, 318. Reinhardi, 413.
Micropogon undulatus, 396. Propodus, 300.
Mobius, K., on Jera marina, 318. Ptilanthura, 405, 398.
Molar process, 299. oculata, 408.
Montagu, G., on Oniscus gracilis, 401. tenuis, 406, 429, 435.
Miller, F., on Bopyrids, 30%, 311. Raia, 386.
Leptochelia and Paratanais, 420. Rathke, H., on Crossurus, 416, 417.
olfactory sets, 298. Respiration, 302, 303.
Tanaide, 303, 415. Rostrum, 302.
Tanais Edwardsii, 423. Salve-bug, 384.
Mullet, 394. Sars, G. O., on Eurycope, 332.
Munna, 325, 313, 430, 431. Tlyarachna, 334.
Boeckii, 325, 328. Munnopside, 329.
Fabricii, 325, 429, 433. Munnopsis, 331.
Munnopside, 328, 303, 314, 430. Sars, M., on Idotea tricuspidata, 346.
Munnopsis, 329. Jeera albifrons, 318.
typica, 330, 334, 429, 433. Munnopside, 329.
Nerocila, 391. Munnopsis, 331.
munda, 392, 428, 434. . Schiédte, J. C., on Anthura, 397.
Norman, A. M., British Cymothoida, 430. Artystone, 390.
Ocelli, 298. Cymothow, 377.
Olfactory setz, 298. Scyphacella, 307.
Oniscids, 305, 303, 311, 314. arenicola, 307, 428, 433.
Oniscoidea, 314. Scyphax, 307.
Oniscus albifrons, 315. ornatus, 309.
Balthicus, 344, Serolids, 304.
ceeruleatus, 410. Smith, S. L., list of Bopyride, 311.
entomon, 344, Limnoria xylophaga, 371.
gracilis, 401. Scyphacella, 307.
marinus, 318. Sow-bug, 298, 299, 305.
praegustator, 391. Spheroma, 368, 301, 367, 372, 430, 431.
psora, 384, 386. quadridentatum, 368, 429, 434.
Operculum, 302, 336. serratum, 430,
Ourozeuktes, 377. Spheromida, 367, 303, 431.
Palemonetes vulgaris, 312. Stebbing, T. R. R., on Astacilla, 362.
Palpus, 299. f British Arcturida, 430.
Pandalus borealis, 312. Dynamene rubra and vyiri-
Montagui, 312. dis, 430.
Paranthura, 402, 398, 431. j Tanais vittatus, 417,419.
arctica, 405. - Stenosoma filiformis, 355.
brachiata, 402, 429, 435. irrorata, 343.
costana, 405. Stenotomus argyrops, 396.
norvegica, 404, Stimpson, W., on Anceus americanus, 410, 413.
tenuis, 406, 407. } Asellodes, 319.
Paratanais, 416, 420, 431. H Cirolana concharum, 381,
algicola, 419, 421. } Cirolana polita, 381..
cca, 427. f Praniza cerina, 412, 413.

forcipatus, 423. Tanais filum, 426.

462 REPORT OF COMMISSIONER OF FISH AND FISHERIES.

Synidotea, 350, 337.
bicuspida, 352, 429, 433.
nodulosa, 351, 299, 347, 429, 438.
Syscenus, 387, 383, 391.
infelix, 387, 429, 434.
Tanaida, 415.
Tanaide, 413, 298, 300, 302, 303, 304, 431.
Tanais, 416, 297, 301, 414, 415, 431.
Cavolinii, 416, 419.
Dulongii, 416.
Edwardsii, 416, 421, 423.
filam, 420, 421, 423, 426.
hirticaudatus, 418.
islandicus, 428.
Savignyi, 423.

Tanais, tomentosus 418, 419.

Telson, 301.

Templeton, R., on Zeuxo, 416.
Tetradecapoda, 297.

Thorax, 298, 300.

Tylus, 305.

Uropods, 301.

Verrill, A. E., on Chiridotea Tuftsii, 341
Venus mercenaria, 359.

“Westwood, J. O.,on Anisocheirus, 416.

White, A., on Limnoriada, 371.
Willemoes-Suhm, R. v., on Tanais, 418
Wood-lice, 305.

Zeuxo Westwoodiana, 416,

vittatus, 418, 417, 420, 428, 429, 431, 435. 7

PSeeon
x
Pri

na via ot

phir eal

Ae 2 Ai 4) i
eee ne

[Report of the United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries, Part vi.
For_1878 Opposite page 462. ]

ERRATA.

Page 3138, line 5, for 79 read 371.
Fao, 22, * 938 $8o:
e « 93 40 “ 384.
geposor 2 (20h V89r 383:
pee SS OS FS. SRT
Bmeete or ORS LOd <. SOR8)
Me cee ee ee OS i 4.09:
ere ss leer Mei iS AB
Guess) ORs ee LAA AT GE
pee 1866 tS S26 “< .420)
eee ae, SON “" 1455:
Cs 0 a C13
“435, lastline,*“* 1387 ‘* 431.

In partial explanation of the above list of incorrect references, the author
has to say that he had no opportunity of seeing a correctly paged proof of the
article during the year that it was in press at the Government Printing Office.

Or Ee

pre

—

76a?

NA Na tlh i mia) i

aye :
¢ 4

3 ;
:

Aaa

Deis ARES RGU RSS an aWa s = 21227 aN RA AAA INRAR AMAA ACG
= e RRR ARIVAIIAIN 3 AaAA AnanNn AAA nnn PAA
An al Al A ial ny Anan tment ae NW : aan '

AANA
Di era Ran sAGAeR AO saa aang aan
7 ARP AGAR REE AARAAAA
fi 4 i %

nepaper a

nanny mM annua clues |
, SR ABASK A AAI AAD n - wenn ARAMA Aaa
APO MUARBPR Gahan cece tt RAR ran AR A
nA aus NAAR EAA AR AARC Aa A RAS

nanannnne
intr Val Aan narra

Tan vt i pn Q nnarennnnt |
stent not npr
enema tN Rae anoannean ne Ne s
Wann aE nals |
| ae MAAN a, cert Anan st
pass Aaa, menenan aT ARAMA PRAT: ait Sane a
stata nate ON “ annnatMAaahagh My Ro ‘anon o paar aA AannaAnan |
A AAA Neca As aheaasaret NANA AA a hn wenn
nanannnnran Aanhanana An ahaa Aang
arvewnne sannnnann !

"HAAN sesewepttt
AAA NwahnnAnanal a wannnn’ Annan
anthnaatns’

BM vananynn tha
Dkk LRA aan annnny aanantnny AA. maARhAee >.

Vv
iS,
Vv

Swivel

Wu"

we
GY
Vv

vis
v
¢

Ny
vy

Wd
Wid
‘WY
ay

ven
Ne

Ves

i
WO

YUU

ride

vey
hd:

Wig ¥ ly
Vv)
y aes

Fy
v

WW
y
Wule

Wav
Viv MV
WY”
ew

Owyr iy

Wily
vy
Wy)

y
Vey
UISY

WV
My

Vv did

wan

vw
WW
VAIS,
Wig

vill
Ww

sal |

3 9088 oe

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Report on the marine isopoda of New England and adjacent waters"

See other formats